As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on July 25, 2023.

No. 333-        

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

__________________________

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

__________________________

INNO HOLDINGS INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

__________________________

Texas

 

3317

 

87-4294543

(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

2465 Farm Market 359 South
Brookshire, TX 77423
(800) 909-8800

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

__________________________

Dekui Liu
2465 Farm Market 359 South
Brookshire, TX 77423

(800) 909-8800

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

__________________________

Copies to:

Michael J. Blankenship
Winston & Strawn LLP
800
Capitol Street, Suite 2400
Houston, TX 77002
United States
Telephone: (713) 651
-2678

 

William S. Rosenstadt
Mengyi “Jason” Ye
Yarona Yieh
Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP
366 Madison Avenue 3
rd Floor
New York, NY 10017
(212) 588
-0022

__________________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☒

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ☐

 

Accelerated filer ☐

Non-accelerated filer ☒

 

Smaller reporting company ☒

   

Emerging growth company ☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.

 

Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, dated JULY 25, 2023

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

INNO HOLDINGS INC.

[•] Shares of Common Stock

This is an initial public offering of [•] shares of common stock of INNO HOLDINGS INC., of no par value.

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. The assumed initial public offering price is $[•] per share, the midpoint of the estimated range between $[•] and $[•] per share. We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “INHD,” which listing is a condition to this offering. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in listing our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market.

Following this initial public offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, and Dekui Liu, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Director and Chairman, will beneficially own [•]% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. Accordingly, INNO will be a “controlled company” as defined under the corporate governance rules of Nasdaq. See “Management — Controlled Company” and “Description of Securities.”

We intend to use the proceeds from this offering to increase marketing capabilities, increase production capacity, expand research and development, and other working capital and general corporate purposes, including working capital. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Start-ups Act of 2012 (the “Jobs Act”), and we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

Per Share

 

Total

Initial public offering price

 

$

            [

*]

 

$

            [

*]

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

 

$

            [

*]

 

$

            [

*]

Proceeds, before expenses, to us(2)

 

$

            [

*]

 

$

            [

*]

____________

(1)      Represents underwriting discount and commissions equal to 7.0% of the initial public offering price per share (or $[•] per share).

(2)      Does not include an accountable expense allowance of up to $180,000 from the gross proceeds of this offering payable to AC Sunshine Securities LLC. See “Underwriting” beginning on page 102 of this prospectus for a description of all compensation payable to the underwriters.

In addition to the underwriting discounts listed above and the expense allowance described in the footnote, we have agreed to issue upon the closing of this offering to AC Sunshine Securities LLC warrants that will expire on the fifth anniversary of the date of the commencement of sales of the offering, entitling the representative to purchase 7.0% of the number of shares of common stock sold in this offering. The warrants are exercisable at a per share price equal to 120% of the public offering price per share in the offering. The registration statement of which this prospectus is a part also covers the underwriters’ warrants and the common shares issuable upon the exercise thereof. For additional information regarding our arrangement with the underwriters, please see “Underwriting” beginning on page 102.

We have granted the representative of the underwriters an option to purchase from us, at the public offering price, up to [•] additional shares of common stock (equal to 15% of the shares sold in this offering), less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 45 days from the date of this prospectus to cover overallotments, if any. If the representative of the underwriters exercises the option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable will be $[•], and the total proceeds to us, before expenses, will be $[•].

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment on or about [•], 2023.

The date of this prospectus is July 25, 2023

 

Table of Contents

Table of Contents

 

Page

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

 

1

MARKET DATA

 

2

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

3

Summary of the offering

 

17

RISK FACTORS

 

18

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

34

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

35

MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

36

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

37

CAPITALIZATION

 

38

DILUTION

 

39

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

40

BUSINESS

 

54

MANAGEMENT

 

78

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

 

83

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

90

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

91

UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

 

93

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

 

97

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

101

UNDERWRITING

 

102

EXPERTS

 

111

LEGAL MATTERS

 

111

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

111

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-1

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

II-3

Through and including [•], 2023 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement or amendment. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized any other person to provide you with information that is different from, or adds to, that contained in this prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. Neither we nor the underwriters take responsibility for, or can provide assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. You should assume that the information contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since that date. We are not making an offer of any securities in any jurisdiction in which such offer is unlawful.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of our common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this public offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. See the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

i

Table of Contents

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

Throughout this prospectus, unless otherwise designated or the context suggests otherwise,

•        all references to the “Company,” “INNO,” the “registrant,” “we,” “our,” or “us” mean INNO HOLDINGS INC. and its subsidiaries;

•        “year” or “fiscal year” means the year ending September 30;

•        all dollar or $ references, when used in this prospectus, refer to United States dollars;

•        “framing” means the process of connecting building materials together to create a structure;

•        “stud” means a vertical framing member which forms part of a wall or partition, also known as a wall stud, a fundamental component of frame construction.

•        “truss” means a web-like roof design that uses tension and compression to create strong, light components that can span a long distance;

•        “joist” means a horizontal structural member used in framing to span an open space, often between beams that subsequently transfer loads to vertical members;

•        “cold-formed steel” or “CFS” or “light-gauge steel” or “LGS” means steel products shaped by cold-working processes carried out near room temperature, such as rolling, pressing, stamping, bending, etc.;

•        “turnkey cost” is the total cost that must be covered before a product or service is ready to be sold and used by consumers;

•        “prefab” means a building manufactured in sections to enable assembly on site.

1

Table of Contents

MARKET DATA

We are responsible for the information contain in this prospectus and the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this prospectus constitutes a part. Market data and certain industry data and forecasts used throughout this prospectus were obtained from market research, consultant surveys, publicly available information, reports of governmental agencies, and industry publications and surveys. We did not commission any third party for collecting or providing data used in this prospectus. Industry surveys, publications, consultant surveys, and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. Third-party projections may be overstated and should not be given undue weight. Forecasts are particularly likely to be inaccurate, especially over long periods of time. In addition, we do not know what assumptions regarding general economic growth were used in preparing the forecasts we cite. Statements as to our market position are based on the most current data available to us. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data presented in this prospectus, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

2

Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary provides a brief overview of the key aspects of our business and our securities. The reader should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our common stock discussed under “Risk Factors.” Some of the statements contained in this prospectus, including statements under “Summary” and “Risk Factors” as well as those noted in the documents incorporated herein by reference, are forward-looking statements and may involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and future events may differ significantly based upon a number of factors. The reader should not put undue reliance on the forward-looking statements in this document, which speak only as of the date on the cover of this prospectus.

Solely for convenience, our trademarks and trade names referred to in this registration statement may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate in any way that we will not assert to the fullest extent under applicable law our rights to these trademarks and trade names. All other trademarks, service marks, and trade names included in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

Our Company and Mission

INNO HOLDINGS INC. (“INNO,” “we,” “us,” or “Company”) is an innovative building-technology company with a mission to transform the construction industry with our proprietary cold-formed steel-framing technology and other building innovations. INNO recognized the inherent inefficiency and waste in traditional lumber-based construction techniques and sought to develop steel-based construction technologies to solve the problems. INNO takes its name from “innovation” and is committed to the research and development of steel studs/tracks/headers, providing higher performance and greater efficiencies in all aspects of construction, making better structural solutions for both commercial and residential buildings, resulting in substantial labor cost savings, in our view. The Company’s products are created using a combination of intelligent machines and cutting-edge techniques to provide an optimal design solution of framing for engineers, builders, and construction companies. We are currently a manufacturer of cold-formed-steel members and we offer a full range of services required to transform raw materials into precise steel framing products and prefabricated homes. We sell these finished products either to businesses or directly to customers. The finished products and cold-formed-steel members are used in a variety of building types, including residential, commercial, industrial, and infrastructure. We hope to transform the building industry by reducing construction times while providing more affordable, environmentally sustainable, and durable solutions compared to traditional construction materials and methods. We believe we are also well positioned to disrupt the construction industry, which now accounts for $10 trillion of the global economy.

We work with our customers to manufacture products in accordance with the customers’ drawings and specifications. Our work complies with specific national and international codes and standards applicable to the construction industry. We believe that we have earned our reputation through outstanding technical expertise, attention to detail, and a total commitment to excellence in customer service.

Our primary manufacturing operations are located on approximately five acres in Brookshire, Texas. Our facility houses state-of-the-art equipment that gives us the capability to manufacture 15,000 linear feet of product per day. We offer a full range of services such as structural designs, metal stud production, and preassembly of metal studs into steel wall panels, which are required to transform raw materials into finished products that are compliant with local building codes. Our manufacturing capabilities include fabrication operations, such as cutting, punching, forming and assembling, and machine operations, which includes computer numerical controlled (“CNC”) machine operations. We also provide support services for our manufacturing capabilities: manufacturing engineering (planning, fixture and tooling development, and manufacturing), quality control (inspection and testing), materials procurement, production control (scheduling, project management, and expediting), and final assembly.

3

Table of Contents

All manufacturing at our facility is done in accordance with our written quality assurance program, which meets specific national codes as well as international codes, standards, and specifications. For example, we have ICC-ES evaluation reports (ESR-4641) that show that our cold-formed steel-framing members are compliant with the 2018 and 2015 International Building Code (“IBC”), 2019 California Building Code (“CBC”), and 2020 Florida Building Code. The standards used for each customer project are specific to each customer’s needs, and we have implemented those standards into our manufacturing operations.

Major Drivers of INNO’s Business Opportunity

The traditional construction industry is labor intensive and suffers from a skilled labor shortage, which increases overall labor costs and contributes to inefficiencies in the construction process. Our steel-framing technology can decrease construction times by 50% or more by prefabricating panels and can reduce labor costs proportionately due to reduced construction timelines. Our intelligent CNC cold-formed roller machine automatically punches the holes for Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing (MEP) channels eliminating many steps at the job site, compared to traditional onsite manual measurement and cutting procedures. INNO is dedicated to bringing automation to the construction industry to solve the overreliance on a declining supply of expensive, skilled labor.

Construction Site

Source: INNO

Reducing the need for on-site customization found in traditional construction processes is not only more profitable, it can decrease the risks associated with an inherently dangerous workplace. According to Frommer D’Amico, “10 Top Hazards In a Building Site”, nearly 6.5 million people go to work at approximately 252,000 construction sites across the U.S each day. On the job, these construction workers face a wide range of occupational safety hazards. Heavy equipment, bad weather and chaotic job site conditions can create dangerous situations. INNO typically manufactures metal studs and prefab wall panels, joists, and trusses within our indoor facility, unaffected by weather. The final products delivered to the jobsite are assembled wall panels, joists and trusses, which means almost 70% of structure framing work has been completed before it gets to the construction site where the remaining tasks are to erect and connect the pieces. A construction jobsite using INNO framing products is typically very clean and organized due to a lack of cuttings and debris, which reduces the risk of safety hazards. We anticipate that cold-formed steel-framing technology will ultimately replace wooden and traditional steel structures and we believe it is a big step forward in construction industry.

4

Table of Contents

Construction site

Source: INNO

We are bringing sustainability to the market by replacing traditional wooden structures with cold-formed steel framing, allowing for the reduction of material waste — an average of 2% of steel scrap versus ~20% for wood waste. All steel scrap is 100% recyclable, which we support through our recycling operations. Many businesses are seeking actions that demonstrate sustainability, and steel is uniquely environmental-friendly in its reuse, giving us an edge in Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (“LEED”) certifiable products and projects.

Scrap Metal Recycling Bin

Source: INNO

We are constantly striving to produce lasting results within the building technology sector. With increasingly evolving technological advancements in the industry, our objective is to continue staying ahead of the curve by focusing our ongoing research and development on cold-formed steel framing with an emphasis on architectural and engineering technologies. Our cold-formed steel-framing system increases building and labor savings by integrating each stage of

5

Table of Contents

the construction process with Building Information Modeling (“BIM”), which is a highly collaborative process that allows architects, engineers, real estate developers, contractors, manufacturers, and other construction professionals to plan, design, and construct a structure or building within one 3D model, to establish a common data environment, ensuring INNO delivers the final products with the minimum amount of rework needed.

BIM Model

Source: INNO

Off-site building is a technique in which a building or an infrastructure is planned and designed in a modular format. Those modules are fabricated offsite in a factory. Once fabricated, those modules are transported to the site and are installed together to finalize the structure. According to the Allied Market Research published report, titled “Offsite Construction Market by Material (Steel, Wood, Concrete, and Others) and Application (Residential, Commercial, and Industrial): Global Opportunity Analysis and Industry Forecast, 2021-2030”, the global Offsite Construction industry generated $130.4 billion in 2020, and is anticipated to generate $235.4 billion by 2030, representing a CAGR of 5.9% from 2021 to 2030. The rapid rise in urbanization and industrialization, increase in the pace of construction, high efficiency of offsite building is driving the growth of this market. The North America off-site construction market size was valued at $49.5 billion in 2021, and is projected to reach $80.9 billion by 2031, representing a CAGR of 4.9% from 2022 to 2031.

In its 2016 article titled, “Imagining Construction’s Digital Future,” McKinsey & Company noted that large construction projects typically take 20% longer to complete than projected and are up to 80% over budget. The article noted that developers are searching for “… off-site approaches that help them improve predictability, consistency, and repeatability.” The article also highlighted that developers can leverage off-site capabilities “… to transform the construction site into a manufacturing system. The result: greater efficiency, less waste, and improved safety.” Off-site construction is one of the five key trends discussed in the article in which we believe INNO participates, Due to our efficient production model, environmentally sustainable solutions, and superior product quality, believe we also participate the other four trends discussed, including green construction; cost efficiency; supply chain agility; and improved durability and strength).

We are leveraging the trend toward off-site and modular building techniques to increase productivity, reduce errors on-site, and decrease construction costs. As the market continues to move toward panelized building, we anticipate having an edge in the industry as a large-scale pioneer and building industry leader with our cost-reducing, time-saving, and quality solutions.

Our Products

Cold-Formed Steel Framing

Cold-formed steel is the material of choice to lower building costs and adapt to modular or off-site building. It is consistent in quality and form, and it can be shipped preassembled or it can be assembled on-site by workers with little training. Our steel roof trusses, wall panels, and joist systems are a cost-effective noncombustible alternative to

6

Table of Contents

traditional building materials. They are now commonly used to build apartments, hotels, temporary housing, nursing homes, commercial buildings, industrial buildings, and single-family detached homes. These types of structures are expected to be the targets of our Company’s sales and marketing team.

Our proprietary cold-formed roller machines are equipped with proprietary software, which optimizes production efficiency and supports individual part customization to ensure each cold-formed-steel member is produced to the exact specifications of the plans. Our intelligent machines can precisely cut and punch out steel studs, leaving channels for the mechanical, electrical, and plumbing designs. We arrive at an accurate, comprehensive, and information-rich design model with the utilization of light-gauge steel-framing engineering software, which creates a digital model of the project that includes all functional systems, geometric features, and aesthetics, such as electrical wiring, air conditioning, doors, and windows. The light-gauge steel-framing engineering software is a shared multidisciplinary resource that allows collaborators to achieve maximum efficiency and effectiveness by compressing design lead time. We have created a full BIM solution that instructs our advanced cold-formed roller machines to produce each steel-framing piece to certain specifications.

INNO Cube 300 CNC Machine

Source: INNO

Metal Studs Manufactured by INNO’s CNC Machine

Source: INNO

7

Table of Contents

After the design phase, our top-quality raw materials are processed on several production lines, each with made-to-order specific dimensions, screw holes, and cross-cut stitching. These customizations reduce the need for on-site manual calculations and simplify the assembling steps, both of which increase construction efficiency and reduce labor costs. All steel-framing products produced by our Company are International Code Council (ICC) certified. The International Code Council is the leading global source of model codes and standards and building safety solutions that include product evaluation, accreditation, technology, training, and certification. The Code Council’s codes, standards, and solutions are used to ensure safe, affordable, and sustainable communities and buildings worldwide.

Our modular steel building framing systems avoid construction delays caused by partial or unsynchronized delivery of different building components. By breaking away from the methods of traditional stick-built building, our customers report that their construction timelines have been reduced at least by 20%.

Castor Cube

Due to high housing prices, some are having difficulties purchasing a home. Housing market trends have shown a gradual preference for modular homes, which is a prefabricated building that consists of repeated sections called modules, and involves constructing sections away from the building site, then delivering them to the intended site where the installation is completed. We believe demand for prefab homes is on an upward growth trend in the United States. According to the Straits Research Institute, North America’s share of the global modular building market was valued at $28 billion in 2021 and is expected to grow to $53 billion by 2030, representing a CAGR of 7%. According to the summary of an IBISWorld report titled, “Prefabricated Home Manufacturing in the US — Market Size 2002-2029,” the prefabricated home manufacturing market size in the U.S. is expected to be $9.1 billion in 2023. We expect to capitalize on this trend by providing high-quality and affordable modular homes.

Most consumers are drawn to prefab homes because of their cost-effectiveness, efficiency, and permanent property characteristics. Castor Cube is a low-maintenance, single-story, 743-square-foot manufactured home with 4 color options that can resist earthquakes, withstand winds, and prevent pests. It is a cold-formed-steel building system equipped with honeycomb panels, and it is designed to maximize the strength-to-weight value. As a result, it yields high structural stability. Castor Cube can be built on a foundation or used as a mobile home.

The Castor Cube can be built on a foundation steel chassis, which can be single or used as a mobile multi-sectioned. We anticipate that this modular home product will be completely constructed within our facilities starting in the fourth quarter of 2023. Once built, it will be transported to permanent locations for installation. The timeline for product delivery is not affected by weather since it will be manufactured in our 100% climate-controlled factory. Furthermore, we expect that streamlined building process will shorten the completion time. We anticipate being able to produce up to one Castor Cube per day beginning in the fourth quarter of 2023. We believe the Castor Cube demonstrates the effectiveness of our Company’s modular technique.

Castor Cube Rendering

Source: INNO

8

Table of Contents

Mobile Factory: Off-site Equipment Rental, Sales, Service, and Support

We believe innovative technology can increase productivity in the building sector. Research and development of more efficient methods in the manufacturing and building space is at the forefront of our business model.

Our Mobile Factory is an all-in-one, secured production facility that will produce steel-framing members onsite. It can print wall panel, floor truss, and roof truss components. The size is customized for a trailer, which enables it to be transported anywhere, ranging from metropolitan suburbs to remote areas with little to no infrastructure. It is designed to enable immediate stud production on any site.

Our Mobile Factory is complete with metal stud production equipment and a diesel generator. This generator can supply continuous power to our cold-formed roller machine. The production capacity of our Mobile Factory is at least 1,000 linear feet per day. We believe this innovation is the good solution for urgent deployment in disaster areas or remote areas. It is designed to reduce the cost and time of transportation of metal studs, which we believe can drive a lower carbon footprint for larger projects.

Mobile Factory Illustration

Source: INNO

9

Table of Contents

Image of Mobile Factory

Source: INNO

The Mobile Factory is operated and managed by Internet of Things (“IoT”) technology, a network of physical objects that are embedded with sensors, software and other technologies for the purpose of connecting and exchanging data with other devices and systems over the internet. INNO developed its proprietary IoT production management system independently. The system controls equipment and manages the Mobile Factory via a dashboard, allowing the user to gain a comparative understanding of production parameters, such as operation data, machinery breakdown data, uptime data and production efficiency.

IoT Production Management System

Source: INNO

Related Services

We may from time to time participate in land development and contractor services if an opportunity exists to leverage our products. Specifically, we have evaluated the development of apartment complexes, retirement communities, and remodels for projects that would incorporate our metal framing studs. For example, we have agreed to provide project development services for our contract with Vision Opportunity Fund LP, related to the development of an approximately 110,000 sqft retirement community.

10

Table of Contents

Our Customers

We serve commercial, residential, and industrial customers. For the cold-formed steel-framing business, the sales model is business-to-business, and our main customers are developers, builders, and contractors. For the Castor Cube prefab home products, the sales model is expected to be either business-to-business or business-to-customer.

Our Competitive Strengths

Technology Innovations

We believe our innovative products simplify construction, lowering the time and complexity to build, while also delivering more affordable, environmentally sustainable, and durable solutions compared to traditional construction. INNO is committed to remaining a pioneer in the industry by constantly researching and developing new technologies while focusing on regulations, equipment autonomy, design technology, production efficiency, coordinated transportation, and remote production. In this way, INNO aims to have the most advanced and comprehensive technology in the industry; we view our technology development as a significant barrier for competitors.

A significant competitive strength in our research and development capability is the Inno Research Institute, LLC, a subsidiary of INNO (“IRI”). Led by our Chief Scientist, Dr. Cheng Yu, IRI focuses on patentable innovative products and commercializing research discoveries. Dr. Yu is a leading figure in the cold-formed steel industry in the U.S., committed to bringing innovation in the field of thin-walled structures, cold-formed steel building technology, and design methodology for resilient buildings.

Fully Integrated Manufacturing Process

Compared to other traditional metal stud manufacturers, INNO differentiates itself by integrating services from design to metal stud production to prefabrication, utilizing off-site building technology to reduce the need for on-site framing labor. This approach allows INNO to streamline the production process, increase efficiency, and reduce dependency on labor. By implementing off-site building technologies, INNO is able to prefabricate and assemble many components of the building in a factory setting, which can lead to improved quality control, faster construction times and reduced on-site labor costs. This approach allows INNO to be a leader in the metal studs manufacturing industry in the U.S. and set a new standard for the building industry.

Compared to other prefab home companies, INNO sets itself apart by making an innovation in the overall structure system and developing its own patent-pending panel material for faster installation. Unlike prefab home competitors who still use traditional wood-stick construction or other methods, such as 3D printing, which may not be as efficient, INNO’s patent-pending panel material and overall structure system allows for fast installation, high-quality, improved efficiency, and guaranteed delivery times. This allows INNO to offer a cost-effective, high-quality solution for the prefab home market.

Rising Cost of Traditional Wood Construction Favors Transition to Steel

Utilizing INNO’s off-site building technology can significantly reduce overall construction costs, even when compared to wood building. The past several years of western wildfires in the United States have had a significant impact on lumber stocks and mills, leading to disruptions in supply and fluctuations in lumber prices. A study by the Steel Framing Industry Association (SFIA) indicates that the cost to build with cold-formed steel is relatively the same as building with wood when the cost comparison includes the construction insurance premiums associated with using the materials. As the price of wood no longer provides a cost advantage, alternative building materials like steel have become increasingly popular in the market. By leveraging its off-site building technology, INNO is able to offer a cost-effective solution that takes advantage of the cost benefits of steel buildings while also providing faster and more efficient construction.

We are keeping our prices at a competitive level with the cost of wood construction. In a recent internal case study, we found that INNO’s products delivered real-world cost-savings of 8-16% compared to wood framing. This study compared our solution against wood for a 2,2663 sqft. home built in 2022, for which we supplied materials. Based on fully quoted materials and estimated labor and insurance costs, we estimate the contractor saved 16% by using INNO products compared to wood framing. For the “low” scenario, we recently requested updated wood bids and used the lowest one; in this case, we estimate that INNO products would have provided the contractor with 8% savings.

11

Table of Contents

Market Opportunity

We believe we compete in a $40 billion+ U.S. based market opportunity in 2023.

Light-Gauge Steel-Framing Market

In concept, cold-formed-steel building structures are very similar to wooden structures. In steel building, the wooden structural elements are replaced by thin-walled steel components. The cold-forming process is the core technology used. By our estimates, the U.S. light-gauge steel framing market should be roughly $6B in 2023.

According to the report released by Grand View Research in 2020, titled “Light Gauge Steel Framing Market Size, Share & Trends Analysis Report By Type, By End-use, By Region, and Segment Forecasts, 2021-2028”, the global light-gauge steel-framing market was valued at $33.89 billion in 2020 and is expected to reach $48.21 billion by 2028, growing at a CAGR of 4.6% from 2021 to 2028. The substantial rise in construction spending and a shift in trend toward sustainable materials have contributed to higher energy efficiency at a lower cost, in turn driving the market demand for light-gauge steel frames. According to KBV Research’s report released in February 2022, titled “North America Light Gauge Steel Framing Market Size, Share and Industry Trend Analysis Report By Type, By End Use, By Country, Historical Data and Growth Forecast, 2021-2027,” the U.S. market has dominated the North American cold-formed steel-framing market, and it is expected to continue to be a dominant market player until 2027; thereby achieving a market value of $7.2 billion by 2027.

According to the summary of an IBISWorld report titled, “Wood Framing in the US — Market Size 2005-2029,” the wood framing market size in the U.S. is expected to be $24.9B in 2023. Since the wood structures could be replaced by cold-formed-steel structures, INNO’s target market size includes the wood-framing market.

Prefabricated Building Market

According to the summary of an IBISWorld report titled, “Prefabricated Home Manufacturing in the US — Market Size 2002-2029,” the prefabricated home manufacturing market size in the U.S. is expected to be $9.1B in 2023. According to the report released by Global Industry Analysts, Inc, titled “Prefabricated Building Global Market Trajectory & Analytics”, the global prefabricated building market, estimated at $106.1 billion in the year 2020, is projected to reach a revised size of $164.1 billion by 2027, growing at a CAGR of 6.4% over the analysis period of 2020 through 2027. According to Straits Research Institute, the U.S. modular home market is projected to be valued at $53 billion in 2030.

Prefabricated houses are those that are built with the help of prefabricated building materials. These building materials are prefabricated in an off-site facility and then transported to the desired location for assembly. The building materials used to develop prefabricated houses are divided into concrete-based and metal-based materials. The market is being driven by factors such as shorter construction times and cost savings. The market is also benefiting from increased customer interest in reducing CO2 emissions, green building, and waste reduction.

Regulatory and Governmental Pressures for Change

President Biden’s Executive Order 14057 on the adoption of the federal Sustainable Development Catalyst for America’s Clean Energy Industry and Jobs and the accompanying federal Sustainable Development Plan establish the ambitious goal of achieving zero emissions from building by 2045. The federal government will work on new construction, major renovations, and existing real estate to achieve linked electrification, reduced energy use, lower water consumption, and waste reduction. The federal government will develop data-driven targets and annual indicators for energy and water reduction by 2030 based on leading performance benchmarks for building type categories and the composition of institutional building portfolios. As part of this journey, the federal government will use performance contracts to reduce emissions, improve efficiency, and modernize facilities while providing financial savings.

In 2021, the Los Angeles City Council Public Safety Committee approved a proposal to expand Fire District I, an anachronistic planning overlay that would effectively ban wood-frame building in much of the city. The motion currently winding its way through the City Council would expand Fire District I to neighborhoods with a population density of 5,000 residents per square mile, among other areas. With nearly all of Los Angeles comfortably above 5,000 residents per square mile, this expansion would effectively ban timber and wood-frame building in much of the city, including many rapidly growing neighborhoods near public transportation.

12

Table of Contents

Sustainability and Green Building

Building and construction materials account for ~11% of global CO2 emissions according to the Global Status Report 2018, Global Alliance for Buildings and Construction & International Energy Agency. Increased global awareness of green building has driven efforts among all levels of government. For example, local governments are beginning to regulate in favor of using alternatives to wood in building projects. To reduce the city’s vulnerability to wildfires, the Los Angeles City Council voted in early 2021 to explore a proposal that could prohibit the use of wood-frame building for larger developments in some of its most densely populated neighborhoods. Similarly, the Los Angeles City Council Public Safety Committee approved a proposal in 2021 to expand Fire District 1, an anachronistic planning overlay that would effectively ban wood-frame building in much of the city. In most U.S. cities, fire safety is ensured by the International Building Code (IBC), which sets strict rules on allowable building materials and methods.

CFS is a highly sustainable, green building solution. Through technological advances and processing changes, steel has drastically reduced its carbon footprint. CFS boasts a high level of recyclability, energy savings, and greenhouse gas reduction. Due to its inherent advantages, such as fire resistance, termite resistance, consistent material quality, and sustainability, we believe cold-formed steel will be the optimal alternative building material.

Corporate Structure

Our Company was incorporated in Texas on September 8, 2021. It has three subsidiaries: Inno Metal Studs Corp, Castor Building Tech LLC, and Inno Research Institute LLC.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive office is located at 2465 Farm to Market 359 South, Brookshire, Texas 77423, and our California office is located at 4225 Prado Road, Suite 101, Corona, California 92880. Our corporate website address is www.innometalstuds.com. Our telephone number is (800) 909-8800. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website does not constitute part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

Summary Risk Factors

Our business is subject to a number of risks. You should be aware of these risks before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors,” which begins on page 18. These risks include, among others, that:

•        We have a limited operating history in an evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful.

•        We face strong competition in our markets.

•        Our Company’s failure to successfully market its products could result in adverse financial consequences.

•        Changes in delivery schedules and order specifications may affect our revenue stream.

•        Demand in our end-use markets can be cyclical, impacting the demand for the products we produce.

•        Because most of our contracts are individual purchase orders and not long-term agreements, there is no guarantee that we will be able to generate a similar amount of revenue in the future.

•        Because of our dependence on a limited number of customers that change year to year, our failure to generate major contracts from a small number of customers may impair our ability to operate profitably.

•        We rely partly on developer-driven housing projects, and any slowdown in the housing industry could adversely impact our business.

•        We may not be able to successfully develop and promote new products or services, which could result in adverse financial consequences.

13

Table of Contents

•        We rely on the performance of highly skilled personnel, and if we are unable to attract, retain, and motivate well-qualified employees, our business could be harmed.

•        Any decrease in the availability or increase in the cost of raw materials could materially affect our earnings.

•        Our manufacturing processes are complex, must constantly be upgraded to remain competitive, and depend upon critical high-cost equipment that may require costly repair or replacement.

•        Our production facilities are energy-intensive, and we rely on third parties to supply energy consumed at our production facilities.

•        If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position could be harmed.

•        We compete with traditional wood frame construction, and any fluctuation in the price of wood could adversely impact demand for our products.

•        We rely partly on contractors and builders that from time to time may have difficulty paying for our materials on time.

•        We may experience extreme stock price volatility unrelated to our actual or expected operating performance, financial condition or prospects, making it difficult for prospective investors to assess the rapidly changing value of our common stock.

In addition to the above risks, businesses are often subject to risks not foreseen or fully appreciated by management. In reviewing this filing, potential investors should keep in mind that other possible risks may adversely impact our business operations and the value of our securities.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jobs Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.235 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; and (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under applicable SEC rules. We expect that we will remain an emerging growth company for the foreseeable future, but we cannot retain our emerging growth company status indefinitely and will no longer qualify as an emerging growth company on or before the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from specified disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

These exemptions include:

•        being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosures;

•        not being required to comply with the requirement of an auditor needing to attest to our internal controls over financial reporting;

•        not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or providing a supplement to the auditor’s report regarding additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

•        reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

•        not being required to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

14

Table of Contents

We have taken advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

An emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected to avail ourselves of this extended transition period, and, as a result, we will not be required to adopt new or revised accounting standards on the dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public reporting companies.

We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and have elected to take advantage of certain scaled disclosures available for smaller reporting companies.

Status as a Controlled Company

Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to be considered a “controlled company” within the meaning of the listing standards of Nasdaq. Under these rules, a “controlled company” may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. We intend to take advantage of some exemptions following the completion of this offering. These exemptions do not modify the independence requirements for our audit committee, and we intend to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules with respect to our audit committee within the applicable time frame. For more information, please see “Management — Controlled Company.”

15

Table of Contents

Summary Historical Financial Information

The following tables set forth our summary historical financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. The summary consolidated statements of operations data as of and for the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the audited consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and have included all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments that, in our opinion, we consider necessary for a fair statement of the consolidated financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results in any future period.

The following summary consolidated financial data should be read together with the information under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary financial data in this section are not intended to replace our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes and are qualified in their entirety by such financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Statement of operations data:

 

For the six months ended

 

For the year ended

   

3/31/2023

 

3/31/2022

 

9/30/2022

 

9/30/2021

Revenues

 

$

397,614

 

 

$

2,076,946

 

 

$

4,502,568

 

 

$

3,003,624

 

Costs of materials and labor

 

 

368,824

 

 

 

1,271,427

 

 

 

3,405,506

 

 

 

2,069,581

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses (exclusive of depreciation shown separately below)

 

 

1,420,052

 

 

 

1,191,193

 

 

 

1,873,902

 

 

 

1,229,651

 

Depreciation

 

 

32,783

 

 

 

10,599

 

 

 

33,138

 

 

 

6,000

 

Bad debt expense

 

 

400,600

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(1,424,045

)

 

 

(396,273

)

 

 

(809,978

)

 

 

(301,608

)

Other income (expenses)

 

 

(35,878

)

 

 

(104,580

)

 

 

(310,114

)

 

 

222,193

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(1,459,923

)

 

 

(500,853

)

 

 

(1,120,092

)

 

 

(79,415

)

Income tax expenses

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

9,915

 

 

 

26,581

 

Net loss

 

 

(1,459,923

)

 

 

(500,853

)

 

 

(1,130,007

)

 

 

(105,996

)

Non-controlling interest

 

 

(62,537

)

 

 

(11,917

)

 

 

(121,345

)

 

 

—

 

Net loss attributable to INNO HOLDINGS INC.

 

$

(1,397,386

)

 

$

(488,936

)

 

$

(1,008,662

)

 

$

(105,996

)

Losses per share, basic and diluted

 

$

(0.08

)

 

$

(0.03

)

 

$

(0.06

)

 

$

(0.01

)

Weighted average Common Stock outstanding, basic and diluted

 

 

18,072,591

 

 

 

16,688,681

 

 

 

17,230,822

 

 

 

16,170,000

 

Balance sheet data:

 

3/31/2023

 

9/30/2022

 

9/30/2021

Current assets

 

$

2,209,536

 

$

2,464,413

 

$

939,509

Total assets

 

$

3,535,119

 

$

3,652,117

 

$

1,160,278

Current liabilities

 

$

2,610,039

 

$

2,085,631

 

$

649,093

Total liabilities

 

$

3,040,424

 

$

2,597,499

 

$

775,653

Total equity

 

$

494,695

 

$

1,054,618

 

$

384,625

16

Table of Contents

Summary of the offering

Common stock offered by us

 

[•] shares.

Common stock outstanding prior to the offering

 

[•] shares.

Common stock to be outstanding after the offering

 

[•] ([•] shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

Overallotment option of common stock offered by us

 

The underwriters have a 45-day option to purchase up to [•] additional shares of common stock solely to cover overallotments, if any.

Use of Proceeds

 

As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to us from this offering. However, we currently intend to use the proceeds from this offering to increase marketing capabilities, increase production capacity, expand research and development, and other working capital and general corporate purposes, including working capital. See “Use of Proceeds” beginning on page 35.

Proposed Listing

 

We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “INHD,” which listing is a condition to this offering.

Lock-up agreements

 

We, our executive officers, directors and director nominees and any holder of the outstanding shares of common stock of our Company have agreed with the underwriters not to sell, transfer, or dispose of any shares or similar securities for 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement for this offering. For additional information regarding our arrangement with the underwriters, please see “Underwriting.”

Transfer Agent

 

VStock Transfer, LLC., 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, New York 11598.

Controlled Company

 

Dekui Lui controls a majority of the outstanding common stock. As a result, we qualify as a “controlled company” within the meaning of the listing standards of Nasdaq. Under these rules, a “controlled company” may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. We have elected to take advantage of some exemptions.

Risk Factors

 

You should carefully consider the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, the specific factors set forth in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 18 of this prospectus before deciding whether or not to invest in shares of our common stock.

17

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Our business is subject to many risks and uncertainties, which may affect our future financial performance. If any of the events or circumstances described below occur, our business and financial performance could be adversely affected, our actual results could differ materially from our expectations, and the price of our stock could decline. The risks and uncertainties discussed below are not the only ones we face. There may be additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently do not believe are material that may adversely affect our business and financial performance. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all other information included in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes, before making an investment decision. The statements contained in this prospectus that are not historic facts are forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those set forth in or implied by forward-looking statements. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, or results of operations could be harmed. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and investors in our securities may lose all or part of their investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a limited operating history in an evolving industry, which makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not be successful.

The Company has a limited operating history on which to base an evaluation of its business and prospects. The Company is subject to all the risks inherent in a small company seeking to develop, market, and distribute its products and services. The likelihood of the Company’s success must be considered in light of the problems, expenses, difficulties, complications, and delays frequently encountered in connection with the development, introduction, marketing, and distribution of new products and services in a competitive environment.

Such risks for the Company include, but are not limited to, dependence on the success and acceptance of the Company’s products and services, the ability to attract and retain a suitable customer base, and the management of growth. To address these risks, the Company must, among other things, generate increased demand, attract a sufficient clientele base, respond to competitive developments, successfully introduce new products and services, attract, retain, and motivate qualified personnel and upgrade and enhance the Company’s technologies to accommodate expanded service offerings. In view of the rapidly evolving nature of the Company’s business and its limited operating history, the Company believes that period-to-period comparisons of its operating results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.

The Company is therefore subject to many of the risks common to early-stage enterprises, including under-capitalization, cash shortages, limitations with respect to personnel, financial, and other resources, and lack of revenues.

We face strong competition in our markets.

We face competition from both domestic and foreign manufacturers in each of the markets we serve. No one company dominates the industry in which we operate. Our competitors include international, national, and local manufacturers, some of whom may have greater financial, manufacturing, marketing, and technical resources than we do, or greater penetration in or familiarity with a particular geographic market than we have.

Some competitors may be better known or have greater resources at their disposal, and some may have lower production costs. For certain products, being a domestic manufacturer may play a role in determining whether we are awarded a certain contract. For other products, we may be competing against foreign manufacturers who have a lower cost of production. If a contracting party has a relationship with a vendor and is required to place a contract for bids, the preferred vendor may provide or assist in the development of the specification for the product that may be tailored to that vendor’s needs. In such event, we would be at a disadvantage in seeking to obtain that contract. We believe that customers focus on such factors as quality of work, reputation of the vendor, perception of the vendor’s ability to meet the required schedule, and price in selecting a vendor for their products. Some of our customers have moved manufacturing operations or product sourcing overseas, which can negatively impact our sales. To remain competitive, we will need to invest continuously in our manufacturing capabilities and customer service, and we may need to reduce our prices, particularly with respect to customers in industries that are experiencing downturns, which may adversely affect our results of operations. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to maintain our competitive position in each of the markets that we serve.

18

Table of Contents

If we fail to raise capital when needed, it will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The Company has limited revenue-producing operations and will require the proceeds from this offering to execute its full business plan. Further, no assurance can be given if additional capital is needed as to how much additional capital will be required or that additional financing can be obtained, or, if obtainable, that the terms will be satisfactory to the Company, or that such financing would not result in a substantial dilution of shareholders’ interests. A failure to raise capital when needed would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, debt and other equity financing may involve a pledge of assets and may be senior to interests of equity holders. Any debt financing secured in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to capital-raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for the Company to obtain additional capital or to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. If adequate funds are not obtained, the Company may be required to reduce, curtail, or discontinue operations.

Any deterioration or disruption of the credit and capital markets may adversely affect our access to sources of funding.

Disruptions in the credit markets have in the past severely restricted access to capital for companies. When credit markets deteriorate or are disrupted, our ability to incur additional indebtedness to fund a portion of our working capital needs and other general corporate purposes, or to refinance maturing obligations as they become due, may be constrained. This risk could be exacerbated by future deterioration in the Company’s credit ratings. In the event that we need to access the capital markets or other sources of financing, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain financing on acceptable terms or within an acceptable time, if at all. In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic has significantly disrupted world financial markets, increased volatility in U.S. capital markets, and may reduce opportunities for us to seek additional funding. Our inability to obtain financing on terms and within a time acceptable to us could have an adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity.

The Company’s failure to successfully market its products could result in adverse financial consequences.

Promoting its products will depend largely on the success of the Company’s marketing efforts and the ability of the Company to provide high quality products and services. In order to promote its products, the Company will need to increase its marketing budget and otherwise increase its financial commitment to creating and maintaining brand loyalty among customers. There can be no assurance that marketing efforts will yield increased revenues or that any such revenues would offset the expenses incurred by the Company. If the Company fails to promote and maintain its brand or incurs substantial expenses in an attempt to promote and maintain its brand or if the Company’s existing or future strategic relationships fail to promote the products, the Company’s business, results of operations, and financial condition would be materially adversely affected.

The longevity of our business depends in part on our ability to enhance and sell the functionality of our current building solutions and technology platform to remain competitive and meet customer needs.

The market for housing development is relatively seasonal worldwide and is characterized by moving very slowly in changes of product utilization, frequent new entrants, uncertain product life cycles, fluctuating customer demands, and evolving industry and government energy-related standards and regulations. We may not be able to successfully develop and market new, reliable solutions that comply with present or emerging demands, regulations, and standards on a cost-effective basis.

Negative economic conditions may adversely impact the demand for our products and services and the ability of our customers to meet their obligations to us on a timely basis. Any disputes with customers could also have an adverse impact on our income and cash flows.

Negative economic conditions, including tightening of credit in financial markets, may lead businesses to postpone spending, which may impact our customers, causing them to cancel, decrease, or delay their existing and future orders with us. Declines in economic conditions may further impact the ability of our customers to meet their obligations to us on a timely basis. If customers are unable to meet their obligations to us on a timely basis, it could adversely impact the realization of receivables, the valuation of inventories, and the valuation of long-lived assets. Additionally, we may be negatively affected by contractual disputes with customers, which could have an adverse impact on our income and cash flows.

19

Table of Contents

Changes in delivery schedules and order specifications may affect our revenue stream.

Although we perform manufacturing services pursuant to orders placed by our customers, we have in the past experienced delays in scheduling and changes in the specification of our products. Delays in scheduling have been, and in the future may be, caused by disruptions relating to the COVID-19 pandemic, government-imposed lockdowns, and supply chain issues, while changes in order specifications may result from a number of factors, including a determination by the customer that the product specifications need to be changed after receipt of an initial product or prototype. As a result of these changes, we may suffer a delay in the recognition of revenue from projects and may incur contract losses. We cannot assure you that our results of operations will not be affected in the future by delays or changes in specifications or that we will ever be able to recoup revenue that was lost as a result of the delays or changes. Further, if we cannot allocate our personnel to a different project, we will continue to incur expenses relating to the initial project, including labor and overhead. Thus, if orders are postponed, our results of operations would be impacted by our need to maintain staffing and other expense-generating aspects of production for the postponed projects, even though they were not fully utilized, and revenue associated with the project will not be recognized, during this period. We cannot assure that our operating results will not decline in future periods as a result of changes in customers’ orders.

Failure to find collaborative business partners for housing development projects could adversely affect us.

Part of our growth strategy is to increase our involvement in residential and commercial housing development projects by using our light-gauge steel framing. Participation in these projects requires that we find collaborative partners who are seeking to develop affordable manufactured housing. Given the highly competitive environment in which we operate, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to secure or continue such partnerships, which could have an adverse impact on our results of operations.

Demand in our end-use markets can be cyclical, impacting the demand for the products we produce.

Demand in our end-use markets, can be cyclical in nature and sensitive to general economic conditions, competitive influences, and fluctuations in inventory levels throughout the supply chain. Our sales are sensitive to the market conditions present in the industries in which the ultimate consumers of our products operate, which in some cases have been highly cyclical and subject to substantial downturns.

As a result of the cyclical nature of these markets, we have experienced, and in the future, we may experience, significant fluctuations in our sales and results of operations with respect to a substantial portion of our total product offering, and such fluctuations could be material and adverse to our overall financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity.

Because most of our contracts are individual purchase orders and not long-term agreements, there is no guarantee that we will be able to generate a similar amount of revenue in the future.

We must bid or negotiate each of our contracts separately, and when we complete a contract, there is generally no continuing source of revenue under that contract. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will have a continuing stream of revenue from any contract. Our failure to generate new business on an ongoing basis would materially impair our ability to operate profitably. Additionally, our reliance on individual purchase orders has historically caused, and may in future periods cause, our results of operations and cash flows to vary considerably and unpredictably from period to period. The COVID-19 pandemic may also reduce demand for our products and services as a result of delays or disruptions in our customers’ ability to continue their own production, including due to supply chain issues, shutdowns of our customers’ facilities, and the continuation of remote work by our customers, which may result in slowed responses and resolutions to production issues.

Because of our dependence on a limited number of customers that change year to year, our failure to generate major contracts from a small number of customers may impair our ability to operate profitably.

We have, in the past, been dependent in each year on a small number of customers who generate a significant portion of our business, and these customers change from year to year. For fiscal year 2021, we had 15 customers, and for fiscal year 2022 we had 46 customers, of which only five were customers from the prior fiscal year. For the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, one customer accounted for 15% and three customers (including two different from prior fiscal year) accounted for 91% of the Company’s total revenues, respectively.

As a result, we may have difficulty operating profitably if there is a default in payment by any of our major customers, we lose an existing order, or we are unable to generate orders from new or existing customers. Furthermore, to the extent that any one customer accounts for a large percentage of our revenue, the loss of that customer could materially affect

20

Table of Contents

our ability to operate profitably. The loss of these customers could have a material adverse effect upon our business and may impair our ability to operate profitably. We anticipate that our dependence on a limited number of customers in any given fiscal year will continue for the foreseeable future. There is always a risk that existing customers will elect not to do business with us in the future or will experience financial difficulties. If our customers experience financial difficulties or business reversals, or lose orders or anticipated orders, which would reduce or eliminate the need for the products that they ordered from us, they could be unable or unwilling to fulfill their contracts with us.

There is also a risk that our customers will attempt to impose new or additional requirements on us that reduce the profitability of the orders placed by those customers with us. Further, even if the orders are not changed, these orders may not generate margins equal to our recent historical or targeted results. If we do not book more orders with existing customers, or develop relationships with new customers, we may not be able to increase, or even maintain, our revenue, and our financial condition, results of operations, business, and/or prospects may be materially adversely affected.

We rely partly on developer-driven housing projects, and any slowdown in the housing industry could adversely impact our business.

We rely partly on developer-driven housing projects, and any slowdown in the industry could adversely impact our business. The homebuilding industry is cyclical and is highly sensitive to changes in local and general economic conditions that are outside our control, including:

•        consumer confidence, employment levels, job growth, spending levels, wage and personal income growth, personal indebtedness levels, and household debt-to-income levels of potential homebuyers;

•        the availability and cost of financing for homebuyers or restrictive mortgage standards, including private and federal mortgage financing programs and federal, state, and provincial regulation of lending practices;

•        real estate taxes and federal and state income tax provisions, including provisions for the deduction of mortgage interest payments;

•        U.S. and global financial system and credit markets, including short- and long-term interest rates and inflation;

•        housing demand from population growth, household formations, new home buying catalysts (such as marriage and children), second home buying catalysts (such as retirement), home sale catalysts (such as an aging population), demographic changes (including immigration levels and trends in urban and suburban migration), generational shifts, or otherwise, or perceptions regarding the strength of the housing market, and home price appreciation and depreciation resulting therefrom;

•        competition from other real estate investors with significant capital, including other real estate operating companies and developers, institutional investment funds and companies solely focused on single-family rentals; and

•        the supply of new or existing homes, including foreclosures, and other housing alternatives, such as apartments and other residential rental property, and the aging of existing housing inventory.

We rely partly on contractors and builders that from time to time may have difficulty paying for our materials on time.

We rely partly on contractors and builders that from time to time may have difficulty paying for our materials on time. We may potentially have a greater difficulty collecting accounts receivable and longer payment cycles, which may negatively impact our business.

Because we have relied upon a limited number of material suppliers for our products, problems with our material suppliers could impair our ability to meet our obligations to our customers.

For fiscal year-end 2022, we relied on four suppliers to provide us with substantially all of our steel raw materials. For the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, three suppliers accounted for 75% and two suppliers accounted for 70% of the Company’s total purchases, respectively. As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, accounts payable to those three and two suppliers accounted for 94% and 84% of the Company’s total accounts payable, respectively. Although we believe other suppliers are generally available on commercial terms, in the event that we have any quality, delivery,

21

Table of Contents

or other problems with our existing suppliers or in the event that we are not otherwise able to purchase steel from our suppliers, it may be more difficult for us to find alternative suppliers. If we fail to develop or maintain our relationships with these, or our other, suppliers or if the suppliers are not able to meet our quality, quantity, and delivery schedules, we may not be able to meet our delivery and installation schedules for our systems and we may be unable to enter into new contracts with potential customers, thus impairing our revenue stream. Further, any increases in price would affect our ability to market our products or generate acceptable gross margins. We cannot assure you that our current suppliers will be able to meet our quality, quantity, and delivery requirements or that we will be able to find alternate suppliers that can meet our quality, quantity, delivery, and price requirements. The failure to find alternate suppliers could materially affect our ability to conduct our business. Further, because suppliers may have a limited operating history and limited financial resources, we may not be able obtain an adequate remedy in the event that the suppliers are unable to meet their contractual obligations to us. Although there are a number of suppliers of steel, we cannot assure you that we will be able to negotiate reasonable terms for the purchase of steel if our existing suppliers are unable to meet our quality, delivery, and price requirements. Because we do not control the manufacture of key components for our other products, we are subject to our suppliers’ ability to perform as well as the suppliers’ allocation of their own resources to us and to other customers. We cannot assure you that we will be able to purchase key components for our other products on acceptable terms, if at all, and the failure to obtain these components could materially impair our ability to generate revenue.

The Company may not be able to successfully develop and promote new products or services, which could result in adverse financial consequences.

The Company plans to expand its operations and product development efforts. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to expand its operations in a cost-effective or timely manner or that any such efforts will maintain or increase overall market acceptance. Furthermore, any new business or service launched by the Company that is not favorably received by consumers could damage the Company’s reputation and diminish the value of its brand. Expansion of the Company’s operations in this manner would also require significant additional expenses and development, operations, and other resources and would strain the Company’s management, financial, and operational resources. The lack of market acceptance of such services or products or the Company’s inability to generate satisfactory revenues from such expanded products and services to offset their cost could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations, and financial condition.

There is no assurance that the Company will be profitable.

There is no assurance that we will earn profits in the future, or that profitability will be sustained. There is no assurance that future revenues will be sufficient to generate the funds required to continue our business development and marketing activities. If we do not have sufficient capital to fund our operations, we may be required to reduce our sales and marketing efforts or forego certain business opportunities.

We have identified conditions and events that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

We do not believe the cash and cash equivalents on hand as of March 31, 2023 of $165,293 will be sufficient to fund our operations and capital expenditure requirements for the next twelve months from the date the condensed consolidated financial statements are issued. We will be required to raise additional capital to continue to fund operations and capital expenditures. Such funding may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to access additional funds when needed, we may not be able to continue operations or we may be required to delay, scale back or eliminate some or all of our ongoing research and development efforts and other operations. Our ability to access capital when needed is not assured and, if not achieved on a timely basis, will materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. These uncertainties create substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

Additional information regarding our ability to continue as a going concern can be found in the notes to the financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter, and we cannot be certain that we will maintain profitability in every quarterly reporting period.

Our operating results historically have been difficult to predict and have at times significantly fluctuated from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside our control. As a result of these factors, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful, and you should not rely on our past results as

22

Table of Contents

an indication of our future performance. Our operating expenses do not always vary directly with revenue and may be difficult to adjust in the short term. As a result, if revenue for a particular quarter is below our expectations, we may not be able to proportionately reduce operating expenses for that quarter, and therefore such a revenue shortfall would have a disproportionate effect on our operating results for that quarter.

The Company may not have the ability to manage its growth.

The Company anticipates that significant expansion will be required to address potential growth in its customer base and market opportunities. The Company’s anticipated expansion is expected to place a significant strain on the Company’s management, operational, and financial resources. To manage any material growth of its operations and personnel, the Company may be required to improve existing operational and financial systems, procedures, and controls and to expand, train, and manage its employee base. There can be no assurance that the Company’s planned personnel, systems, procedures, and controls will be adequate to support the Company’s future operations, that management will be able to hire, train, retain, motivate, and manage required personnel, or that the Company’s management will be able to successfully identify, manage, and exploit existing and potential market opportunities. If the Company is unable to manage growth effectively, its business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

We rely on the performance of highly skilled personnel, and if we are unable to attract, retain, and motivate well-qualified employees, our business could be harmed.

The Company is, and will be, heavily dependent on the skill, acumen, and services of the management and other employees of the Company. Our future success depends on our continuing ability to attract, develop, motivate, and retain highly qualified and skilled employees. Qualified individuals are in high demand, and we may incur significant costs to attract them. In addition, the loss of any of our senior management or key employees could materially adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan, and we may not be able to find adequate replacements. All of our officers and employees are at-will employees, which means they may terminate their employment relationship with us at any time, and their knowledge of our business and industry would be extremely difficult to replace. We cannot ensure that we will be able to retain the services of any members of our senior management or other key employees. If we do not succeed in attracting well-qualified employees or retaining and motivating existing employees, our business could be harmed.

Our business may be impacted by external factors that we may not be able to control, including the COVID-19 pandemic.

War, including the war in Ukraine, civil conflict, terrorism, natural disasters, and public health issues including domestic or international pandemics have caused and could cause damage or disruption to domestic or international commerce by creating economic or political uncertainties. Additionally, the volatility in the financial markets and disruptions or downturns in other areas of the global or U.S. economies could negatively impact our business. These events could result in a decrease in demand for our products, make it difficult or impossible to deliver orders to customers or receive materials from suppliers, affect the availability or pricing of energy sources, or result in other severe consequences that may or may not be predictable. As a result, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

At the beginning of calendar year 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic began to adversely affect our business and operations. The effects of the continuing pandemic and related governmental responses have included, and could in future periods include extended disruptions to supply chains and capital markets, reduced labor availability and productivity, and a prolonged reduction in demand for our products and services and overall global economic activity. The full extent of the COVID-19 pandemic, related business and travel restrictions, and changes to social behavior remain uncertain as the health crisis continues to evolve globally. Management has been closely monitoring the impact that the COVID-19 pandemic is having on the Company. The COVID-19 pandemic negatively affected the Company’s customers, suppliers, and labor force. Customer impacts have included certain customers halting operations entirely for a period of time, shifting to remote work, and suspending on-site inspections — which delays customer acceptance of completed work, customer payment of milestone payments to us, and delivery of finished goods. Supplier impacts have included difficulties experienced by the Company in ordering certain essential supplies. Labor impacts have included a few issues related to employee attendance such as voluntary avoidance of work out of fear of contracting the coronavirus, certain employees becoming ill, and others self-quarantining as a result of potential exposure to

23

Table of Contents

other individuals with symptoms of COVID-19, as well as increased difficulties in attracting and retaining skilled employees. To date, this has had a minor impact on the Company’s production levels; however, if more employees become ill in the future, the Company could experience more significant disruptions, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.

However, given the speed and frequency of continuously evolving developments with respect to this pandemic, the extent to which COVID-19 may adversely impact our business depends on future developments, which are highly uncertain and unpredictable, including new information concerning the severity of the outbreak and the effectiveness of actions globally to contain or mitigate its effects. As a result, we cannot reasonably estimate the magnitude of the impact on our financial condition and results of operations for future periods.

The current conflict between Ukraine and Russia has exacerbated market instability and disrupted the global economy.

The current conflict between Ukraine and Russia has caused uncertainty about economic and political stability, increasing volatility in the credit and financial markets and disrupting the global economy. The United States, the European Union, and several other countries are imposing far-reaching sanctions and export control restrictions on Russian entities and individuals. These sanctions and export controls may contribute to higher oil and gas prices and inflation, which could reduce demand for new construction projects. There is also a risk that Russia, as a retaliatory action to sanctions, may launch cyberattacks against the United States, the European Union, or other countries or their infrastructures and businesses. Additional consequences of the conflict may include diminished liquidity and credit availability, declines in consumer confidence, declines in economic growth, and various shortages and supply chain disruptions. While we do not currently directly rely on goods or services sourced in Russia or Ukraine and thus have not experienced any direct disruptions, we may experience indirect disruptions in our supply chain. Any of the foregoing factors, including developments or effects that we cannot yet predict, may adversely affect our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Any decrease in the availability, or increase in the cost, of raw materials could materially affect our earnings.

The availability of certain critical raw materials, such as steel, nickel, invar, monel, inconel, aluminum, and other alloys, is subject to factors that are not within our control. At any given time, we may be unable to obtain an adequate supply of these critical raw materials on a timely basis, at prices and other terms acceptable to us, or at all.

If suppliers increase the price of critical raw materials or are unwilling or unable to meet our demand, we may not have alternative sources of supply. In addition, to the extent that we have existing contracts or have quoted prices to customers and accepted customer orders for products prior to purchasing the necessary raw materials, we may be unable to raise the price of products to cover all or part of the increased cost of the raw materials.

The manufacture of some of our products is a complex process and requires long lead times. As a result, we may experience delays or shortages in the supply of raw materials, including delays or shortages caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and the government-imposed lockdowns. If we are unable to obtain adequate and timely deliveries of required raw materials, we may be unable to timely manufacture sufficient quantities of products. This could cause us to lose sales, incur additional costs, delay new product introductions, or suffer harm to our reputation.

In addition, costs of certain critical raw materials have been volatile due to factors beyond our control. Raw material costs are included in our contracts with customers, but in some cases, we are exposed to changes in raw material costs from the time purchase orders are placed to when we purchase the raw materials for production. Changes in business conditions could adversely affect our ability to recover rapid increases in raw material costs and may adversely affect our results of operations.

Additionally, changes in international trade duties and other aspects of international trade policy, both in the United States and abroad, could materially impact the cost of raw materials. For example, in March 2018, the United States imposed an additional 25% tariff under section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act of 1962, as amended, on steel products imported into the United States. The tariff has been imposed on all steel imports, although imports from certain countries were initially excluded, the tariffs on steel and aluminum imports from Mexico and Canada have been lifted, and the tariffs on steel and aluminum imports from Europe have been partially lifted and replaced with a quota system. The United States also imposed a 10% tariff on all aluminum imports into the United States, with initial exemptions for aluminum imported from certain U.S. trading partners. Such actions could increase steel and aluminum costs and

24

Table of Contents

decrease supply availability. Any increase in steel and/or aluminum prices that is not offset by an increase in our prices could have an adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. In addition, if we are unable to acquire timely steel or aluminum supplies, we may need to decline bid and order opportunities, which could also have an adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

We compete with traditional wood frame construction, and any fluctuation in the price of wood could adversely impact demand for our products.

We compete with traditional wood frame construction, and any fluctuation in the price of wood could adversely impact demand for our products. For example, if the price of wood drops our ability to compete with traditional wood frame construction prices may be adversely impacted.

Our manufacturing processes are complex, must constantly be upgraded to remain competitive, and depend upon critical, high-cost equipment that may require costly repair or replacement.

It is possible that we could experience prolonged periods of reduced production due to unplanned equipment failures, and we could incur significant repair or replacement costs in the event of those failures.

We must make regular capital investments and changes to our manufacturing processes to lower production costs, improve productivity, manufacture new or improved products, and remain competitive. We may not be in a position to take advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures if we fail to update, replace, or make additions to our equipment or our manufacturing processes in a timely manner. The cost to repair or replace much of our equipment or facilities could be significant. We cannot be certain that we will have sufficient internally generated cash or acceptable external financing to make necessary capital expenditures in the future.

Our production facilities are energy-intensive, and we rely on third parties to supply energy consumed at our production facilities.

The prices for and availability of electricity, natural gas, oil, and other energy resources are subject to volatile market conditions, some of which have materially worsened as a result of recent shortages and price increases for energy in some markets. These market conditions often are affected by political and economic factors beyond our control. Disruptions or lack of availability in the supply of energy resources could temporarily impair our ability to operate our production facility. Further, increases in energy costs, or changes in costs relative to energy costs paid by competitors, may adversely affect our profitability. To the extent that these uncertainties cause suppliers and customers to be more cost-sensitive, increased energy prices may have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our systems and information technology infrastructure may be subject to security breaches and other cybersecurity incidents.

We rely on the accuracy, capacity, and security of our information technology systems to obtain, process, analyze, and manage data, as well as to facilitate the manufacture and distribution of products to and from our facility. We receive, process, and ship orders, manage the billing of and collections from our customers, and manage the accounting for and payment to our vendors. Maintaining the security of computers, computer networks, and data storage resources is a critical issue for us and our customers as security breaches could result in vulnerabilities and loss of and/or unauthorized access to confidential information. We may face attempts by experienced hackers, cybercriminals, or others with authorized access to our systems to misappropriate our proprietary information and technology, interrupt our business, and/or gain unauthorized access to confidential information. The reliability and security of our information technology infrastructure and software, and our ability to expand and continually update technologies in response to our changing needs are critical to our business. To the extent that any disruptions or security breaches result in a loss or damage to our data, it could cause harm to our reputation. This could lead some customers to stop using us for building their products and reduce or delay future purchases of our products or use competing products. In addition, we could face enforcement actions by U.S. states, the U.S. federal government, or foreign governments, which could result in fines, penalties, and/or other liabilities and which may cause us to incur legal fees and costs, and/or additional costs associated with responding to the cyberattack. Increased regulation regarding cybersecurity may increase our costs of compliance, including fines and penalties, as well as costs of cybersecurity audits. Any of these actions could materially adversely impact our business and results of operations.

25

Table of Contents

Our internal computer and information technology systems, or those of our third-party vendors, collaborators, contractors, consultants or other third parties, may fail or suffer security incidents or data breaches, which could result in a material disruption of our product development programs, compromise confidential, sensitive or personal information related to our business or prevent us from accessing critical information, potentially exposing us to liability or otherwise adversely affecting our business.

Our internal computer and information technology systems and those of our current and any future third-party vendors, collaborators, contractors, consultants or other third parties, are vulnerable to damage or interruption from, among other things, computer viruses, computer hackers, phishing attacks, ransomware, malware, social engineering, malicious code, employee theft, fraud, misconduct or misuse, denial-of-service attacks, sophisticated nation-state and nation-state-supported actors, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. While we seek to protect our information technology systems from system failure, accident and security breach, we have in the past and may in the future experience attempted phishing and other security incidents which could result in a disruption of our development programs and our business operations, whether due to a loss of our trade secrets or other proprietary, personal or confidential information or other disruptions.

Controls employed by our information technology department and other third parties could prove inadequate, and our ability to monitor such third parties’ data security practices is limited. Due to applicable laws, rules, regulations and standards or contractual obligations, we may be held responsible for any information security failure or cybersecurity attack attributed to our third-party vendors as they relate to the information we share with them.

If we were to experience a cybersecurity breach or other security incident relating to our information systems or data, the costs, time and effort associated with the investigation, remediation and potential notification of the breach to counterparties, regulators and data subjects could be material. We may incur significant costs in an effort to detect and prevent security incidents, and we may face increased costs and requirements to expend substantial resources in the event of an actual or perceived security incident. In addition, techniques used to sabotage or to obtain unauthorized access to networks in which data is stored or through which data is transmitted change frequently, become more complex over time and generally are not recognized until launched against a target. As a result, we and our third-party vendors may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures quickly enough to prevent either an electronic intrusion into our systems or services or a compromise of critical information. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to detect or prevent any such incidents, and, our remediation efforts may not be successful or timely. Our efforts to improve security and protect data from compromise may also identify previously undiscovered instances of data breaches or other cybersecurity incidents. If we do not allocate and effectively manage the resources necessary to build and sustain the proper technology and cybersecurity infrastructure, we could suffer significant business disruption, including transaction errors, supply chain or manufacturing interruptions, processing inefficiencies, data loss or the loss of or damage to intellectual property or other proprietary, personal or confidential information. Additionally, we do not currently maintain cybersecurity insurance, and any insurance we may maintain in the future against the risk of this type of loss in the future may not be sufficient to cover actual losses, or may not apply to the circumstances relating to any particular loss.

The extensive environmental, health, and safety regulatory regimes applicable to our manufacturing operations create potential exposure to significant liabilities.

The nature of our manufacturing business subjects our operations to numerous and varied federal, state, local, and international laws and regulations relating to pollution, protection of public health and the environment, natural resource damages, and occupational safety and health. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations, or with the permits required for our operations, could result in fines or civil or criminal sanctions, third-party claims for property damage or personal injury, and investigation and cleanup costs. Potentially significant expenditures could be required in order to comply with environmental laws that may be adopted or imposed in the future.

We have used, and currently use, certain substances that are considered hazardous, extremely hazardous, or toxic under worker safety and health laws and regulations. Although we implement controls and procedures designed to reduce continuing risk of adverse impacts and health and safety issues, we could incur substantial cleanup costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions, and third-party property damage or personal injury claims as a result of violations, noncompliance, or liabilities under these regulatory regimes.

26

Table of Contents

As a manufacturing business, we also must comply with federal and state environmental laws and regulations that relate to the manner in which we store and dispose of materials and the reports that we are required to file. We cannot assure you that we will not incur additional costs to maintain compliance with environmental laws and regulations or that we will not incur significant penalties for failure to be in compliance.

The dangers inherent in our operations and the limits on insurance coverage could expose us to potentially significant liability costs and materially interfere with the performance of our operations.

The fabrication of large steel structures involves potential operating hazards that can cause personal injury or loss of life, severe damage to and destruction of property and equipment, and suspension of operations. The failure of such structures during and after installation can result in similar injuries and damages. Although we believe that our insurance coverage is adequate, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at rates we consider reasonable or that our insurance coverage will be adequate to cover future claims that may arise. Claims for which we are not fully insured may adversely affect our working capital and profitability. In addition, changes in the insurance industry have generally led to higher insurance costs and decreased availability of coverage. The availability of insurance that covers risks we and our competitors typically insure against may decrease, and the insurance that we are able to obtain may have higher deductibles, higher premiums, and more-restrictive policy terms.

The requirements of being a public company are complex and will increase costs.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business and operating results. We may need to hire more employees in the future to comply with these requirements, which will increase our costs and expenses.

In addition, changing laws, regulations, and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs, and making some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations, and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations, and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations, and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us, and our business may be harmed.

We also expect that because we are a public company, these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors (“Board”), particularly to serve on our audit committee and renumeration committee, and qualified executive officers.

As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which we believe may result in increased threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and operating results could be harmed, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and harm our business and operating results.

Litigation is costly and time-consuming and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and reputation.

The Company’s directors and officers may be subject to a variety of civil or other legal proceedings relating to the business affairs of companies with which they are, were or may be in the future affiliated, with or without merit. From time to time in the ordinary course of the Company’s business, we may become involved in various legal

27

Table of Contents

proceedings — including commercial, employment, and other litigation and claims — as well as governmental and other regulatory investigations and proceedings. Such matters can be time-consuming, divert management’s attention and resources, and cause us to incur significant expenses. Furthermore, because litigation is inherently unpredictable, the results of any such actions may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, or financial condition.

Even if the claims are without merit, the costs associated with defending these types of claims may be substantial, in terms of time, money, and management distraction. In particular, patent and other intellectual property litigation may be protracted and expensive, and the results are difficult to predict and may require us to stop offering certain features, purchase licenses, or modify our products and features while we develop non-infringing substitutes or may result in significant settlement costs.

The results of litigation and claims to which we may be subject cannot be predicted with certainty. Even if these matters do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor or without significant cash settlements, these matters, and the time and resources necessary to litigate or resolve them, could harm our business, results or operations, and reputation.

If our customers successfully assert product liability claims against us due to defects in our products, our operating results may suffer and our reputation may be harmed.

Due to the circumstances under which many of our products are used and the fact that some of our products are relied upon by our customers in their facilities or operations, we face an inherent risk of exposure to claims in the event that the failure, use, or misuse of our products results, or is alleged to result, in bodily injury, property damage, or economic loss. Although we carry product liability insurance, a successful product liability claim or series of claims against us, or a significant warranty claim or series of claims against us, could materially decrease our liquidity and impair our financial condition and materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

We may need new or additional financing in the future to expand our business, and our inability to obtain capital on satisfactory terms or at all may have an adverse impact on our operations and our financial results.

We may need new or additional financing in the future to expand our business, refinance existing indebtedness, or make strategic acquisitions, and our inability to obtain capital on satisfactory terms or at all may have an adverse impact on our operations and our financial results. As we grow our business, we may have to incur significant capital expenditures. We may make capital investments to, among other things, build new or upgrade our existing facilities, purchase or lease new equipment, and enhance our production processes. If we are unable to access capital on satisfactory terms and conditions, we may not be able to expand our business or meet our payment requirements under our existing credit facilities. Our ability to obtain new or additional financing will depend on a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. We may not be able to obtain new or additional financing because we may have substantial debt, our current receivable and inventory balances may not support additional debt availability, or we may not have sufficient cash flows to service or repay our existing or future debt. In addition, depending on market conditions and our financial performance, equity financing may not be available on satisfactory terms or at all. Moreover, if we raise additional funds through issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our current stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences, and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. If we are unable to access capital on satisfactory terms and conditions, this could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our intellectual property rights may be inadequate to protect us against others claiming violations of their proprietary rights, and the cost of enforcement could be significant.

The future success of our business is dependent upon the intellectual property rights surrounding our technology, including trade secrets, know-how, and continuing technological innovation. Although we will seek to protect our proprietary rights, our actions may be inadequate to protect any proprietary rights or to prevent others from claiming violations of their proprietary rights. There can be no assurance that other companies are not investigating or developing other technologies that are similar to our technology. In addition, effective intellectual property protection may be unenforceable or limited in certain countries. Any of these claims, with or without merit, could subject us to costly litigation. If the protection of proprietary rights is inadequate to prevent unauthorized use or appropriation by third parties, the value of our brand and other intangible assets may be diminished. Any of these events could have an adverse effect on our business and financial results.

28

Table of Contents

Effective trade secret, copyright, trademark, and domain name protection is expensive to develop and maintain, in terms of both initial and ongoing registration requirements and the expenses and costs of defending our rights. We are seeking to protect our trademarks and domain names in an increasing number of jurisdictions, a process that is expensive and may not be successful or that we may not pursue in every location. Litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights, protect our respective trade secrets, or determine the validity and scope of proprietary rights claimed by others. Any litigation of this nature, regardless of outcome or merit, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management and technical resources, any of which could adversely affect our business and operating results. We may incur significant costs in enforcing our trademarks against those who attempt to imitate our brand. If we fail to maintain, protect, and enhance our intellectual property rights, our business and operating results may be harmed.

Our intellectual property rights may not be adequate to protect our business.

We currently do not hold any patents for our products. To date, we have filed five patent applications. Although we expect to continue filing, where applicable, patent applications related to our technology, no assurances can be given that any patent will be issued on our patent applications or any other application that we may file in the future or that, if such patents are issued, they will be sufficiently broad to adequately protect our technology. In addition, we cannot assure you that any patents that may be issued to us will not be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position could be harmed.

In addition to seeking patent protection, we rely upon trade secret protection — as well as nondisclosure agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, and third parties — to protect our confidential and proprietary information. In addition to contractual measures, we try to protect the confidential nature of our proprietary information using commonly accepted physical and technological security measures. Such measures may not, for example, in the case of misappropriation of a trade secret by an employee or third party with authorized access, provide adequate protection for our proprietary information. Our security measures may not prevent an employee or consultant from misappropriating our trade secrets and providing them to a competitor, and any recourse we take against such misconduct may not provide an adequate remedy to protect our interests fully. Unauthorized parties may also attempt to copy or reverse engineer certain aspects of our product that we consider proprietary. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret can be difficult, expensive, and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. Even though we use commonly accepted security measures, trade secret violations are often a matter of state law, and the criteria for protection of trade secrets can vary among different jurisdictions. In addition, trade secrets may be independently developed by others in a manner that could prevent legal recourse by us. If any of our confidential or proprietary information, such as our trade secrets, were to be disclosed or misappropriated, or if any such information were independently developed by a competitor, our business and competitive position could be harmed.

The existence of a family relationship between Dekui Liu, as our Chief Executive Officer, and Ying Liu, as a board member, may result in a conflict of interest in connection with a decision to be made by us through our board, standing committees thereof, and management and what they each may believe is best for themselves or their family members in connection with the same decision.

Dekui Liu is the son of Ying Liu. In her position as a member of our board, Ying Liu owes a fiduciary duty to our stockholders and must act in good faith in a manner she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the stockholders. And in his position as our Chief Executive Officer, Dekui Liu owes a fiduciary duty to our stockholders and must act in good faith in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the stockholders. Nevertheless, the existence of this family relationship may result in a conflict of interest on the part of such persons between what they may believe is in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders and what they may believe is best for themselves or their family members in connection with a business opportunity or other matter to be decided by INNO through its board, standing committees thereof, and management. Moreover, even if such a family relationship does not create an actual conflict, the perception of a conflict in the press or the financial or business community generally could create negative publicity or another reaction with respect to the business opportunity or other matters to be decided by us through our board, standing committees thereof, and management, which could adversely affect the business generated

29

Table of Contents

by us and our relationships with our existing customers and other counterparties, impact the behavior of third-party participants or other persons in the proposed business opportunity or other matter to be decided, otherwise negatively impact our business prospects related to this matter, or negatively impact the trading market for our securities.

Risks Related to This Offering

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of any net proceeds from this offering, and you may not agree with how we use the proceeds and the proceeds may not be invested successfully.

Our management will have broad discretion as to the use of any net proceeds from this offering and could use them for purposes other than those contemplated at the time of this offering and in ways that do not necessarily improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. Accordingly, you will be relying on the judgment of our management with regard to the use of any proceeds from this offering and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. It is possible that the proceeds will be invested in a way that does not yield a favorable, or any, return for you.

Investors in this offering may experience future dilution as a result of this and future equity offerings.

In order to raise additional capital, we may in the future offer additional shares of our common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock. Investors purchasing our shares or other securities in the future could have rights superior to existing common stockholders, and the price per share at which we sell additional shares of our common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock in future transactions may be higher or lower than the price per share in this offering.

Sales of a significant number of shares of our common stock in the public markets, or the perception that such sales could occur, could depress the market price of our common stock.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public markets could depress the market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We cannot predict the effect that future sales of our common stock would have on the market price of our common stock.

Existing shareholders may sell significant quantities of common stock.

The existing shareholders will own [•]% of our common stock following the successful completion of this offering. Notwithstanding that certain officers and directors who are shareholders will be locked up for a period of 180 days following the completion of this offering, they may have acquired their shares at a lower price than that of this offering. Accordingly, they may be incentivized to sell all or part of their holdings as soon as any applicable transfer restrictions have ended, and such sales could have a negative impact on the market price of our common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Several analysts may cover our stock. If one or more of those analysts downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price will likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

We expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the listing standards of Nasdaq, and as a result, we will qualify for exemptions from certain corporate-governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

Dekui Liu, our CEO, controls a majority of the outstanding common stock. As a result, we qualify as a “controlled company” within the meaning of the listing standards of Nasdaq, and we have elected not to comply with certain Nasdaq corporate-governance requirements. Under these rules, a “controlled company” may elect not to comply with certain corporate-governance requirements. Accordingly, our stockholders may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of Nasdaq’s corporate-governance requirements.

30

Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Securities

There is no active public trading market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that an active trading market will develop in the near future.

Our common stock is not quoted in the over-the-counter markets and is not listed on any stock exchange, and there is currently no active trading in our securities. We will apply to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol INHD, which listing is a condition to this offering. We cannot assure you that an active trading market for our common stock will develop in the future due to a number of factors, including the fact that we are a small company that is relatively unknown to stock analysts, stock brokers, institutional investors, and others in the investment community that generate or influence sales volume, and that even if we came to the attention of such persons, they tend to be risk averse and would be reluctant to follow an unproven company such as ours or purchase or recommend the purchase of our shares until we became more seasoned and viable. We cannot give you any assurance that an active public trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained. You may not be able to liquidate your shares quickly or at the market price if trading in our common stock is not active.

The public price of our common stock may be volatile and could, following a sale, decline significantly and rapidly.

The initial-public-offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. The market price of our common stock may decline below the initial offering price, and you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid in the offering, or at all. Following this offering, the public price of our common stock in the secondary market will be determined by private buy-and-sell transaction orders collected from broker-dealers.

We may experience extreme stock price volatility unrelated to our actual or expected operating performance, financial condition or prospects, making it difficult for prospective investors to assess the rapidly changing value of our common stock.

Recently, there have been instances of extreme stock price run-ups followed by rapid price declines and strong stock price volatility with a number of recent initial public offerings, especially among companies with relatively smaller public floats. As a relatively small-capitalization company with relatively small public float, we may experience greater stock price volatility, extreme price run-ups, lower trading volume and less liquidity than large-capitalization companies. In particular, our common stock may be subject to rapid and substantial price volatility, low volumes of trades and large spreads in bid and ask prices. Such volatility, including any stock-run up, may be unrelated to our actual or expected operating performance, financial condition or prospects, making it difficult for prospective investors to assess the rapidly changing value of our common stock.

In addition, if the trading volumes of our common stock are low, persons buying or selling in relatively small quantities may easily influence prices of our common stock. This low volume of trades could also cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate greatly, with large percentage changes in price occurring in any trading day session. Holders of our common stock may also not be able to readily liquidate their investment or may be forced to sell at depressed prices due to low volume trading. Broad market fluctuations and general economic and political conditions may also adversely affect the market price of our common stock. As a result of this volatility, investors may experience losses on their investment in our common stock. A decline in the market price of our common stock also could adversely affect our ability to issue additional common stock or other securities and our ability to obtain additional financing in the future. No assurance can be given that an active market in our common stock will develop or be sustained. If an active market does not develop, holders of our common stock may be unable to readily sell the common stock they hold or may not be able to sell their common stock at all.

A possible “short squeeze” due to a sudden increase in demand of our common stock that largely exceeds supply may lead to price volatility in our common stock.

Following this offering, investors may purchase our common stock to hedge existing exposure in our common stock or to speculate on the price of our common stock. Speculation on the price of our common stock may involve long and short exposures. To the extent aggregate short exposure exceeds the number of shares of our common stock available for purchase in the open market, investors with short exposure may have to pay a premium to repurchase our common

31

Table of Contents

stock for delivery to lenders of our common stock. Those repurchases may, in turn, dramatically increase the price of our common stock until investors with short exposure are able to purchase additional shares of common stock to cover their short position. This is often referred to as a “short squeeze.” A short squeeze could lead to volatile price movements in our common stock that are not directly correlated to the performance or prospects of our company, and once investors purchase the shares of common stock necessary to cover their short position, the price of our common stock may decline.

We may not be able to satisfy the listing requirements of Nasdaq to maintain a listing of our common stock.

If our common stock is listed on Nasdaq, we must meet certain financial and liquidity criteria to maintain such a listing. If we violate the maintenance requirements for continued listing of our common stock, our common stock may be delisted. In addition, our board may determine that the cost of maintaining our listing on a national securities exchange outweighs the benefits of such listing. A delisting of our common stock from Nasdaq may materially impair our stockholders’ ability to buy and sell our common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of, and the efficiency of the trading market for, our common stock. In addition, the delisting of our common stock could significantly impair our ability to raise capital in the future.

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert our management’s attention.

The market price of our securities may be volatile, and in the past, companies that experienced volatility in the market price of their securities were subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns.

Our failure to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting could have an adverse impact on us.

We are required to establish and maintain appropriate internal controls over financial reporting. Failure to establish those controls, or any failure of those controls once established, could adversely impact our public disclosures regarding our business, financial condition, or results of operations. In addition, management’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting may identify weaknesses and conditions that need to be addressed in our internal controls over financial reporting or other matters that may raise concerns for investors. Any actual or perceived weaknesses and conditions that need to be addressed in our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure of management’s assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting, or disclosure of our public-accounting firm’s attestation to or report on management’s assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting may have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock.

A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. In addition, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and the benefit of controls must be relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no system of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Further, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by the collusion of two or more persons, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is also based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, a control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be detected.

If we fail to have effective controls and procedures for financial reporting in place, we could be unable to provide timely and accurate financial information, which could result in an investigation by the SEC and civil or criminal sanctions, investors losing confidence in the accuracy of our periodic reports filed under the Exchange Act, and a decline in our stock price.

32

Table of Contents

We are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, and we cannot be certain whether the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging-growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are not applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of section 404 of the Sarbanes — Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden-parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

In addition, section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We are choosing to take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, although we will lose that status sooner if our revenues exceed $1.235 billion, if we issue more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt in a three-year period, or if the market value of our common stock that is held by nonaffiliates equals $700 million or more as of the last day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter.

Changes in tax law may materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows or adversely impact the value of an investment in our common stock.

New income, sales, use, or other tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations, or ordinances could be enacted at any time or interpreted, changed, modified, or applied adversely to us, any of which could adversely affect our business operations and financial performance. We urge our investors to consult with their legal and tax advisors with respect to any changes in tax law and the potential tax consequences of investing in our common stock.

We have not paid dividends in the past and do not expect to pay dividends in the future, and any return on investment may be limited to the value of our stock.

We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to support the development of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Our payment of any future dividends will be at the discretion of our Board after taking into account various factors, including, but not limited to, our financial condition, operating results, cash needs, and growth plans and the terms of any credit agreements that we may be a party to at the time. In addition, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock may be limited by Texas state law. Accordingly, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize a return on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE RISKS, BUSINESSES ARE OFTEN SUBJECT TO RISKS NOT FORESEEN OR FULLY APPRECIATED BY MANAGEMENT. IN REVIEWING THIS FILING, POTENTIAL INVESTORS SHOULD KEEP IN MIND THAT OTHER POSSIBLE RISKS MAY ADVERSELY IMPACT THE COMPANY’S BUSINESS OPERATIONS AND THE VALUE OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES.

33

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements.” Forward-looking statements reflect the current view about future events. When used in this prospectus, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “future,” “intend,” “plan,” or the negative of these terms and similar expressions, as they relate to us or our management, identify forward-looking statements. Such statements include, but are not limited to, statements contained in this prospectus relating to our business strategy, our future operating results, and our liquidity and capital-resources outlook. Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and assumptions regarding our business, the economy, and other future conditions. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks, and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Our actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees of assurance of future performance. We caution you, therefore, against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include, without limitation:

•        our ability to effectively operate our business segments;

•        our ability to manage our research, development, expansion, growth, and operating expenses;

•        our ability to evaluate and measure our business, prospects, and performance metrics;

•        our ability to compete, directly and indirectly, and succeed in a highly competitive and evolving industry;

•        our ability to respond and adapt to changes in technology and customer behavior;

•        our ability to protect our intellectual property and to develop, maintain, and enhance a strong brand; and

•        other factors (including the risks contained in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors”) relating to our industry, our operations, and results of operations.

Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should the underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may differ significantly from those anticipated, believed, estimated, expected, intended or planned.

Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States, we do not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements to conform these statements to actual results.

34

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $[•] (or approximately $[•] if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) from the sale of the common stock offered by us in this offering, based on an assumed public offering price of $ [•] per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our marketing capabilities, increase production capacity, expand research and development, evaluate strategic opportunities, other working capital and general corporate purposes, and create a public market for our common stock. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all the particular uses for the net proceeds to us from this offering. However, we currently intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for general corporate purposes. In addition, we may use a portion of the proceeds for acquisitions, but we have not yet identified nor entered into preliminary negotiations with any specific acquisition target. To the extent we enter into an acquisition agreement, the cash costs would come from the working capital and general-corporate-purposes amount below.

The table below sets forth the manner in which we expect to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering. All amounts included in the table below are estimates.

Description

 

Amount
(%)

Marketing

 

 

20

%

Increasing Production Capacity

 

 

20

%

Research and Development

 

 

20

%

Working Capital and General Corporate Purposes

 

 

40

%

Total

 

$

100

%

Changing circumstances may cause us to consume capital significantly faster than we currently anticipate. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including the progress of our marketing and sales efforts, our development efforts, and the overall economic environment. Therefore, our management will retain broad discretion over the use of the proceeds from this offering. We may ultimately use the proceeds for different purposes from what we currently intend. Pending any ultimate use of any portion of the proceeds from this offering, if the anticipated proceeds will not be sufficient to fund all the proposed purposes, our management will determine the order of priority for using the proceeds, as well as the amount and sources of other funds needed. We believe that the funds raised in this offering will be sufficient to finance the purposes described above, and we do not think that material amounts of other funds will be necessary to finance such purposes.

Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we may invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital-preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and U.S. government securities.

35

Table of Contents

MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Prior to this offering, our common stock has not been listed on any stock exchange or quoted on any over-the-counter market or quotation system, and there has been no public market for our common stock. We intend to apply to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “INHD,” which listing is a condition to this offering. There can be no assurance that our listing application will be approved. For more information see the section “Risk Factors.”

As of July 25, 2023, 18,251,726 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding and were held by 11 stockholders of record.

36

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have not declared any cash dividends since inception, and we do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings will be used to provide working capital, to support our operations, and to finance the growth and development of our business. The payment of dividends is within the discretion of the Board and will depend on our earnings; capital requirements; financial condition; prospects; applicable Texas law, which provides that dividends are only payable out of surplus or current net profits; and other factors our Board might deem relevant. There are no restrictions that currently limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock other than those generally imposed by applicable state law.

37

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and capitalization as of March 31, 2023. Such information is set forth on the following basis:

•        on an actual basis;

•        on a pro forma basis to reflect the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of formation;

•        on a pro forma as-adjusted basis to reflect (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above and (ii) the sale of            shares of our common stock by us in this initial public offering at an assumed initial-public-offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover page of this prospectus), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read the following table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus.

The pro forma as-adjusted information set forth below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public-offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

As of March 31, 2023

   

Actual

 

Pro Forma
(Unaudited)(1)

 

Pro Forma
As Adjusted
(unaudited)(1)

Cash, cash equivalents and investments

 

$

165,293

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

Short term debts

 

$

757,259

 

 

$

   

$

 

Long term debts

 

$

140,729

 

 

$

   

$

 
   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

Common stock, par value $0.0 per share, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 18,218,832 shares issued and outstanding, actual; [•] authorized, [•] shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; [•] shares authorized, [•] shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

2,705,000

 

 

 

   

 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(2,026,423

)

 

 

   

 

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

(183,882

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

494,695

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

Total Capitalization

 

$

1,392,683

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

____________

(1)      [Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial-public-offering price per share of $            (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase or decrease, as applicable, the pro forma as-adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, and total stockholders’ deficit by approximately $            million, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each 1-million-share increase or decrease in the number of shares of common stock offered in this offering would increase or decrease, as applicable, the pro forma as-adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, and total stockholders’ deficit by $            million, assuming that the initial-public-offering price per share remains $            (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us].

38

Table of Contents

DILUTION

Purchasers of our common stock in this offering will experience an immediate and substantial dilution in the as-adjusted net tangible book value of their shares of common stock. Dilution in as-adjusted net tangible book value represents the difference between the public-offering price per share and the as-adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the offering.

The following table illustrates this per-share dilution to new investors:

Public-offering price per share

 

$

 

Historical net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2023

 

$

0.03

Increase in as-adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to the offering

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2023, after this offering

 

 

 

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors

 

$

 

After completion of this offering, our existing stockholders would own approximately [•]%, and our new investors would own approximately [•]% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

We may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities may result in further dilution to our stockholders.

Capitalization Table

 

Shares Purchased

 

Total Consideration

   
   

Number

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Per Share

Existing stockholders

 

18,218,832

 

%

 

 

$

3,084,625

 

%

 

 

$

0.17

New Investors

 

 

 

 %

 

 

 

 

 

 %

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

39

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the section headed “Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a building technology company that primarily manufactures cold-formed-steel members and offers a full range of services required to transform raw materials into precise steel framing products and prefabricated homes. We transform raw material (coils of rolled steel of various gauges and other materials) through our proprietary technologies to cut, punch and bend the steel into members or other components. These work-in-process components are further processed into finished products which are used in a variety of building types, including residential, commercial, industrial, and infrastructure. At each stage of the process, we are adding value to the original rolled steel (and other materials) to its final assembled use by businesses or directly to customers.

Our largest commodity expense is our primary raw material — rolled steel in various gauges and widths. Like any commodity, steel is subject to supply/demand-based price fluctuations which can have an impact on the profitability of our business if prices change between the time we enter into a contract with a customer to deliver finished goods and the time the steel is purchased from the mill. We seek to mitigate our exposure to steel price fluctuations in two ways:

•        Entering fixed price forward contracts with steel mills/suppliers for delivery in the future so that our bids for customer contracts have known pricing for the steel. This is particularly useful in larger projects that involve delivery of product over many months.

•        Maintaining an approximately three-month inventory of our most actively used rolled steel coils (defined by width and gauge). This inventory requires an active forward-looking assessment of steel needs to meet expected demand. Maintaining inventory is a real financial exposure especially during periods of pricing volatility.

Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”)

In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, our management regularly monitors certain KPIs for our business. The KPIs used by the Company include:

The capital turnover rate of raw-material procurement

Our business is reliant on timely delivery of raw materials. At the same time, our primary raw material (steel) is expensive to warehouse. We strive to achieve roughly 1-3 months of raw materials inventory to balance our cost of inventory against the risk of not having raw materials when needed. We do this by setting up long-term cooperative relationship with multiple local and national suppliers, including the mills, so that we will gain a better payment cycle to secure the raw material, to maximize the usage of the funds. At the same time, to match the raw-material usage of the sales order each quarter, we will make the quarterly purchase plans ahead, so that the efficiency of capital turnover is higher.

The collection period of accounts receivable

Timely payments from customers are essential to a successful business. Our experience to date has been good with our customers, but we will seek to gradually eliminate the types of small-size homebuilders and cooperate with large-size and professional companies to strengthen risk control of accounts receivable and shorten the days outstanding for accounts receivable. Eventually, we expect to achieve the goal of receiving 100% of the payment before products leave the shop.

Lead time

Construction requires the coordination of many contractors, subcontractors, permitting, etc. that must be done on very exacting schedules where any delays will have a ripple effect down the chain. While there are many things we cannot control, we strive to communicate with the customers at a high frequency and make the best production arrangement to minimize storage period and shorten the lead time, which is one of the most important operating indicators of INNO.

40

Table of Contents

The growth of total operating income

We maintain internal long-term targets for both gross profit and operating income, based partly on long-term revenue growth targets and partly on execution and internal controls. Ultimately, we strive to deliver profitable long-term growth.

Production capacity improvement

We are committed to investing in the improvement of production capacity and production efficiency in an effort to support larger orders and to meet the goal of increasing total operating income.

Results of Operation

For the years ended September 30, 2022, and 2021

The following table presents certain consolidated statement-of-operations information and presentation of that data as a percentage of change from year to year.

 

For the Years Ended September 30,

2022

 

2021

 

Variance

Revenues

 

$

4,502,568

 

 

$

3,003,624

 

 

49.9

%

Costs of materials and labor

 

 

3,405,506

 

 

 

2,069,581

 

 

64.6

%

Selling, general and administrative expenses (exclusive of depreciation shown separately below)

 

 

1,873,902

 

 

 

1,229,651

 

 

52.4

%

Depreciation

 

 

33,138

 

 

 

6,000

 

 

452.3

%

Operating loss

 

 

(809,978

)

 

 

(301,608

)

 

168.6

%

Other income (expenses)

 

 

(310,114

)

 

 

222,193

 

 

(239.6

)%

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(1,120,092

)

 

 

(79,415

)

 

1,310.4

%

Income tax expense

 

 

9,915

 

 

 

26,581

 

 

(62.7

)%

Net loss

 

 

(1,130,007

)

 

 

(105,996

)

 

966.1

%

Non-controlling interest

 

 

(121,345

)

 

 

—

 

   

 

Net loss attributable to INNO HOLDINGS INC.

 

$

(1,008,662

)

 

$

(105,996

)

 

851.6

%

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

Operating loss % of revenues

 

 

(18.0

)%

 

 

(10.0

)%

   

 

Net loss % of revenues

 

 

(25.1

)%

 

 

(3.5

)%

   

 

For the six months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022

The following table presents certain unaudited condensed consolidated statement-of-operations information and presentation of that data as a percentage of change from period to period.

 

For the Six Months Ended March 31,

2023

 

2022

 

Variance

Revenues

 

$

397,614

 

 

$

2,076,946

 

 

(80.9

)%

Costs of materials and labor

 

 

368,824

 

 

 

1,271,427

 

 

(71.0

)%

Selling, general and administrative expenses (exclusive of depreciation and bad debt expenses shown separately below)

 

 

1,019,452

 

 

 

1,191,193

 

 

(14.4

)%

Depreciation

 

 

32,783

 

 

 

10,599

 

 

209.3

%

Bad debt expense

 

 

400,600

 

 

 

—

 

 

—

 

Operating loss

 

 

(1,424,045

)

 

 

(396,273

)

 

259.4

%

Other income (expenses)

 

 

(35,878

)

 

 

(104,580

)

 

(65.7

)%

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(1,459,923

)

 

 

(500,853

)

 

191.5

%

Income tax expense

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

(1,459,923

)

 

 

(500,853

)

 

191.5

%

Non-controlling interest

 

 

(62,537

)

 

 

(11,917

)

 

424.8

%

Net loss attributable to INNO HOLDINGS INC.

 

$

(1,397,386

)

 

$

(488,936

)

 

185.8

%

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

Operating loss % of revenues

 

 

(358.1

)%

 

 

(19.1

)%

   

 

Net loss % of revenues

 

 

(367.2

)%

 

 

(24.1

)%

   

 

41

Table of Contents

Revenues

Revenue for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 increased 49.9% to $4,502,568 in comparison to $3,003,624 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021. The increase in revenue resulted primarily from an increase in the number of customers, to 48 in fiscal year 2022 from 20 in fiscal year 2021, and the corresponding increase in sales volume. We had 11 repeat customers in fiscal year 2022. We had four customers that each accounted for over 10% of sales in fiscal year 2022, contributing 15.33%, 9.74%, 9.16%, and 8.74% of revenue, respectively.

Revenue for the six months ended March 31, 2023 declined 81% to $397,614 in comparison to $2,076,946 for the six months ended March 31, 2022. The decline in revenue primarily resulted from a decrease in customer construction activity, a decline in the number of customers, to 16 in the six months ended March 31, 2023 from 26 in the six months ended March 31, 2022, and a decline in the average size of projects, which resulted in a decline in average revenue per customer to $23,466 in the six months ended March 31, 2023 from $79,883 in the six months ended March 31, 2022. We had six repeat customers in the six months ended March 31, 2023 compared to the six months ended March 31, 2022. We had five customers that each accounted for over 10% of revenue in the six months ended March 31, 2023, contributing 28%, 13%, 12%, 11%, and 11% of revenue, respectively.

Our backlog as of March 31, 2023 was approximately $15,000,000 to $20,000,000. Our backlog consists of all remaining payments related to our signed customer contracts. We expect revenue from these contracts to be realized within 24 months from March 31, 2023.

Our revenues are significantly impacted by demand for residential and commercial buildings, economic conditions including interest rates and costs of labor, materials and other variables that impact the cost of our finished goods. We cannot ensure that growth will continue, and our business may be adversely affected by negative overall economic conditions currently being experienced.

Costs of Materials and Labor

Costs of materials and labor include raw materials (primarily rolled steel) and direct labor in the processing of raw materials through the manufacturing process. Fluctuations in raw materials pricing and production volume can have an impact on our costs as indicated in the table below, with raw steel contributing between approximately 40% of the cost of goods sold and 61% of the cost of goods sold, depending on price and volume.

Costs of materials and labor for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022, increased 64.6% to $3,405,506 in comparison to $2,069,581 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2021. The increase was primarily due to an increase in the number of customers and a corresponding increase in sales volume as discussed above, an increase in the number of workers (primarily at-will contractors), and increased costs of raw material.

Costs of materials and labor for the six months ended March 31, 2023, declined 71% to $368,824 in comparison to $1,253,163 for the six months ended March 31, 2022. The decrease was primarily due to the sharp year-over-year decline in revenue, as discussed above.

While the Company seeks to minimize the impact of fluctuations of steel prices by advance purchases of steel tied to the price to be paid by customers in their contracts, available capital resources has limited our ability to make advance purchases to about three months of supply, which has left us with some exposure to supply price changes. Among the uses of proceeds from this offering, the Company intends to extend the number of months of supply to match the expected need for raw materials of purchases under contract.

42

Table of Contents

Steel Price Sensitivity Analysis

Steel Price

 

Steel as % of COGS

Variance

 

Low Volume

 

High Volume

(20)%

 

40%

 

51%

(10)%

 

43%

 

54%

0

 

45%

 

57%

10%

 

48%

 

59%

20%

 

50%

 

61%

Table Notes: “Low Volume” assumes three tons of steel material used per one eight-hour shift; “High Volume” assumes seven tons of steel material used per shift. Steel price variance assumes a baseline price of $1,200 per U.S. ton.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended September 30, 2022, increased 52.4% to $1,873,902 in comparison to $1,229,651 for the year ended September 30, 2021. While the increase in these expenses was less than the revenue growth, the absolute dollar increase was mainly due to an increase in marketing and promotional activities, the opening of our California office and an increase in professional-service fees.

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the six months ended March 31, 2023, decreased 14.4% to $1,019,452 in comparison to $1,191,193 for the six months ended March 31, 2022. The decrease was primarily due to the recognition of non-employee wages and commissions recognized in the six months ended March 31, 2022, partly offset by increases in marketing and promotional activities, additional overhead expenses to support long-term growth, and an increase in professional service fees to begin preparation for our public filing in the six months ended March 31, 2023.

Operating Loss

Operating loss was $809,978 for the year ended September 30, 2022, in comparison to $301,608 for the year ended September 30, 2021. The operating loss ratio also increased to 18.0% for the year ended September 30, 2022, from 10.0% for the year ended September 30, 2021. This was due to a combination of the increase in sales and the higher costs and expenses, as discussed above.

Operating loss was $1,424,045 for the six months ended March 31, 2023, in comparison to operating loss of $396,273 for the six months ended March 31, 2022. The increased loss was primary attributed to lower revenue and increased costs and expenses, as discussed above.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income (expenses) consists of interest expense and other nonoperating income (expenses). Other expenses for our fiscal year ended September 30, 2022 were $310,114, in comparison to other income of $222,193 for the year ended September 30, 2022. The increase in other expenses was mainly due to the combination of an increase in stock compensation expenses of $300,000 and decrease in other income of $230,000, which was the PPP loans forgiven in fiscal year ended September 30, 2021.

Other expenses for the six months ended March 31, 2023, were $35,878, in comparison to other expenses of $104,580 for the six months ended March 31, 2022. The decrease in expense was primarily related to stock compensation expense recorded for the six months ended March 31, 2022.

Net Loss

Net loss for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022, was $1,008,662, in comparison to a net loss of $105,996 for the year ended September 30, 2021. The increase in net loss for fiscal year 2022 compared to fiscal year 2021 was primarily due to changes in revenue, costs and expenses as outlined above, including higher stock compensation expense and a decrease in PPP loan forgiveness.

43

Table of Contents

Net loss for the six months ended March 31, 2023, was $1,397,386, in comparison to net loss of $488,936 for the six months ended March 31, 2022. The year-over-year increase in net loss was primarily due to changes in revenue, costs and expenses as outlined above, including lower year-over-year revenue and higher costs to prepare for our public filing.

Key Factors That Affect Operating Results

The following are factors that affect our operating results.

•        Acquisition of new (large size) builders, developers, and other types of customers and assisting them to complete the structural design and engineering more efficiently.

•        Consistently providing value-added professional services for our customers, saving costs, and shortening construction periods to win more loyal customers.

•        Maintaining technological leadership, competitive prices, and other advantages over competitors.

•        Consistent investment in automation and other systems to improve efficiencies required to improve margins.

•        Investment in employees in an effort to efficiently manage operations, finances, and other corporate efforts.

•        Demand for residential and commercial buildings can be substantially impacted by the cost of borrowing money. Recent increases in interest rates and recessionary fears have slowed building activities. However, we believe demand for affordable housing remains stable. Builders in this segment are driven to seek breakthroughs and optimization in terms of cost and lead time, which we believe may benefit INNO.

Our Ability to Create Value for Our Users and Generate Revenue

Our ability to create value for our users and generate our revenues from merchants is driven by the factors described below:

•        Our competitors include traditional wood framing, competing steel framing solutions, and other building techniques, as well as prefab homes and prefabricated building components. With respect to framing solutions, we expect cost savings, quality, and construction efficiency over our competitors to be the main driver of outperformance for INNO. For prefab homes and components, we differentiate through modern design, high quality, technology innovation, and affordability, and we believe our product is differentiated in this large and growing market space.

•        From applying AI design technology, innovation of new products, and exploration of new materials, to developing a whole new structural system, we provide customers with the most optimized solutions and LGS framing, which can lead to lower costs and construction times.

•        Our steel framing products are formed by automated CNC production lines. We currently own five automatic production lines that can cover 3 ⅝" to 12" studs/tracks of different thickness ranging from 25 gauge to 12 gauge. We believe our lead time is faster than other traditional suppliers.

Inflation, Supply Chain Disruption, and Price Fluctuations

Inflationary pressures of the past year, as evidenced by rising interest rates and cost of living indices, have had a direct impact on all aspects of our business from the cost of the raw materials we use to the demand for our finished goods. While we have no control over the decisions our customers make of whether to move forward with construction projects in the face of recessionary fears, we endeavor to limit our exposure by carefully managing our steel purchases to match expected demand and maintaining a flexible as-needed work force.

44

Table of Contents

While steel material remains more expensive than wood on an absolute basis, we believe demand for our steel framing products will continue to grow due to significant advantages, including lower construction times (shorter time to building completion, lower labor costs), higher quality (limited waste, true and straight walls, durability), and insurance savings. We saw evidence of this in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022, when steel prices increased sharply (price increases peaked at +143% year to year), yet demand remained strong, and our revenue grew approximately 50% year to year. We also note that steel and softwood price changes tend to track reasonably closely over time, which held even through the pandemic (see figure below). We believe this suggests that our steel framing products will likely remain competitive with wood framing, even in periods of high price volatility.

Steel Mill Products and Softwood Pricing Trends, 2018-2022

Source: U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, Producer Price Index by Commodity: Lumber and Wood Products: Softwood Lumber [WPS0811], retrieved from FRED, Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis, and Metals and Metal Products: Steel Mill Products [WPU1017], retrieved from FRED, Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis.

The supply chain covers material sourcing, logistics, and macroeconomic factors.

•        INNO is a technology-based manufacturing company, with all manufacturing operations currently based in the U.S. We currently source our steel from U.S.-based steel mills, which greatly reduces our exposure to global supply chain concerns; however, we may in the future source steel from other countries. We may also source other materials internationally from time-to-time to ensure we maintain an efficient cost profile.

•        Timely transportation of our inbound raw materials and outbound finished goods are critical to our operations and meeting our obligations to our customers. We are exposed to the overall shortage in capacity in the transportation industry including the well-publicized driver shortage and volatile fuel price. We have mitigated some of the transportation shortages and maintained high service levels by having one company-owned truck and may add more if demand warrants it.

•        An additional innovation aiding in our logistics strategy, is our patent-pending Mobile Factory. Our Mobile Factory can be transported to the jobsite for production. Once launched, our Mobile Factory can greatly reduce the logistic costs of all or a portion of finished products produced at the factory.

Impact of Global Conflicts and Uncertainties

The conflict between Russia and Ukraine continues to affect economic and global financial markets. The effects of the conflict have contributed to other ongoing economic challenges such as global supply-chain disruptions, labor shortages, inflation, and cybersecurity attacks, creating a challenging business environment for all industries. While we have not been materially affected by the conflict or these other economic challenges, future unpredictable and

45

Table of Contents

uncertain events and the protentional for future global conflicts could impact the Company. We continue monitor developments in the Russia-Ukraine conflict and evaluate our supply chain to mitigate any effects on our business, which includes currently sourcing all of our steel from the U.S.

We currently source all of our steel within the U.S. and ensure that the steel coils we source meet U.S. standards. We may source steel and other materials internationally to ensure a favorable cost profile. Our robust supply chain efforts help ensure consistent quality standards are met.

Impact of COVID-19 and Any Future Pandemic

At this time the COVID-19 pandemic and shutdowns related to additional outbreaks have not had a material effect on our business. However, the pandemic continues to affect energy prices, inflation, labor supply, the global supply chain and capital resources. Future impacts related the pandemic remain uncertain and could have an adverse effect on our business, including with regard to the Company’s ability to acquire raw materials used in our finished goods at sufficiently low prices, find and hire qualified employees, and access capital.

We’ve taken our previous experiences operating during the pandemic and related shutdowns and used them to implement strategies to ensure our continued success. We have adapted to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic in order to continue functioning. This has included implementing safety protocols and flexible remote work.

Our supply chain has not been significantly impacted by the recent COVID-19 pandemic since we source raw materials locally which helps reduce lead times and minimize risk of disruptions. We also attempt to keep a safety stock of raw material inventory which can help to ensure that we have enough product on hand to meet urgent demand even if there are unexpected delays or disruptions in supply chain.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

During the years ended September 30, 2022, and 2021, we primarily funded our operations with cash generated from operations, sale of equity, as well as through borrowing under our revolving line of credit, a long term promissory note, and PPP loans from the Small Business Administration. See Note 8 and Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements for details. We had cash of $50,628 as of September 30, 2022, representing a $46,233 decrease from $96,861 of cash as of September 30, 2021. The cash decrease was primarily the result of the increase in net cash used by operating activities and purchase of equipment in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022.

The Company has participated in several private-placement offerings. On December 3, 2022, we closed on a private-placement offering pursuant to which we sold to an accredited investor an aggregate of $500,000 in common stock, at a purchase price of $3.50 per share. On March 13, 2023, we closed on a private-placement offering pursuant to which we sold to an accredited investor an aggregate of $100,000 in common stock, at a purchase price of $3.70 per share. On March 29, 2023, we closed on a private-placement offering pursuant to which we sold to an accredited investor an aggregate of $300,000 in common stock, at a purchase price of $3.80 per share. The offerings were completed pursuant to an exemption from registration under Rule 506(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

As of March 31, 2023, our cash balance increased to $165,293. The cash increase was primarily the result of the private placement offering discussed above, partly offset by lower revenue in the quarter, ongoing operating activities, and costs associated with our public offering.

Based on our need to raise additional funds to implement our business plans for the next twelve months, we have included a discussion concerning the presentation of our financial statements on a going concern basis in the notes to our consolidated financial statements and our independent public accountants have included a similar discussion in their opinion on our financial statements through September 30, 2022. We will be required in the near future to issue debt or sell our Company’s equity securities in order to raise additional cash, although there are no firm arrangements in place for any such financing at this time. We cannot provide any assurances as to whether we will be able to secure the necessary financing, or the terms of any such financing transaction if one were to occur. The failure to secure such financing could severely curtail our plans for future growth or in more severe scenarios, the continued operations of our Company.

46

Table of Contents

Working Capital

As of March 31, 2023, September 30, 2022, and 2021, our working (deficit) capital was ($400,503), $378,782 and $290,416, respectively. The historical seasonality in our business during the year can cause cash and cash equivalents, inventory, and accounts payable to fluctuate, resulting in changes in our working capital.

Cash Flows

Operating Activities

Net cash used operating activities for the six months ended March 31, 2023, and 2022 was $673,923 and $783,842, respectively. The increase was mainly due to the combination of an increase in loss of $0.9 million, decrease in accounts receivable of $0.9 million, increase in inventories of $0.3 million, and an increase in accounts payable and unearned revenue of $0.4 million during the six months ended March 31, 2023.

Net cash used in operating activities for the years ended September 30, 2022, and 2021 was $1,717,819 and $545,065, respectively. The increase was mainly due to the increase in loss of $1.0 million, accounts receivable of $0.8 million, and prepayments of $0.1 million, and a decrease in unearned revenue of $0.6 million during the year ended September 30, 2022, which was offset by an increase in stock based compensation expense of $0.3 million, accounts payable of $0.9 million, and a decrease in PPP loan forgiven of $0.2 million. We are continuing to invest in the business to support growth, which includes investments in sales and marketing, finance, human resources, IT, and similar functions, which may continue to result in negative net cash used in operating activities. We are also working to improve our accounts receivables collection, which may improve our net cash position.

Investing Activities

For the six months ended March 31, 2023, and 2022, net cash used in investing activities was the result of additions to property and equipment of $226,899 and $595,499, respectively, which are mainly related to the purchase of machinery, tools, motor vehicles, and leasehold improvements.

For the years ended September 30, 2022, and 2021, net cash used in investing activities was the result of additions to property and equipment of $684,815 and $60,550, respectively, which are mainly related to the purchase of machinery, tools, motor vehicles, and leasehold improvements.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $1,015,487 and $1,649,276, respectively, for the six months ended March 31, 2023, and 2022. The main reason for the decrease in net cash provided was primarily due to decrease in proceeds from shares sold for cash and long-term note during the six months ended March 31, 2023.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $2,356,401 and $230,706, respectively, for the years ended September 30, 2022, and 2021. The main reason for the increase in net cash provided was primarily due to proceeds from loans and sale of shares for cash.

Related Party Transactions

The Company borrows short term loans without interest from its majority shareholder and CEO, Mr. Dekui Liu, for operation and cashflow needs from time to time. As of March 31, 2023, the amount due from Mr. Liu was $3,000. As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, the outstanding balance due to Mr. Liu was $12,233 and 80,706, respectively.

During the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company engaged Yunited Assets LLC (“Yunited”), a limited liability company owned by Mr. Cheng Yu, the minority owner of the Company’s subsidiary, Inno Research Institute, for consultation services on a project-by-project basis. During the six months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recorded $20,000 and $20,000 of consulting fees in the general and administrative expenses, respectively.

47

Table of Contents

During the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company recorded $19,950 of consulting fees in the general and administrative expenses. As of March 31, 2023, September 30, 2022 and 2021, there were no unpaid balances due to Yunited.

In March 2022, the Company entered into an agreement with Wise Hill Inc. (“Wise Hill”), a Florida corporation wholly owned by a minority shareholder of the Company. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company sold prefab home products of $250,000 to Wise Hill. For the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company recorded revenue-related party of $250,000. As of March 31, 2023, September 30, 2022 and 2021, the outstanding balance of accounts receivable — related party was $100,000.

During the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company purchased prefab home and other material and supplies from Baicheng Trading LLC, in which the father of Mr. Dekui Liu, the Company’s majority shareholder and CEO, is a director. As of March 31, 2023, September 30, 2022 and 2021, the outstanding balance of accounts payable — related party was $485,595, $485,595 and $0, respectively.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2023, the Company borrowed short term loans without interest from Zfounder Organization Inc., one of the Company’s minority shareholders for operation and cashflow needs. As of March 31, 2023, the outstanding balance due was $75,000. In addition, the Company borrowed short term loans without interest from Wise Hill Inc., a company owned by the CEO and Board member of Zfounder Organization Inc., for operation and cashflow needs. As of March 31, 2023, the outstanding balance due was $75,000.

In March 2023, the Company entered into an agreement with Vision Opportunity Fund LP (“Vision”), a Florida limited partnership partially owned by a minority shareholder of the Company. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company agreed to provide supplies and act as project developer for an amount equal to $15,875,800 plus applicable taxes. The Company has not recorded revenue from the related party as of March 31, 2023. The Company expects to record 20% of the project amount by September 30, 2023 and the remaining 80% due by September 30, 2024.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimate

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. In some cases, changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ materially from our estimates. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our financial condition and results of operations will be affected. We base our estimates on experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, and we evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. We refer to accounting estimates of this type as critical accounting policies, which we discuss further below. While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements, we believe that the following accounting policies are critical to the process of making significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our audited consolidated financial statements.

Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries, Inno Metal Studs Corp, Castor Building Tech LLC, and Inno Research Institute LLC. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Going concern

The Company’s continuation as a going concern is dependent on its ability to generate sufficient cash flows from operations to meet its obligations, in which it has not been successful, and/or obtaining additional financing from its shareholders or other sources, as may be required.

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern. Such an assumption contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classifications of liabilities that may result should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

48

Table of Contents

Management is endeavoring to increase revenue-generating operations. While priority is on generating cash from operations through the sale of the Company’s products and services, management is also seeking to raise additional working capital through various financing sources, including the sale of the Company’s equity and/or debt securities, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms to our Company, or which may not be available at all. If such financing is not available on satisfactory terms, we may be unable to continue our business as desired and our operating results will be adversely affected. In addition, any financing arrangement may have potentially adverse effects on us and/or our stockholders. Debt financing (if available and undertaken) will increase expenses, must be repaid regardless of operating results and may involve restrictions limiting our operating flexibility. If we issue equity securities to raise additional funds, the percentage ownership of our existing stockholders will be reduced, and the new equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the current holders of our common stock.

Reverse acquisition under common control

Effective January 21, 2022, the Company acquired 100% of the common stock of Inno Metal Studs Corp (“IMSC”), a Texas corporation incorporated on October 31, 2019. Pursuant to the terms of the Share Purchase Agreement with IMSC’s sole owner, Mr. Dekui Liu, who was also the sole owner and CEO of the Company, the Company issued 15,170,000 shares of its common stock to Mr. Dekui Liu in exchange for his 100% ownership in IMSC. Upon completion of the transaction, IMSC became a 100% owned subsidiary of the Company. As such, Under ASC 805-40 and ASC 805-50, the transaction is a reverse acquisition between entities under common control, in which INNO HOLDINGS INC. is the accounting acquiree and IMSC is the accounting acquirer. The assets, liabilities and operations of the two entities are combined at their historical carrying amounts, with all historical periods adjusted as if the entities had always been combined. The consolidated financial statements represent the continuation of the financial statements of IMSC except for its capital structure.

Accounts receivable

During the ordinary course of business, the Company extends unsecured credit to its customers. Accounts receivable are stated at the amount the Company expects to collect from customers. Management reviews its accounts receivable balances each reporting period to determine if an allowance for credit loss is required.

In October 2020, the Company adopted ASU 2016-13, Topics 326 — Credit Loss, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which replaces the incurred loss methodology with an expected loss methodology that is referred to as the current expected credit loss (CECL) methodology, for its accounting standard for its trade accounts receivable.

The Company continuously monitors the recoverability of accounts receivable. If there are any indicators that a customer may not make payment, the Company may consider making a provision for non-collectability for that particular customer. At the same time, the Company may cease further sales or services to such a customer. The following are some of the factors that the Company develops allowance for credit losses:

•        the customer fails to comply with its payment schedule;

•        the customer is in serious financial difficulty;

•        a significant dispute with the customer has occurred regarding job progress or other matters;

•        the customer breaches any of its contractual obligations;

•        the customer appears to be financially distressed due to economic or legal factors;

•        the business between the customer and the Company is not active; and

•        other objective evidence indicates non-collectability of the accounts receivable.

49

Table of Contents

The adoption of the credit loss accounting standard has no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Accounts receivable are recognized and carried at carrying amount less an allowance for credit losses, if any. The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments based on contractual terms. The Company reviews the collectability of its receivables on a regular and ongoing basis. The Company has also included in calculation of allowance for credit losses the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our customers’ businesses and their ability to pay their accounts receivable. After all attempts to collect a receivable have failed, the receivable is written off against the allowance. The Company also considers external factors to the specific customer, including current conditions and forecasts of economic conditions, including the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. In the event we recover amounts previously written off, we will reduce the specific allowance for credit losses.

Revenue recognition

The Company has adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606 since its inception and recognizes revenue from product and service sales revenues, net of promotional discounts and return allowances, if any, when the following revenue recognition criteria are met: a contract has been identified, separate performance obligations are identified, the transaction price is determined, the transaction price is allocated to separate performance obligations and revenue is recognized upon satisfying each performance obligation. The Company transfers the risk of loss or damage upon shipment, therefore, revenue from product sales is recognized when it is shipped to the customer. Return allowances, which reduce product revenue by the Company’s best estimate of expected product returns, are estimated using historical experience. For services, all sales are recognized upon completion based on terms stated in the sales agreements.

The Company evaluates the criteria of ASC 606 — Revenue Recognition Principal Agent Considerations in determining whether it is appropriate to record the gross amount of product sales and related costs or the net amount earned as commissions. Generally, when the Company is primarily responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide a specified good or service, the Company is subject to inventory risk before the good or service has been transferred to a customer and the Company has discretion in establishing the price, revenue is recorded at gross.

Payments received prior to the delivery of goods to customers are recorded as customer deposits.

Sales discounts are recorded in the period in which the related sale is recognized. Sales return allowances are estimated based on historical amounts and are recorded upon recognizing the related sales. Shipping and handling costs are recorded as selling expenses.

Costs and expenses

Costs and expenses are operating expenses, which consist of costs of material and labor, selling, general and administrative expenses, and depreciation, are expensed as incurred.

Inventory

Inventory consists of material and finished goods ready for sale and is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company values its inventory using the FIFO costing method. The Company’s policy is to include as a part of cost of goods sold any freight incurred to ship the product from its vendors to warehouses. Outbound freight costs related to shipping costs to customers are considered periodic costs and are reflected in selling expenses. The Company regularly reviews inventory and considers forecasts of future demand, market conditions and product obsolescence.

If the estimated realizable value of the inventory is less than cost, the Company makes provisions in order to reduce its carrying value to its estimated market value. The Company also reviews inventory for slow moving inventory and obsolescence and records allowance for obsolescence.

50

Table of Contents

Property and equipment

Property and equipment is stated at the historical cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation on property and equipment is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

 

Machinery tools and equipment

 

7 years

   
   

Office furniture and equipment

 

5 years

   
   

Motor vehicles

 

5 years

   
   

Leasehold improvements

 

5 to 15 years

   

Expenditures for renewals and betterments are capitalized while repairs and maintenance costs are normally charged to the statement of operations in the year in which they are incurred. In situations where it can be clearly demonstrated that the expenditure has resulted in an increase in the future economic benefits expected to be obtained from the use of the asset, the expenditure is capitalized as an additional cost of the asset.

Upon sale or disposal of an asset, the historical cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization of such asset were removed from their respective accounts and any gain or loss is recorded in the statements of income.

The Company reviews the carrying value of property and equipment for impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable from the estimated future cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. In cases where undiscounted expected future cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized equal to an amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of assets. The factors considered by management in performing this assessment include current operating results, trends and prospects, the manner in which the property is used, and the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors. Based on this assessment, no impairment expenses for property and equipment were recorded during the six months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022 and 2021.

Leases

On its inception date, the Company adopted ASC 842 — Leases (“ASC 842”), which requires lessees to record right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and related lease obligations on the balance sheet, as well as disclose key information regarding leasing arrangements.

ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease terms and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company generally uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the estimated rate of interest for collateralized borrowing over a similar term of the lease payments at commencement date. The operating lease ROU asset also includes any lease payments made and excludes lease incentives. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Stock-based compensation

The Company applies ASC No. 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation,” which requires that share-based payment transactions with employees and nonemployees upon adoption of ASU 2018-07, be measured based on the grant date fair value of the equity instrument and recognized as compensation expense over the requisite service period, with a corresponding addition to equity. Under this method, compensation cost related to employee share options or similar equity instruments is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, which generally is the vesting period. In addition to the requisite service period, the Company also evaluates the performance condition and market condition under ASC 718-10-20. For an award which contains both a performance and a market condition, and where both conditions must be satisfied for the award to vest, the market condition is incorporated into the fair value of the award, and that fair value is recognized over the employee’s requisite service period or nonemployee’s vesting period if it is probable the performance condition will be met. If the performance condition is ultimately not met, compensation cost related to the award should not be recognized (or should be reversed) because the vesting condition in the award has not been satisfied.

51

Table of Contents

The Company will recognize forfeitures of such equity-based compensation as they occur.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their perspective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are recorded, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

As a result of the implementation of certain provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which clarifies the accounting and disclosure for uncertainty in tax position, as defined, ASC 740 seeks to reduce the diversity in practice associated with certain aspects of the recognition and measurement related to accounting for income taxes. The Company has adopted the provisions of ASC 740 since inception and has analyzed filing positions in each of the federal and state jurisdictions where the Company is required to file income tax returns, as well as open tax years in such jurisdictions. The Company has identified the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and the states of Texas and California, as its “major” tax jurisdictions. However, the Company has certain tax attribute carryforwards which will remain subject to review and adjustment by the relevant tax authorities until the statute of limitations closes with respect to the year in which such attributes are utilized.

The Company believes that its income tax filing positions and deductions will be sustained on audit and do not anticipate any adjustments that will result in a material change to its financial position. Therefore, no reserves for uncertain income tax positions have been recorded pursuant to ASC 740. The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties associated with income-based tax audits is to record such items as a component of income taxes.

Commitments and contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to certain contingencies, including legal proceedings and claims arising out of the business that relate to a wide range of matters, such as government investigations and tax matters. The Company recognizes its liability for such contingency if it determines it is probable that a loss has occurred, and a reasonable estimate of the loss can be made. The Company may consider many factors in making these assessments including historical and specific facts and circumstances of each matter.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income attributable to holders of common stock by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential dilution that could occur if securities to issue common stock were exercised.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2022, FASB issued ASU 2022-03, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Fair Value Measurement of Equity Securities Subject to Contractual Sale Restrictions. The amendments in this ASU clarify the guidance in ASC 820 on the fair value measurement of an equity security that is subject to a contractual sale restriction and require specific disclosures related to such an equity security. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805), Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers. This ASU clarifies that an acquirer of a business should recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities in a business combination in accordance with ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) as if the entity had originated the contracts. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, with early application permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

52

Table of Contents

In January 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-01, “Investments — Equity Securities (Topic 321), Investments — Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) — Clarifying the Interactions between Topic 321, Topic 323, and Topic 815.” This ASU among other things clarifies that a company should consider observable transactions that require a company to either apply or discontinue the equity method of accounting under Topic 323, Investments — Equity Method and Joint Ventures, for the purposes of applying the measurement alternative in accordance with Topic 321 immediately before applying or upon discontinuing the equity method. The new ASU clarifies that, when determining the accounting for certain forward contracts and purchased options a company should not consider, whether upon settlement or exercise, if the underlying securities would be accounted for under the equity method or fair value option. ASU 2020-01 is effective For public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2021. An entity should apply ASU 2020-01 prospectively at the beginning of the interim period that includes the adoption date. The adoption of ASU 2020-01 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740) — Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. The update is intended to simplify the current rules regarding the accounting for income taxes and addresses several technical topics including accounting for franchise taxes, allocating income taxes between a loss in continuing operations and in other categories such as discontinued operations, reporting income taxes for legal entities that are not subject to income taxes, and interim accounting for enacted changes in tax laws. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022; however, early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

The Company does not believe other recently issued but not yet effective accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the consolidated financial position, statements of operations and cash flows.

53

Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company and Mission

INNO HOLDINGS INC. (“INNO,” “we,” “us,” or the “Company”) is an innovative building-technology company with a mission to transform the construction industry with our proprietary cold-formed steel-framing technology and other innovations. We are a manufacturer of cold-formed-steel members and prefabricated homes. We offer a full range of services required to transform raw materials into precise steel framing products and prefabricated homes. We sell these finished products either to businesses or directly to customers. The finished products and cold-formed-steel members are used in a variety of building types, including residential, commercial, industrial and infrastructure. We hope to transform the construction industry by having our proprietary cold-formed steel-framing technology replace wooden and traditional steel structures. We are well positioned to disrupt the construction industry, which now accounts for $10 trillion of the global economy.

We work with our customers to manufacture products in accordance with the customer’s drawings and specifications. Our work complies with specific national and international codes and standards applicable to the construction industry. We believe that we have earned our reputation through outstanding technical expertise, attention to detail, and a total commitment to excellence in customer service.

All our manufacturing operations are primarily located on approximately five acres in Brookshire, Texas. Our facility houses state-of-the-art equipment that gives us the capability to manufacture 15,000 linear feet of product per day. We offer a full range of services such as structural design, metal stud production, and preassembly of metal studs into steel panels, which are required to transform raw materials into finished products that are compliant with local building codes. Our manufacturing capabilities include fabrication operations, such as cutting, punching, forming and assembling, and machine operations, which includes computer numerical controlled (“CNC”) machine operations. We also provide support services for our manufacturing capabilities: manufacturing engineering (planning, fixture and tooling development, and manufacturing), quality control (inspection and testing), materials procurement, production control (scheduling, project management and expediting), and final assembly.

All manufacturing at our facility is done in accordance with our written quality assurance program, which meets specific national codes as well as international codes, standards, and specifications. INNO has obtained an International Code Council (“ICC”) certificate which means our cold-formed steel framing members are compliant with 2018 and 2015 International Building Code, 2019 California Building Code, and 2020 Florida Building Code. The ICC Evaluation Service Report is re-issued every year on the basis of the most current published edition of the following model codes as of January 1st of each year, including International Codes, National Codes, Standard Codes, Uniform Codes and other codes as designated by the ICC-ES president. We have ISO 9001 Certificate which is defined as the international standard that specifics requirements for a quality management system (“QMS”). The standards used for each customer project are specific to each customer’s needs, and we have implemented those standards into our manufacturing operations.

Major Drivers of INNO’s Business Opportunity

The traditional construction industry is labor intensive and suffers from a skilled labor shortage, which increases overall labor costs and contributes to inefficiencies in the construction process. Our steel-framing technology can decrease construction times by 50% or more by prefabricating materials required at the jobsite and can reduce labor costs proportionately due to reduced construction timelines. Compared to the traditional onsite manual measurement and cutting procedures, our intelligent CNC cold-formed roller machine automatically punches the holes for Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing (MEP) channels eliminating many steps at the job site. INNO is dedicated to bringing automation to the construction industry to solve the over reliance on a declining supply of expensive, skilled labor.

54

Table of Contents

Construction Site

Source: INNO

Reducing the need for on-site customization found in traditional construction processes is not only more profitable, it can decrease the risks associated with an inherently dangerous workplace. According to Frommer D’Amico, “10 TOP HAZARDS IN A BUILDING SITE”, nearly 6.5 million people go to work at approximately 252,000 construction sites across the U.S each day. On the job, these construction workers face a wide range of occupational safety hazards. Heavy equipment, bad weather and chaotic job site conditions can create dangerous situations. INNO manufactures metal studs and prefab wall panels, joists, and trusses within our indoor facility, unaffected by weather. The final products delivered to the jobsite are assembled wall panels, joists, and trusses, which means almost 70% of structure framing work has been completed before it gets to the construction site where the tasks are to erect and connect the pieces. The construction jobsite is very clean and organized due to a lack of cuttings and debris, which reduces the risk of safety hazards. We anticipate that cold-formed steel-framing technology will ultimately replace wooden and traditional steel structures and believe it will be a big step forward in construction industry.

Construction site

Source: INNO

55

Table of Contents

We are bringing sustainability to the market by replacing traditional wooden structures with cold-formed steel framing, allowing for the reduction of material waste — an average of 2% of steel scrap versus 20% for wood waste. All steel scrap is 100% recyclable, which we support through our recycling operations. Most businesses are seeking actions that demonstrate sustainability and steel is uniquely environmental-friendly in its reuse, giving us an edge in LEED certifiable products and projects.

Scrap Metal Recycling Bin

Source: INNO

We are constantly striving to produce lasting results within the building technology sector. With increasingly evolving technological advancements in the industry, our objective is to continue staying ahead of the curve by focusing our ongoing research and development on cold-formed steel framing with an emphasis on architectural and engineering technologies renovation and full-scope building services. Our cold-formed steel-framing system increases speed and labor savings by integrating each stage of the construction process with Building Information Modeling (“BIM”) which is a highly collaborative process that allows architects, engineers, real estate developers, contractors, manufacturers, and other construction professionals to plan, design and construct a structure or building within one 3D model, to establish a common data environment, ensuring INNO delivers the final products with a minimum amount of rework needed.

BIM Model

Source: INNO

Off-site building is a technique in which a building or an infrastructure is planned and designed in a modular format. Those modules are fabricated offsite in a factory. Once fabricated, those modules are transported to the site and are installed together to finalize the structure. According to the Allied Market Research published report, titled “Offsite Construction Market by Material (Steel, Wood, Concrete, and Others) and Application (Residential, Commercial, and

56

Table of Contents

Industrial): Global Opportunity Analysis and Industry Forecast, 2021-2030”, the global Offsite Construction industry generated $130.4 billion in 2020, and is anticipated to generate $235.4 billion by 2030, witnessing a CAGR of 5.9% from 2021 to 2030. The rapid rise in urbanization and industrialization, increase in the pace of construction, high efficiency of offsite building is driving the growth of this market. The North America off-site construction market size was valued at $49.5 billion in 2021, and is projected to reach $80.9 billion by 2031, registering a CAGR of 4.9% from 2022 to 2031. We are leveraging the trend toward off-site and modular building techniques to increase productivity, reducing errors on-site and decreasing construction costs. As the market continues to move toward panelized building, we anticipate having an edge in the industry as a large-scale pioneer and building technology industry leader with our cost-reducing, time-saving, and quality solutions.

Our Products

Cold-Formed Steel Framing

Cold-formed steel is the material of choice to lower construction costs and adapt to modular or off-site building. It is consistent in quality and form, and it can be shipped preassembled, or it can be assembled on site by workers with little training. Our steel roof trusses, wall panels, and joist systems are a cost-effective noncombustible alternative to traditional building materials. It is now commonly used to build apartments, hotels, temporary housing, nursing homes, commercial buildings, industrial buildings and single family detached homes. These types of structures are expected to be the targets of our Company’s sales and marketing team.

All our steel framing products begin from a roll of steel of the width and gauge for the specific piece required by the customer. While there are some pieces that are identical to each other (e.g., spacers, universal studs), almost every other finished product is unique in its own way to be placed in a specific location in final assembly of the pieces. Our intelligent cold-formed roller machines are equipped with proprietary software to ensure each steel member is precisely cut and punched leaving channels for the mechanical, electrical, and plumbing designs which makes one stud unique from the others and not interchangeable during assembly. All products are uniquely coded as they are produced to correspond with the final drawings followed in the field as they are assembled to the specifications of the plans.

Accomplishing the precision described above requires sophisticated software that we license from others and combine with our own internally developed software that differentiates our products. The light-gauge steel-framing engineering software is a shared multidisciplinary resource that allows collaborators to achieve maximum efficiency and effectiveness, thus reducing all phases — design, pre-construction and construction — of the construction timeline. We have an in-house engineering team, which reduces the communication time as compared to outsourcing the engineering to an architectural and engineering firm resulting in open communication, true collaboration, and aligned understanding. INNO uses CAD (Computer Aided Design) software to arrive an accurate, comprehensive, and information-rich design model with the utilization of light-gauge steel-framing engineering software, which is a digital model of the project that includes all functional systems, geometric features, and aesthetics, such as electrical wiring, air conditioning, doors, and windows. Taken all together, INNO has created a full BIM solution that works together to inform our state-of-the-art light-gauge roll forming machines the instructions to automatically produce each steel framing member to exact specification.

57

Table of Contents

Source: INNO

Metal Studs Manufactured by INNO’s CNC Machine

Source: INNO

After the design phase, our top-quality raw materials are processed on several production lines, each with made-to-order specific dimensions, screw holes and cross-cut stitching. These customizations eliminate the need for on-site manual calculations and simplifies the assembling steps, both of which increase construction efficiency and reduce labor costs. All steel-framing products produced by our Company are International Code Council (“ICC”) certified. The International Code Council is the leading global source of model codes and standards and building safety solutions that include product evaluation, accreditation, technology, training, and certification. The Code Council’s codes, standards, and solutions are used to ensure safe, affordable, and sustainable communities and buildings worldwide.

58

Table of Contents

Our modular steel building framing systems avoid construction delays caused by partial, unsynchronized delivery of different building components. By breaking away from the methods of traditional stick-built building, our customers report their construction timeline is reduced at least by 20%.

We may, from time to time, engage in project development activities that use our metal framing solutions in an effort to raise awareness and stimulate market demand in new regions. For example, we signed a contract in March 2023 to act as the developer for a large apartment complex in Florida that will use our metal framing solutions.

Castor Cube

Due to high housing prices, some are having difficulties purchasing a home. Housing market trends have shown a gradual preference for modular homes. We believe demand for prefab homes is on an upward growth trend in the United States. According to the Straits Research Institute, North America’s share of the global modular building market was valued at $28 billion in 2021 and is expected to grow to $53 billion by 2030, representing a CAGR of 7%. According to the summary of an IBISWorld report titled, “Prefabricated Home Manufacturing in the US — Market Size 2002-2029,” the prefabricated home manufacturing market size in the U.S. is expected to be $9.1 billion in 2023. We expect to capitalize on this trend by providing high-quality and affordable modular homes.

Most consumers are drawn to prefab homes because of their cost-effectiveness, efficiency, and permanent property characteristics. Castor Cube is a low-maintenance, single-story, 743-square-foot manufactured home with 4 color options that can resist earthquakes, withstand winds, and prevent pests. It is a cold-formed-steel building system equipped with honeycomb panels, and it is designed to maximize the strength-to-weight value. As a result, it yields high structural stability. Castor Cube can be built on a foundation or used as a mobile home.

Castor Cube Rendering

Source: INNO

59

Table of Contents

Castor Cube Transportation Illustration

Source: INNO

Castor Cube leverages two patents invented by Dekui Liu. They are “Aluminum Honeycomb Plate for Interior Wall Construction” (Application Number: 63367663) and “Z-Shaped Pedant For Castor Cube Exterior Wall Replaces The Z-Shaped Pedant For Sheetrock With Honeycomb Aluminum Plate” (Application number: 63434155). The goal for these two patents is to find a material that can replace exterior and interior wall panels and directly dry-hang it on the exterior wall of the building, saving labor, while improving construction cycle and reducing the heavy dependence on labor.

The Castor Cube is built on a steel chassis, which can be single or multi-sectioned. We anticipate that this modular home product will be completely constructed within our facilities starting in late 2023, at an initial rate of up to one per day. Once constructed, the Cube will be transported to a permanent location for installation. The timeline for product delivery is not expected to be affected by weather, since the Cube will be manufactured in our 100% climate-controlled factory. Furthermore, we expect that the streamlined building process will shorten the completion time. We believe the Castor Cube will demonstrate the effectiveness of our Company’s modular technique.

60

Table of Contents

Castor Cube Aluminum Honeycomb Panel Installation Illustration

Source: INNO

Honeycomb aluminum panel is a metal composite panel product developed from the composite honeycomb panel technology used in the aviation industry. The panel is a box-type structure with surrounding edges, which has good airtightness and improves the safety and service life of the wall system. The product adopts a “honeycomb sandwich” structure: a plate made of high-strength alloy aluminum with a weather resistant coating as the surface, a similar bottom plate, and an aluminum honeycomb core. This product has excellent performance in terms of its large scale and precise flatness, and it can be produced with a wide variety of shapes, surface treatments, colors, and installation systems. This advanced technology enables the Company to manufacture high-strength and light-weight wall panel products. These siding products have very flat surfaces and tightly controlled seam widths, which allow architects to

61

Table of Contents

design with large panels. Except for certain technical constraints, there is no standard size for honeycomb aluminum panels, and all wall panels are factory-made according to design drawings. Our production method allows the panels to be highly flexible in size and shape, including curved panels and folded panels. This flexibility creates a complete and multi-functional, highly competitive wall panel system that can be installed on almost any joist. They are also fairly simple to install.

Aluminum Honeycomb Panel Illustration

Source: INNO

Without reinforcement, the size of the honeycomb aluminum panel can reach 14ft by 15ft while maintaining excellent flatness. The weight of this product is light, only 1.0-1.1 lbs./sqft, which greatly reduces the load bearing of the building. It can withstand high-pressure and shear force, is not easy to deform, and can meet the requirements of wind pressure resistance of super high-rise buildings. Honeycomb aluminum panels can be customized according to customer needs in terms of size, shape, paint finish and color. It can be installed in any order, and each wall panel can be disassembled and replaced individually, which improves the flexibility of installation and maintenance, while reducing costs.

Mobile Factory: Off-site Equipment Rental, Sales, Service, and Support

We believe innovative technology can increase productivity in the building sector. Research and development of more efficient methods in the manufacturing and building space is at the forefront of our business model.

Our Mobile Factory is an all-in-one, secured production facility that will produce steel-framing members onsite. It can print wall panel, floor truss, and roof truss components. The size is customized for a trailer, which enables it to be transported anywhere, ranging from metropolitan suburbs to remote areas with little to no infrastructure. It is designed to enable immediate stud production on any site.

Our Mobile Factory is complete with metal stud production equipment and a diesel generator. This generator can supply continuous power to our cold-formed roller machine. The production capacity of our Mobile Factory is at least 1,000 linear feet per day. We believe this innovation is a good solution for urgent deployment in disaster areas or remote locations. It is designed to reduce the cost and time of transportation of metal studs, which we believe can drive a lower carbon footprint for larger projects.

62

Table of Contents

Mobile Factory Illustration

Source: INNO

Mobile Factory in INNO’s California Office

Source: INNO

The mobile factory is operated and managed by its own internally-developed production management system IoT (Internet of Things) Technology. The system controls the equipment and manages the remote mobile factory via dashboard to get a comparative understanding of production parameters, such as operation data, machinery breakdown data, uptime data and production efficiency.

63

Table of Contents

IoT Production Management System

Source: INNO

Related Services

We may from time to time participate in land development and contractor services if an opportunity exists to leverage our products. Specifically, we have evaluated the development of apartment complexes, retirement communities, and remodels for projects that would incorporate our metal framing studs. For example, we have agreed to provide project development services for our contract with Vision Opportunity Fund LP, related to the development of an approximately 110,000 sqft retirement community.

Our Customers

We can serve commercial, residential, and industrial projects. For the cold-formed steel-framing business, the sales model is business-to-business because the main customers are developers, builders, and contractors. For the Castor Cube prefab home products, the sales model is expected to be either business-to-business or business-to-customer.

On a year-to-year basis we are generally dependent on a small number of major customers that change year to year. Our written agreements with major customers normally terminate upon completion, and our major customers change from year to year. For fiscal year 2021, we had 15 customers, and for fiscal year 2022 we had 46 customers, of which only five were customers the prior fiscal year. For the years ended September 30, 2022, and 2021, one customer accounted for 15% and three customers (including two customers different customers from prior fiscal year) accounted collectively for 91% of the Company’s total revenues, respectively. These agreements contain standard construction and supplier agreement terms including payment schedules, performance schedules, the ability to subcontract, insurance obligations and indemnification provisions, and confidentiality provisions.

Our written agreements with these customers generally terminate upon completion of the project and contain provisions restricting our right to assign the agreement. The agreement with Ironline, LLC, one of the three customers accounting for 91% of revenue in fiscal year 2021, contains a provision providing for termination upon the earlier of ten years or early termination upon mutual agreement of the parties. That agreement has since been terminated pursuant to mutual agreement. The Ironline, LLC agreement also restricts the parties’ ability to solicit for employment any employees or independent contractors of the other party during the term of the agreement and for one year after termination. The agreements with the other two customers accounting for 91% of revenues in fiscal year 2021, provide for early termination for convenience by the customer but not by INNO. The agreement with the customer accounting for 15% of revenues in fiscal year 2022 provides for early termination only upon mutual written agreement of the parties.

Our Suppliers

Historically we rely on a limited number of material suppliers. For the years ended September 30, 2022, and 2021, three suppliers accounted for 75% and two suppliers accounted for 70% of the Company’s total purchases, respectively. As of September 30, 2022, and 2021, accounts payable to those three and two suppliers accounted for 94% and 84% of

64

Table of Contents

the Company’s total accounts payable, respectively. We currently do not have written agreements with these suppliers or, generally, with any of our suppliers. All of our raw materials purchases from these suppliers are made by way of individual invoices.

Our Competitive Strengths

Technology Innovations

INNO recognizes that no technology or product is completely immune to being copied, and therefore the company is committed to being a pioneer in the industry by constantly researching and developing new technologies, and being ahead in various aspects of the industry such as regulations, equipment autonomy, design technology, production efficiency, new product birth, orderly management, coordinated transportation, remote production, etc. In this way, INNO aims to have the most advanced and comprehensive technology in the industry and be the true technological barrier for competitors to overcome.

A significant competitive strength in our research and development capability is the Inno Research Institute, LLC, a subsidiary of INNO (“IRI”). Led by our Chief Scientist, Dr. Cheng Yu, IRI focuses on patentable innovative products and commercializing research discoveries. Dr. Cheng Yu is a leading figure in the cold-formed steel industry in the U.S., committed to bringing innovation in the field of thin-walled structures, cold-formed steel building technology, and design methodology for resilient buildings.

Fully Integrated Manufacturing Process

Compared to other traditional metal stud manufacturers, INNO differentiates itself by integrating services from design to metal stud production to prefabrication, utilizing off-site building technology to reduce the need for on-site framing labor. This approach allows INNO to streamline the production process, increase efficiency, and reduce dependency on labor. By implementing off-site building technologies, INNO is able to prefabricate and assemble many components of the building in a factory setting, which can lead to improved quality control, faster construction times and reduced on-site labor costs. This approach allows INNO to be a leader in the metal studs manufacturing industry in the U.S. and set a new standard for the building industry.

Compared to other prefab home companies, INNO sets itself apart by making an innovation in the overall structure system and developing our own patent pending panel material for faster installation. Unlike other prefab home competitors who still use traditional wood-stick building methods or other unique liquid material (required by 3D printing), which are not as efficient and may not be able to guarantee delivery times, INNO’s patent pending panel material and overall structure system allows for faster installation, improved efficiency and guaranteed delivery times. This allows INNO to offer a more efficient and cost-effective solution for prefab home building and maintain a competitive edge in the market. Additionally, INNO’s patent pending material and system can guarantee the quality and safety of the building, which is a significant advantage over the other prefab home companies.

Rising Cost of Traditional Wood Construction Favors Transition to Steel

Utilizing INNO’s off-site building technology can significantly reduce overall construction costs, even when compared to wood building. The past several years of western wildfires in the United States have had a significant impact on lumber stocks and mills, leading to disruptions in supply and fluctuations in lumber prices. A study by the Steel Framing Industry Association (SFIA) indicates that the cost to build with cold-formed steel is relatively the same as building with wood when the cost comparison includes the construction insurance premiums associated with using the materials. As the price of wood no longer provides a cost advantage, alternative building materials like steel have become increasingly popular in the market. By leveraging its off-site building technology, INNO is able to offer a cost-effective solution that takes advantage of the cost benefits of steel building while also providing faster and more efficient construction.

We are keeping our prices at a competitive level with traditional wood framing solutions. In a recent internal case study, we found that INNO’s products delivered real-world cost-savings of 8-16% compared to wood framing. This study compared our solution against wood for a 2,2663 sqft. home built in 2022, for which we supplied materials. Based on fully quoted materials and estimated labor and insurance costs, we estimate the contractor saved 16% by using INNO products compared to wood framing. For the “low” scenario, we recently requested updated wood bids and used the lowest one; in this case, we estimate that INNO products would have provided the contractor with 8% savings.

65

Table of Contents

Market Opportunity

We believe we compete in a $40 billion+ U.S.-based market opportunity in 2023.

Light-Gauge Steel-Framing Market

In concept, cold-formed-steel building structures are very similar to wooden structures. In steel buildings, the wooden structural elements are replaced by thin-walled steel components. The cold-forming process is the core technology used. By our estimates, the U.S. light-gauge steel framing market should be roughly $6 billion in 2023.

According to the report released by Grand View Research in 2020, titled “Light Gauge Steel Framing Market Size, Share & Trends Analysis Report By Type, By End-use, By Region, and Segment Forecasts, 2021-2028”, the global light-gauge steel-framing market was valued at $33.89 billion in 2020 and is expected to reach $48.21 billion by 2028, growing at a CAGR of 4.6% from 2021 to 2028. The substantial rise in construction spending and a shift in trend toward sustainable materials have contributed to higher energy efficiency at a lower cost, in turn driving the market demand for light-gauge steel frames. According to KBV Research’s report released in February 2022, titled “North America Light Gauge Steel Framing Market Size, Share and Industry Trend Analysis Report By Type, By End Use, By Country, Historical Data and Growth Forecast, 2021-2027,” the U. S. market has dominated the North American cold-formed steel-framing market, and it is expected to continue to be a dominant market player until 2027; thereby, achieving a market value of $7.2 billion by 2027.

According to the summary of an IBISWorld report titled, “Wood Framing in the US — Market Size 2005-2029,” the wood framing market size in the U.S. is expected to be $24.9 billion in 2023. Since the wood structures could be replaced by cold-formed-steel structures, INNO’s target market size includes the wood-framing market. If we combined the US light gauge steel (which we estimate to be currently at approximately $6 billion based on the projected market value of $7.2 billion by 2027) and wood framing market ($24.9 billion) opportunities in 2023, we estimate it would amount to a $29.9B market opportunity in which INNO competes.

Prefabricated Building Market

According to the summary of an IBISWorld report titled, “Prefabricated Home Manufacturing in the US — Market Size 2002-2029,” the prefabricated home manufacturing market size in the U.S. is expected to be $9.1 billion in 2023. According to the report released by Global Industry Analysts, Inc, titled “Prefabricated Building Global Market Trajectory & Analytics”, the global prefabricated building market, estimated at $106.1 billion in the year 2020, is projected to reach a revised size of $164.1 billion by 2027, growing at a CAGR of 6.4% over the analysis period of 2020 through 2027. According to Straits Research Institute, the U.S. modular home market is projected to be valued at $53 billion in 2030.

Prefabricated houses are those that are built with the help of prefabricated building materials. These building materials are prefabricated in an off-site facility and then transported to the desired location for assembly. The building materials used to develop prefabricated houses are divided into concrete-based and metal-based materials. The market is being driven by factors such as shorter construction times and cost savings. The market is also benefiting from increased customer interest in reducing CO2 emissions, green building, and waste reduction.

Due to the rise in labor wages and material costs, operators want to unlock greater efficiencies, reduce project costs and increase labor productivity in the face of a skilled labor shortage and low profit margin. Modeling technologies are impacting all aspects of the design and building industry. Studies from Dodge Data & Analytics report reveal a strong correlation between companies’ BIM use and the degree to which they enjoy improved schedule and budget performance from using prefabrication or modular building. The modular building market is gaining popularity among the construction giants owing to the various benefits that it possesses, including reduced waste, speedy building, cost-effectiveness, eco-friendliness, and flexibility. According to experts, modular building projects can be completed 30% to 50% more quickly than traditional building. Modular buildings are extremely flexible, owing to the custom-made fit that are created according to the specific requirements of customers.

66

Table of Contents

Source: DDA’s new SmartMarket report, “Prefabrication and Modular Construction 2020.”

Design firms and contractors alike agree that both prefabrication and modular building are providing significant improvements to cost, schedule, quality and safety performance, productivity, client satisfaction and their ability to reduce waste. According to the McKinsey Global Institute (MGI’s) Reinventing construction: A route to higher productivity report, released in February 2017, parts of the construction industry are moving toward a manufacturing-like system of mass production, relying on prefabricated, standardized components that are produced off-site. Such system would include applications such as fully automated prefabrication processes that turn a 2D drawings or 3D model into a prefabricated building component, or fabrication directly off a 3D model or shop drawings, enabling the production of high-performing components and, ultimately, more efficient parts.

Regulatory and Governmental Pressures for Change

President Biden’s Executive Order 14057 on the adoption of the federal Sustainable Development Catalyst for America’s Clean Energy Industry and Jobs and the accompanying federal Sustainable Development Plan establish the ambitious goal of achieving zero emissions from building by 2045. The federal government will work on new construction, major renovations, and existing real estate to achieve linked electrification, reduced energy use, lower water consumption and waste reduction. The federal government will develop data-driven targets and annual indicators for energy and water reduction by 2030 based on leading performance benchmarks for building type categories and the composition of institutional building portfolios. As part of this journey, the federal government will use performance contracts to reduce emissions, improve efficiency, and modernize facilities while providing financial savings.

In 2021, the Los Angeles City Council Public Safety Committee approved a proposal to expand Fire District I, an anachronistic planning overlay that would effectively ban wood-frame building in much of the city. The motion currently winding its way through City Council would expand Fire District I to neighborhoods with a population density of 5,000 residents per square mile, among other areas. With nearly all of Los Angeles comfortably above 5,000 residents per square mile, this expansion would effectively ban timber and wood-frame building in much of the city, including many rapidly growing neighborhoods near transit.

Sustainability and Green Building

Manufacturing of materials for buildings and construction accounted for approximately 11% of global energy-related CO2 emissions in 2017 according to the Global Status Report 2018, Global Alliance for Buildings and Construction & International Energy Agency. Increased global awareness of green building has driven efforts among all levels

67

Table of Contents

of government. For example, local governments are beginning to regulate in favor of using alternatives to wood in building projects. To reduce the city’s vulnerability to wildfires, the Los Angeles City Council voted in early 2021 to explore a proposal that could prohibit the use of wood-frame building for larger developments in some of its most densely populated neighborhoods. Similarly, the Los Angeles City Council Public Safety Committee approval of a proposal in 2021 to expand Fire District 1, an anachronistic planning overlay that would effectively ban wood-frame building in much of the city. In most U.S. cities, fire safety is ensured by the International Building Code (IBC), which sets strict rules on allowable building materials and methods.

Cold-formed steel framing (“CFS”) is a highly sustainable, green building solution. Through technological advances and processing changes, steel has drastically reduced its carbon footprint. CFS boasts a high level of recyclability, energy savings and greenhouses gas reduction. Due to its inherent advantages such as fire-resistance, termite resistance, consistent material quality and sustainability, we believe cold-formed steel will be the optimal alternative building material.

Macroeconomic Factors

The past several years of western wildfires have had a devastating impact on lumber stock and mills that were in the path of these fires, plus the disruption of supply chain due to the COVID-19 pandemic, has resulted in rising lumber prices. The net result of the fall in steel prices and rise in lumber costs is a much stronger case for parity between the two raw materials.

A new study conducted by R.A Smith, Inc., Brookfield, WI, and the SFIA addresses framing costs on behalf of architects, building owners, and general contractors. The study, “Costs to Build with Cold-formed Steel Versus a Wood-Framed Building,” established that CFS framing and wood framing cost relatively the same when the cost comparison included the construction insurance premiums associated with using the selected material. CFS is noncombustible, which reduces the risk of property loss during construction and over the life of the structure. It reduces the risk of property loss leads to lower insurance premiums for builders and owners. The true cost of CFS over wood is less than 1% when insurance is included in the comparison.

Marketing

We are an innovative building-technology company with a mission to transform the construction industry with our proprietary cold-formed steel-framing technology and other innovations. While we have significant customer concentrations, we endeavor to broaden our customer base as well as the industries we serve. Our marketing strategy is a long-term plan to achieve our Company’s mission by understanding the needs of customers and creating a distinct and sustainable competitive advantage. We position ourselves as the leader in intelligent steel-framing building systems. We intend to leverage our marketing and sales efforts to establish new potential customers. We also intend to leverage customer referrals, which in the past have been a source of new business. A significant portion of our business is the result of competitive bidding processes, and a significant portion of our business is from contract negotiation. We believe that the reputation we have developed with our current customers represents an important part of our marketing effort.

Quotation requests from customers are reviewed to determine the specific requirements and our ability to meet such requirements. Quotations are prepared by estimating the material and labor costs and assessing our current production schedule to determine our delivery commitments. Competitive bid quotations are submitted to the customer for review and award of the contract.

We have several strategic partners, including real estate companies, general contractors, builders and developers. Our strategic partners connect our Company with potential customers who are either potential homeowners or developers.

Through the several architecture, builder and contractor associations that we have joined, we share the advantages of cold-formed steel framing with others, and we educate and encourage construction industry practitioners to move out of their wood-framing comfort zone to embrace steel-framing technology.

We have a digital market channel and a social media presence. Also, we are actively conducting market research to determine the viability of our new products and new patents. We have increased our marketing budget and formed a professional sales team to increase our online marketing, which we believe can help us grow our revenue.

68

Table of Contents

Research and Product Development/Innovations

We are a building technology company that is dedicated to research and product development innovation. Our scientists and engineers are committed to developing sturdier steel studs, tracks, headers, and other components, resulting in superior strength while maintaining the lowest costs possible. Our cold-formed roller machine is acquired from an original equipment manufacturer with certain modifications to the standard version of the machine that are unique and proprietary to INNO. When we refer to our “proprietary” cold-formed roller machines, we are referring to the modified machine with the intellectual property and process techniques we have developed. INNO uses CAD (Computer Aided Design) technology to arrive at the most accurate, comprehensive and information-rich design model within its parameters with the utilization of Vertex to ensure each member is produced to the exact specifications of called for in the design. The digital model of the project includes all functional systems and aesthetics, such as electrical wiring, air conditioning, doors, windows etc., as well as geometric features. It is a shared multi-disciplinary resource allowing all those working on a project to share information and working processes in order to achieve maximum efficiency and effectiveness, thus reducing all phases — design, pre-construction and construction — of the construction timeline. The platform gives us open communication, true collaboration, and aligned understanding. Taken all together, INNO has created a full BIM solution that works together to inform our state of the art light-gauge roll forming machines the instructions to automatically produce each steel framing member to exact specification.

We have continued making improvements to our cold-formed roller machines to optimally increase the printing speed. We are actively working on a list of 100 potential patentable products. Our goal is to commercialize patents and technologies that we own.

For example, the CFS portal frame system invented by our CEO could replace current shear wall systems to provide adequate lateral resistance against strong winds and severe earthquakes. The standard lateral force resisting systems in light frame cold-formed steel building are shear walls either sheathed by structural panels such as OSB, Plywood, and steel sheets or braced by steel straps. These systems require a large amount interior walls to be load bearing walls which limits flexibility for room layout and may not support large openings for windows and doors. The steel portal frame system is a novel long span framing system to replace the traditional hot-rolled structural steel frame. The new technologies in the portal frame system include optimized stiffened holes on cold-formed steel frame members to increase structural stability and span capacity and special moment joint technology using adhesive and rivet connections which enable superior energy dissipation capacity and fast fabrication.

This new CFS moment frame does not require any interior shear walls for the Castor Cube, our modular home product. It will allow the Cube to have various room layouts. The homeowners will also be able to change the room layout in the future. The new CFS moment frame can also be used for long-span residential and mid-rise commercial buildings. The new technology should improve the structural integrity of building structures, increase the lateral resistance, and lower the overall costs.

Another innovation, the cold-formed steel truss system, utilizes a strong axis of cold-formed steel stud members for both chords and webs which allow longer spans and lighter weight than the conventional type trusses. The steel truss system has wide applications in storage and education buildings.

We believe the steel truss system and steel portal framing system will also allow INNO to enter the high-rise commercial and large span industrial building markets (Type I and Type II buildings) and deliver more competitive and cost-effective building structures than the traditional structural steel frame and concrete masonry systems.

Honeycomb aluminum panel is a metal composite panel product series developed in combination with the composite honeycomb panel technology developed by the aviation industry. The panel is a box-type structure with surrounding edges, which has good airtightness and improves the safety and service life of the panel. The product adopts a “honeycomb sandwich” structure, that is, a composite plate made of high-strength alloy aluminum plate coated with a decorative coating with excellent weather resistance as the surface, bottom plate and aluminum honeycomb core through high temperature and high pressure. This product series has the advantages of excellent material selection, advanced technology, and reasonable structure. It not only has excellent performance in large scale and flatness, but also has many choices in terms of shape, surface treatment, color and installation system. This advanced technology enables the Company to manufacture high-strength and light-weight wall panel products. These siding products have very flat surfaces and tightly controlled seam widths, which allow architects to design very straight and beautiful

69

Table of Contents

walls with large panels. Except for certain technical restrictions, there is no standard size for honeycomb aluminum panels, and all wall panels are factory-made according to design drawings. Our production method allows the panels to be highly flexible in size and shape, such as curved panels and folded panels. This flexibility creates a complete and multi-functional highly competitive wall panel system that can be installed on almost any joist and are extremely simple to install.

Revenue Model

Our revenue model currently consists of sales of the following:

•        Light-gauged studs and tracks;

•        Prefabricated wall panels and trusses;

•        Structure framing work on site;

•        Engineering services; and

•        Machine sales.

•        Replicable Apartment product

Starting in 2023, we are also planning to sell the Castor Cube, sell or lease the Mobile Factory and sell replicable apartment product.

Light-gauged studs and tracks

We supply metal studs from 12GA to 24GA depending on the structure engineering requirements and city building codes. The model for selling cold-formed steel studs and tracks is wholesale because it is business-to-business. Given the specific nature of our products, we do not sell retail. Unlike traditional metal stud suppliers, whose products are “made to stock” with no consideration for engineer design, our metal studs are typically made-to-order and customized for each project.

Prefabricated wall panels and trusses

Prefabricated wall panels and trusses are another option for customers. With these products, the customer can either choose to assemble the panels themselves or include this prefab service in their contract with us. Most customers typically choose prefab service because of our skilled team given that most wood framers are not familiar with steel framing.

INNO also has standardized modular wall products which could be used for all residential and commercial buildings. We design modular walls in 20 specifications to cover different building requirements. Modular walls are “made to stock” products and participate in both business-to-business and business-to-customer model channels.

Structure framing work on site

Steel structure installation on site is also an optional service. Depending on the project size and scope, we will provide on-site installation service if customers requested. With our full turnkey solution, all elements of the project construction are included, not just the cold-formed steel. This may include cabinetry and other items. In cases where the customer simply wants the framing, we bring our expertise in working with steel to that portion of the project. We are in the process of reducing our on-site work offerings.

Engineering services

Our engineering services provide stamped and sealed structure design services by our in-house engineer team. Because of the specific nature of our services, the rates vary case by case depending on the square footage and project complexity. Our engineer team will collaborate with customer’s architect, civil engineers, and MEP engineers to make sure the final structure design is city approved. To begin the metal stud production, our engineer team also generates the shop drawings which is a digital file and readable by our intelligent CNC machine. We also have another option where the customer may outsource the engineer service and contact INNO for metal stud production, where we do not provide continuous services until the design is city approved.

70

Table of Contents

Machine sales

We may sell or lease our machines. We provide technical and design support at relatively low costs, including industry compliance license and permits, as well as shop drawings and structural design. We also offer administration, operation, and management consulting support, including directing and assisting factory set-up, operation procedures, equipment installation, machine maintenance, repairs, and efficiency improvement. The training for such operations and installations are also provided. We will recommend, select, and advise pricings for material suppliers and other vendors.

Replicable Apartment Product

Our flagship product within this series is Village 101, a smart senior living apartment comprising 155 units with a floor area of 110,000 square feet. The architectural plan package for Village 101 is complete and ready for implementation. Village 101 serves as a prototype building tech community, showcasing our innovative approach to senior living.

Our pipeline includes various apartment product options with different unit sizes, ranging from 15 to 150 units. These products are under active research and development, with the aim of creating replicable housing complexes across the United States. By leveraging our expertise in building technology and innovative design, we target to provide scalable and high-quality housing solutions that meet the evolving needs of residents including but not limited to senior citizen, college students and Gen Z etc.

Through our revenue model, we anticipate generating sustainable income by catering to the demand for replicable apartment products. By expanding our product line and continually advancing our research and development efforts, we aim to capture a significant market share in the housing industry while delivering superior value to our clients.

Cost of Sales

Cost of Sales is broken down into four primary components.

•        Materials — Rolled steel represents the single largest cost. We manage our relationship with suppliers (primarily US Steel) very adroitly by building in purchase orders and their associated costs to the customer to minimize our exposure to changes in steel prices for any specific project. We manage our purchases and deliveries as close to “just in time” as possible.

•        Labor — Labor is potentially the most variable component of cost of sales. We have a team of hourly workers who largely work onsite at the factory producing parts from raw steel and assembling them into prefabricated pieces to be delivered to job sites. Contractors are non-employee hourly workers who largely work in our turnkey projects. As-needed hourly labor is largely available in our markets.

•        Freight and Shipping — Moving materials is highly variable, depending on the weight and distance from the factory that materials must be transported. As projects outside the greater Houston area increase, freight and shipping will increase; however, these costs are factored into the bidding of the project.

Other Expenses

Other expenses are typically comprised of payroll of salaried and hourly workers. We pride ourselves on running lean and efficiently. We operate in a business-friendly state with a large and available workforce. Rent, utilities, insurance, consulting service and other normal expenses are all competitive in the commercial area where we are based.

Our Growth Strategy

We seek to leverage the trend toward off-site and modular building techniques to increase productivity, reduce errors on-site, and decrease costs. With both Castor Cube and Mobile Factory as our featured products in the coming years, we seek to become leaders in the industry. As the market continues to move toward panelized construction, we seek to have an edge in the industry as a large-scale pioneer of the overall cost-reducing process.

INNO’s business growth strategy combines the following three parts: revenue growth strategy, profit growth strategy and technology growth strategy.

71

Table of Contents

Revenue Growth Strategy

Our revenue growth strategy is composed of the following.

Capacity expansion and in-house research and development.    We plan to expand factory operations and manufacturing capabilities in line with demand. We are also investing in R&D to ensure a pipeline of competitive and innovative building-technology products.

Multiple products.    We are in the process of developing the Castor Cube, a 743-square-foot modular house product with the goal of mass producing. We are also working on developing Village 101, a smart senior living apartment comprising 155 units with a floor area of 110,000 square feet. The architectural plan package for Village 101 is complete and ready for implementation. Village 101 serves as a prototype building tech community, showcasing our innovative approach to senior living. Meanwhile, the new products extend to new building material composed of stainless steel, such as stainless-steel roof and panels with the vision of using such materials for seaside buildings.

Marketing investment.    We are in the process of optimizing our online sales and marketing efforts by recruiting marketing talent and developing a marketing plan.

Potential Acquisitions.    In accordance with our growth strategy, our company intends to pursue vertical integration by acquiring several companies operating within the construction industry in the United States. The objective of this vertical integration is to strengthen our position as a prominent building-technology developer and expand our capabilities within the market. We will position ourselves to offer a comprehensive range of solutions encompassing the entire building. The expanded scope of our offerings includes prefab structure systems, centralized MEP (mechanical, electrical, plumbing) systems, integrated wall systems, integrated floor systems, roofing systems, and prefab cabinets, sinks, and countertops. This integration allows us to deliver a single-cycle turnkey solution, streamlining the traditional linear process employed by traditional developers. To fortify our supply chain and augment our capabilities, we will consider the strategic acquisition of construction vendors/suppliers with the proceeds from this offering to pursue potential acquisitions. The targeted companies would include the ones that enjoy the popularities in the industry, including but not limited to the companies that can supply the interior finish, exterior wall panels, insulation materials and roof system etc. By incorporating the targeted companies into our operations, we will establish a comprehensive one-stop-shop solution for the multi-family apartments, thereby further solidifying our market position and value proposition. Consistent with our growth strategy, we are firmly committed to implementing a robust product life cycle management approach, encompassing all stages from procurement to delivery. Through our pursuit of vertical integration and strategic acquisitions, we are poised for substantial growth to assume a leadership role within the market. By expanding our product offerings, strengthening our supply chain, and cultivating key partnerships, we are well-positioned to provide comprehensive building solutions that effectively meet the evolving needs of our clients while concurrently driving revenue growth and delivering enhanced shareholder value.

Profit Growth Strategy

Our profit growth strategy is composed of the following.

Improving assembly automation.    We plan to source and develop production robots and to expand automation where possible, to further increase our production efficiency.

Reduce transportation costs by utilizing Mobile Factory.    Our Mobile Factory is equipped with our proprietary machines and can be transported to any jobsite. Mobile Factory utilizes Inno Statlink Data System which is ideal for remote production management. Mobile Factory saves significant transportation costs and as such, our goal is to increase the use of Mobile Factory.

Optimizing artificial intelligence design capabilities.    We intend to optimize the artificial intelligence design capabilities by utilizing machine learning to get the wisest structure supporting data and running several models for all types of walls. The model we tested could reduce the raw materials used in different projects.

Technology Growth Strategy

Our technology growth strategy is composed of the following.

Develop EQ products to replace existing building materials with thinner and lighter products.    We are developing technology in an effort to replace existing building materials with thinner materials. Once this technology matures, it is expected to save approximately 10% in raw materials.

72

Table of Contents

Develop stainless steel as a building material for the high-end building market.    We are developing technology to replace the current galvanized steel sheets with stainless steel. The new patent pending material could be used in extreme climate conditions for high-end customers.

Leverage module wall technology to increase the range of applications.    We are in the process of developing different types of module wall products to expand our customer reach.

Strategic Partnerships

We have partnerships with at least 10 regional and national developers and builders. INNO’s customers include national real-estate developers and some local builders in both Texas and California. The regional/national developers and builders have a strong pipeline of projects coming each year. Their project types cover residential, commercial, and industrial. They either intend to use steel framing for structure or to develop land with Castor Cube and Village 101 projects, as their strategic partners, INNO will provide customized offer and have higher probability to bid and win projects. The cold-formed steel framing business is categorized as business-to-business model, and the Castor Cube as well as Village 101 projects will be either to business or to customers.

Competitive Outlook

Lumber-Based vs. Cold-Formed Steel

Our primary competitors (or segment with which we are most often compared) are traditional lumber-based building products solutions in certain categories, particularly buildings below six floors and residential. The accessibility and proficiency in assembling lumber-based structures can make practitioners in construction industry unwilling to move out of the wood framing comfort zone. Further, lumber prices were generally lower than the price of metal studs before the COVID-19 pandemic. The switch to cold-formed Steel is being driven by materials price and several market-based advantages of steel. Steel is strong, safe, durable, versatile, and cost-effective. Steel has the exceptional environmental advantage of being highly recycled and infinitely recyclable. Steel is tough and does not rot, spawl, split, or absorb moisture, and it is resistant to pests, unlike wood building materials.

Inherent Benefits of Steel Framing

•        Steel has the highest strength-to-weight ratio of any framing material.

•        Non-combustible. Steel will not contribute fuel to the spread of fire.

•        Steel is termite and rodent resistant.

•        Steel ensures dimensional stability. Will not rot, warp, crack or shrink.

•        Lower builder’s risk insurance.

•        Permanently straight walls. No call backs for nail pops.

•        No toxicity contribution. Free of resins, adhesives, and chemicals normally present in other framing material.

•        Consistent material quality. No regional variation.

•        Grounded against electrical storms.

•        Steel is inorganic. Unlike traditional framing products, steel is not vulnerable to mold.

•        Steel is the most recycled product in the world. Optimum sustainability.

The SFIA has conducted studies of construction costs in two different locations using two identical buildings — one designed with wood and the other with cold-formed steel (CFS) framing. The mixed-use, 49,900 square foot building used in the studies is representative of many residential buildings constructed in the mid-rise market today and includes:

•        A first floor non-combustible (concrete) podium with parking and retail space

•        Residential dwellings on levels 2-5

•        Roof-top/penthouse space atop level 5 housing building services.

73

Table of Contents

The first location for the study was a building constructed in Chicago in late 2017. Results include hard construction costs only. In this case, cold-formed steel cost 2.6% more than traditional wood construction.

SFIA Cost Analysis: Wood vs. Cold-Formed Steel, Location 1

Source: SFIA

The second location was in Morristown, New Jersey. It takes a deeper look at costs by including the impact of lower insurance premiums available for CFS construction compared to combustible framing (wood). The insurance costs from major insurers operating in New Jersey were converted to a cost per square foot and evaluated in terms of their impact on the overall building costs. In this case, cold-formed steel cost 0.9% more than traditional wood construction.

Cost Comparison Case Study 2

Source: SFIA

The two case studies mentioned above are taken from the official SFIA website. We believe INNO’s product cost is less than that of the preceding case studies, with the overall cost less than that of traditional wood.

Others Participating in Cold-formed Steel

The second category of competitors are divided into two groups: traditional manufacturers of metal studs and suppliers of cold-roller machines. Traditional manufacturers, such as Clark Dietrich and CEMCO, pre-punch their metal studs with punchouts at regular intervals for pipe installation, but the number of punchouts is fixed and not customized for each project. INNO employs proprietary software to calculate the minimum punchouts for MEP pipe installation that are consistent with the architectural plan set to ensure the structure’s load-bearing capability to the greatest extent possible. The load-bearing capability gradually decreases as the number of punchouts increases. Traditional steel framing manufacturers are unable to automatically make punchouts for screw holes, so manual drilling holes at the jobsite for metal stud connections are still required. The screw holes are precisely located and punched by the INNO CNC machines.

74

Table of Contents

Screw hole punchouts are left for panel assembly, and the stud spacing should be building code compliant. The number of screw holes for each panel is calculated systematically, and the screws are included in the product package. We prefabricate the wall panels, joists, and trusses in the factory, eliminating the need for on-site manual labor to measure stud intervals and drill holes for metal stud connection. These two traditional metal studs profile manufacturers have a nationwide retail network that we cannot compete with. We are using the Internet to increase the marginal effect of sales, and our future strategy is to use Internet sales to undermine traditional store-based sales.

In the cold-formed roller machine market, FRAMECAD is a traditional LGS/CFS machine manufacturer. When compared to their LGS equipment, INNO CNC machines manufacturing cost is approximately 50% less, based on our estimates. INNO CNC machines currently have three pending patents, the CUBE 200 (Application number: 63437142), CUBE 300 (Application number: 63427583) and NEW OPTIMIZED DESIGN FOR ROLL FORMER CNC MACHINE (Application number: 63427583). CUBE 200 is able to form C& U type studs and tracks in the thickness of 16 gauge and 6 inches width studs. CUBE 300 is able to form C&U type studs in the thickness of 12 gauge and 12 inches width studs.

In addition, mobile factories are an important countermeasure to traditional equipment. We have developed a mobile factory for offsite production of steel pieces and structures that compete in the traditional prefab and modular building markets. INNO differentiates itself from other steel framing companies and cold-formed roller machine suppliers by integrating services ranging from metal stud manufacturing to prefabrication. In this context, we distinguish ourselves through the technologies and innovations we bring to our process and methods for producing structural components from rolled steel into useful pieces that assemble without error.

3D “Printing” Technology

Currently, 3D printing technology is widely used for prefab homes; however, cooling time is required for formation because the technical principle is to melt the material and then wait for it to cool before settling. In contrast to other prefab home companies, which use 3D printing technology, INNO uses our own cold-formed steel technology to ensure that there is no waiting time for structure formation. 3D printing necessitates the use of unique liquid raw materials such as LAVACRETE and Light Stone Material (LSM), neither of which are easily accessible. This could lead to supply chain disruptions and affect delivery time. Furthermore, the steel is still commonly used to support the structure of prefab homes, regardless of the manufacturing technology used.

Safety is an important factor to consider when choosing a prefab home. Since INNO’s CASTOR CUBE uses steel structure entirely, which has a high strength to weight ratio and good performance to resist disasters such as hurricanes and earthquakes. The foldable prefab home product manufactured by other company may not have the same level of disaster resistance as CASTOR CUBE.

Castor Cube plans to apply a patent for its utility hook-up system, which enable consumers to connect utility within one day. This is a unique feature that can make the process of setting up a prefab home more convenient for consumers. It is also worth noting that according to other prefab companies’ product introduction videos and their social media platforms, they all take around 48 hours to construct a 350 square feet prefab home.

With the usage of INNO’s patent pending honeycomb aluminum panels and Z-shaped pendant designed for replacing manual sheetrock installation, we can significantly reduce the number of manufacturing steps and minimize manual labor. INNO is planning to set up an automatic streamline to produce CASTOR CUBE. This will bring the significant increase in production capacity and it can help INNO to meet the growing demand for prefab homes more efficiently.

Government Regulations

Building Codes

Building codes are laws that set minimum requirements for how structural systems, plumbing, heating, ventilation and air conditioning, natural gas systems and other aspects of residential and commercial buildings should be designed and constructed. In the U.S., building codes mostly fall under the purview of state and local governments. All metal studs used for building structures are required to pass inspections in the jurisdiction they are located. We have ICC-ES evaluation reports (ESR-4641) that show that our cold-formed steel-framing members are compliant with the 2018 and 2015 International Building Code (“IBC”), 2019 California Building Code (“CBC”), and 2020 Florida Building Code (“FBC”). Because of the nature and use of our products, we need to be compliant with quality assurance programs.

Fire safety is one critical area of the building codes. As fire codes become stricter in some geographical areas or specific types of structures, our cold-formed steel materials are inherently non-combustible and therefore are advantaged over combustible alternatives.

75

Table of Contents

Environmental Compliance

We are subject to U.S federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations that involve the use, disposal and cleanup of substances regulated by those laws and subject to periodic inspections to monitor our compliance. We believe that we are currently in compliance with applicable environmental regulations. Expenditures for environmental compliance purposes during 2022, 2021 and 2020 were not material.

We were given awards by the U.S. Green Building Council (“USGBC”) in 2020. Our manufacturing processes minimizes waste, prevents pollution, and recycles wherever possible. Our manufacturing process manufactures special length products for all types of projects, has self-contained building system solutions that do not rely on third-party suppliers, and designs products to fulfill the BCA Energy Efficiency program. This compliance proves that we are a green company that meets basic environmental milestones and legal requirements.

Occupational Health and Safety Laws

Our business and operations are subject to numerous federal, state, and local laws and regulations intended to protect our employees. Due to the nature of manufacturing, we are subject to substantial regulations related to safety in the workplace. In addition to the requirements of local and state governments in Texas, we must comply with federal health and safety regulations, the most significant of which are enforced by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration.

Further, our operations and facilities are subject to additional federal, state, or local laws or regulations, such as the COVID-19 safety and prevention regulations. Our operations are also subject to federal, state, and local labor laws relating to employee privacy, wage and hour matters, overtime pay, discrimination and harassment, equal opportunity and employee leave and benefits.

It is our policy and practice to comply with all legal and regulatory requirements and our procedures and internal controls are designed to promote such compliance. Expenditures for compliance with occupational health and safety laws and regulations during 2022, 2021, and 2020 were not material.

Human Capital Resources

The success of our business depends in large part on our ability to attract, retain, and develop a workforce of skilled employees at all levels of our organization. We provide employees with base wages and salaries that we believe are competitive and consistent with each employee’s position. We also work with local, regional, and state-wide agencies to facilitate workforce hiring and development initiatives. As of September 30, 2022, we had 11 full-time employees. We also utilize at-will contractors in our business. As of September 30, 2022, we had 10 at-will contractors employed. That number has since grown to 18 contractors as of July 25, 2023.

Intellectual Property Matters

Presently, we have no registered intellectual property rights and trademarks. The trademarks application status of our name and other marketing materials is pending. There are currently five pending patent applications and descriptions of each pending patent are as follows:

•        New optimized design for Roll Former CNC machine that efficiently produces C&U type studs and tracks to be used in building high quality, quick erection structures. (Application number: 63427583)

•        Cube 200, which is a new optimized design for a Roll Former CNC machine that efficiently produces C&U type studs and tracks to be used in building high quality, quick erection structures. (Application number: 63437142)

•        Z-shaped pendant for castor exterior wall to replace the Z-shaped pendant for sheetrock with honeycomb aluminum plate. (Application number: 63434155)

•        Cube 300, which is a new optimized design for a Roll Former CNC machine that efficiently produces C&U type studs and tracks to be used in building high quality, quick erection structures. (Application number: 63437143)

•        Aluminum honeycomb plate for interior wall construction. (Application number: 63367663)

 

Table of Contents

In the course of our business, we develop expertise in the manufacturing process. Although we have non-disclosure policies in place with respect to our personnel and in our contractual relationships, we cannot assure you that we will be able to protect our intellectual property rights with respect to this expertise.

Litigation

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We believe that we do not have any pending or threatened litigation which, individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and/or cash flows.

Properties

We lease our principal executive offices which are located at 2465 Farm Market 359 South, Brookshire, TX 77423. We also lease our California office at 4225 Prado Road, Suite 101, Corona, California 92880. The lease for the Company’s principal Executive Officer at 2465 Farm Market 359 South, Brookshire, TX 77423 has a 60 month term beginning on December 1, 2019 and ending on December 31, 2024. The landlord may assign the lease to a subsequent owner without consent, but the Company may only assign or sublet the property with written consent from the landlord. The lease for our California office has a five year term beginning on May 1, 2022 and ending on April 30, 2027. We may only assign or sublet the property with written consent from the landlord. Any transaction involving the Company or its assets that results in the reduction of the net worth of the Company by an amount greater than 25% of the net worth of the Company at the time of execution of the lease will be deemed an assignment of which the landlord may withhold its consent. Both lease agreements contain standard commercial lease terms including but not limited to provisions regarding utilities, alterations, maintenance and repair, insurance and indemnification.

Corporate Structure

Our Company, INNO HOLDINGS INC., was incorporated in Texas on September 8, 2021. It has three subsidiaries, Inno Metal Studs Corp, Castor Building Tech LLC, and Inno Research Institute LLC.

Below is the corporate structure of the Company:

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 2465 Farm Market 359 South, Brookshire, TX 77423, and our California office is located at 4225 Prado Rd, STE 101, Corona CA 92880. Our corporate website address is www.innometalstuds.com. Our telephone number is (800) 909-8800. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website does not constitute part of this prospectus and inclusions of our website address in this prospectus are inactive textual references only.

77

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following are our executive officers, directors and director nominees and their respective ages and positions as of July 25, 2023.

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Dekui Liu

 

42

 

Chief Executive Officer, Director and Chairman

Tianwei (Solomon) Li

 

35

 

Chief Financial Officer

Dr. Li Gong

 

38

 

Chief Operation Officer

Ying Liu

 

67

 

Director

Xiaogang (John) Zhang

 

39

 

Independent Director Nominee*

Chen Sung

 

73

 

Independent Director Nominee*

Richard B. Haws, PE

 

66

 

Independent Director Nominee*

____________

*        Indicates nominee to become independent director of the Company, effective as of the closing of this offering.

Dekui (“DK”) Liu — Chief Executive Officer, Director and Chairman

Mr. Liu has over 10 years of ground-up experience within the real estate development industry in the United States. Three generations of his family have been engaged in industrial industry. Having grown up in the entrepreneurial environment, he took his family’s inherited interest in machinery. Practical experience in machinery made him proficient in mechanical principles, electronics principles, and hydraulic transmission principles. Prior to founding INNO, Mr. Liu was the founder and CEO of WBBC Company, engaging in industrial products manufacturing, international trades, and construction from October 2012 to October 2022. Mr. Liu was also the CEO of Hwami Builder LLC from August 2018 to August 2020 and president at the real estate holdings company, Cube Development & Supply LLC from May 2019 to September 2020. Concurrently in October 2019, he founded Inno Metal Studs Corp where he has served as CEO from its inception to the present day. He has also served as the CEO of INNO from September 2021 to the present day. He is the author of five mechanical-related pending patents in the United States. Mr. Liu obtained his A.S. Degree in 2003 in Dalian, China, with a major in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering.

Tianwei (Solomon) Li — Chief Financial Officer

Mr. Li is a highly accomplished finance professional with a diverse background spanning various prestigious institutions. From November 2021 to the present July 2023, he has served as a licensed banker at both J.P Morgan Securities LLC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., where he combined his matchless expertise in financial management, venture capital, and financial advisory to create real value for clients. Before joining INNO HOLDINGS INC, Mr. Li worked as an exclusive banker at J.P Morgan Securities LLC. From October 2021 to December 2021, he worked as a registered representative at Sutter Securities Inc, providing investment advice and navigating complex regulatory frameworks. Prior to that, from November 2020 to December 2021, he worked as a registered representative at Boustead Securities, LLC, where he offered investment, management, and consulting services to over 50 portfolio companies. Notably, Mr. Li held leadership positions as Vice President at both Multipoint Resources Management Corp, from April 2019 to December 2019, and CATHY LOGISTICS INC, from February 2019 to August 2019, where he demonstrated exceptional leadership skills and strategic decision-making abilities. With a master’s Mr. Li also worked as an agent at Provident Real Estate from October 2019 to February 2022. With a master’s degree in Business Administration and holding the US Financial Industry Regulatory Agency Series 7 and 63 Securities licenses, Mr. Li exemplifies professionalism and regulatory compliance in his work. Combining his extensive practical experience with his strong academic foundation, Mr. Li is committed to delivering exceptional financial solutions and building long-lasting client relationships.

Dr. Li Gong — Chief Operation Officer

Dr. Gong has over 10 years of experience in the field of financial analysis, having collaborated with renowned research organizations including Morningstar China where she was a data analyst from August 2007 to August 2008. Prior to founding INNO, Dr. Gong was a Graduate Research and Teaching Assistant for the Ph.D. Program of Applied Economics, Auburn University, in Alabama from August 2010 until May 2015. She also taught economics as an adjunct instructor at each of Herzing University and North American University from May 2016 to August 2016 and August 2021 to December 2021, respectively. As the COO of INNO beginning in February 2023, and as General Manager of Inno Metal Studs Corp from October 2020 to present, Dr. Gong utilizes her deep understanding of economics to

78

Table of Contents

analyze current market trends, finding creative ways to increase INNO’s profits and expand our consumer base. Dr. Gong is responsible for our overall operations, including generating revenue and controlling costs. Her duties at INNO include managing staff, overseeing the budget, employing marketing strategies, and many other facets of the business. Dr. Gong obtained a Ph.D. in Applied Economics from Auburn University in May 2015 and a Master of Science in Finance from Auburn University in May 2010.

Ying Liu — Director

Ms. Liu has more than 25 years of supply chain management experience, specifically in demand planning role. Prior to joining INNO in September of 2021, she worked at China National Petroleum Corporation, Dalian Branch from 1979-2010. She is skilled at using the analytical, marketing, and sales data of a company to effectively estimate future product demands. She advises to develop effective forecast models based on industry trends and demand patterns and support management with risk assessments and mitigation activities including advising on planning inventory flow, analyzing statistical data, and generating forecasting solutions. She received her A.S. Degree in Mathematics in 1976 in Dalian, China.

Xiaogang (“John”) Zhang — Independent Director Nominee

Mr. Zhang has extensive experience providing professional services for large entities throughout his twelve plus years of public accounting careers. From October 2018 to June 2021, Mr. Zhang served as audit manager and audit senior manager in KPMG’s Atlanta office leading the audit engagements of a number of multi-billion companies in Metro Atlanta. From October 2009 to September 2018, Mr. Zhang served as senior auditor in Pershing Yoakley & Associates, a healthcare accounting and consulting firm. His experience included audit services for large manufacturing companies, SEC filings, multi-hospital health systems, IFRS audits and local statuary audits. Mr. Zhang also currently serves as Director of Corporate Accounting of an industry leading packaging company, Altium Packaging LLC, overseeing the entire Corporate Accounting Team in Atlanta, Georgia, starting from June 2021. He received an MBA from East Tennessee State University in 2009 and a Master of Accountancy from East Tennessee State University in 2008.

Chen Sung — Independent Director Nominee

Mr. Sung has over 30 years extensive experience in international trading and the construction industry. In 2018, he founded his own kitchen cabinet company, Bravo Home Products, Inc., and led the entire product development process, including design, manufacturing, and installation. As an engineer, he invented a hand-free classified dustbin device and still owns a patent in China for the device. He is also a community leader actively involved in the Chinese American Construction Professionals (“CACP”) organization where he serves as a communication coordinator. CACP is a non-profit trade organization in Southern California dedicated to enhancing members’ competitive-ness in global and local markets and providing networking opportunities for building and construction professionals. CACP’s corporate members include SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON, SoCalGas, Cathay Bank and Gensler. He also has served as a Fellow for Chinese American Construction Professionals, in California since 2015. He received an A.A. degree from Cypress College.

Richard B. Haws, PE — Independent Director Nominee

Mr. Haws has experience in commercial solutions and construction and building expertise. Starting in August 2004, Mr. Haws held various positions, including most recently senior research engineer and director of commercial solutions, at Nucor Buildings Corp, in Denton, Texas before retiring in August 2021. Mr. Haws is currently the chair of the American Iron and Steel Institute (“AISI”) Committee on Specifications and the AISI Standards Council. He has held both positions since January 2017. In his capacity as chair of the AISI Committee on Specifications and the AISI Standards Council, he leads the effort to integrate building information modeling into the design and detailing process, expands modeling to start at the estimate stage, and develops energy efficient systems to comply with increasingly more stringent energy code requirements. He was also chair of the Metal Building Manufacturers Association (“MBMA”) Energy Committee from April 2017 to May 2021. He received a master’s degree in Civil Engineering from Youngstown State University in 1983.

Family Relationships

The Board of Directors includes the mother of Dekui Liu, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, Ying Liu.

79

Table of Contents

Code of Ethics

Our Board plans to adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics (“Code of Ethics”) that applies to our directors, officers, and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. We intend to post on our website a current copy of the Code of Ethics and all disclosures that are required by law regarding any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the Code of Ethics.

Controlled Company

We are, and expect to continue to be, a controlled company within the meaning of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules, and as a result, we qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements, on which we intend to rely.

Public companies that qualify as a “controlled company” with securities listed on the Nasdaq, must comply with the exchange’s continued listing standards to maintain their listings. Nasdaq has adopted qualitative listing standards. Companies that do not comply with these corporate governance requirements may lose their listing status. Under the Nasdaq rules, a “controlled company” is a company with more than 50% of its voting power held by a single person, entity, or group. Under Nasdaq rules, a controlled company is exempt from certain corporate governance requirements, including:

•        the requirement that a majority of the Board of Directors consist of independent directors;

•        the requirement that a listed company have a nominating and governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

•        the requirement that a listed company have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

•        the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and governance committee and compensation committee.

Controlled companies must still comply with the exchange’s other corporate governance standards. These include having an audit committee and the special meetings of independent or non-management directors.

Currently, Dekui Liu, our controlling shareholder, beneficially owns roughly 75.8% of our total issued and outstanding common stock. Upon the completion of this Offering, Dekui Liu will beneficially own [•]% of our total issued and outstanding common stock. As a result, we will continue to be a “controlled company” as defined under Nasdaq Listing Rule 5615(c), because Dekui Liu will hold more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors. As a “controlled company,” we are permitted to elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. We intend to rely on these exemptions.

Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight

Our Board has responsibility for the oversight of our risk management processes and, either as a whole or through its committees, regularly discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on our business and the steps we take to manage them. The risk oversight process includes receiving regular reports from board committees and members of senior management to enable our Board to understand our risk identification, risk management, and risk mitigation strategies with respect to areas of potential material risk, including operations, finance, legal, regulatory, cybersecurity, strategic, and reputational risk. In particular, our Board will be responsible for closely monitoring the rapidly evolving COVID-19 pandemic, its potential effects on our business, and risk mitigation strategies. While the Company has not yet experienced a significant impact related to the situation in Ukraine caused by the Russian invasion, the Board will also closely monitor the risks in relation to such developments, including but not limited to risks related to cybersecurity, sanctions, supply chain, suppliers and service providers. Similarly, our board is monitoring US-China relations to monitor risks such as political disruption, supply chain, and foreign exchange.

Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board. Our Board consists of 5 directors, 3 of whom qualify as “independent” under the listing standards of Nasdaq.

Directors serve until the next annual meeting and until their successors are elected and qualified. Officers are appointed to serve until their successors have been elected and qualified.

80

Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

Effective as of the closing of the Offering, our Board will establish an audit committee and a compensation committee. Our Board has not yet adopted procedures by which stockholders may recommend nominees to the Board. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our Board is described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until as otherwise determined by our Board.

Audit Committee

Effective as of the closing of the Offering, we will establish an audit committee consisting of Xiaogang Zhang, Chen Sung and Richard B. Haws. Chen Sung will be the chairman of the audit committee. In addition, our Board has determined that Xiaogang Zhang is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. The audit committee’s duties, which are specified in our Audit Committee Charter, include, but are not limited to:

(a)     reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditor the annual audited financial statements, and recommending to the Board whether the audited financial statements should be included in our annual disclosure report;

(b)    discussing with management and the independent auditor significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of our financial statements;

(c)     discussing with management major risk assessment and risk management policies;

(d)    monitoring the independence of the independent auditor;

(e)     verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law;

(f)     reviewing and approving all related-party transactions;

(g)    inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

(h)    preapproving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditor, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;

(i)     appointing or replacing the independent auditor;

(j)     determining the compensation and oversight of the work of the independent auditor (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work;

(k)    establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies; and

(l)     approving reimbursement of expenses incurred by our management team in identifying potential target businesses.

The audit committee will be composed exclusively of “independent directors” who are “financially literate” as defined under the Nasdaq listing standards. The Nasdaq listing standards define “financially literate” as being able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including a company’s balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement.

In addition, the Company intends to certify to Nasdaq that the committee has, and will continue to have, at least one member who has past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting, or other comparable experience or background that results in the individual’s financial sophistication.

81

Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

Effective as of the closing of the Offering, we will establish a compensation committee of the Board to consist of Xiaogang Zhang, Chen Sung and Richard B. Haws, each of whom is an independent director. Each member of our compensation committee is also a non-employee director, as defined under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Chen Sung will be the chairman of the compensation committee. The compensation committee’s duties, which are specified in our Compensation Committee Charter, include, but are not limited to:

(a)     reviews, approves and determines, or makes recommendations to our Board regarding, the compensation of our executive officers;

(b)    administers our equity compensation plans;

(c)     reviews and approves, or makes recommendations to our Board, regarding incentive compensation and equity compensation plans; and

(d)    establishes and reviews general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

To our knowledge, none of our current directors or executive officers has, during the past ten (10) years:

(a)     been convicted in a criminal proceeding or been subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses);

(b)    had any bankruptcy petition filed by or against the business or property of the person, or of any partnership, corporation or business association of which he was a general partner or executive officer, either at the time of the bankruptcy filing or within two (2) years prior to that time;

(c)     been subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction or federal or state authority, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting, his or her involvement in any type of business, securities, futures, commodities, investment, banking, savings and loan, or insurance activities, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity;

(d)    been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the SEC or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated;

(e)     been the subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated (not including any settlement of a civil proceeding among private litigants), relating to an alleged violation of any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation, any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and-desist order, or removal or prohibition order, or any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or

(f)     been the subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization (as defined in section 3(a)(26) of the Exchange Act), any registered entity (as defined in section 1(a)(29) of the Commodity Exchange Act), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.

82

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Introduction

As an emerging growth company, we have opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to “smaller reporting companies,” as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Act. This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our named executive officers (“NEOs”) for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2022 (“Fiscal Year 2022”).

For Fiscal Year 2022, the Company’s NEOs were:

•        Dekui Liu, Chief Executive Officer, and

•        Dr. Li Gong, General Manager of Inno Metal Studs Corp (a subsidiary of the Company).

The Company does not have a third NEO for Fiscal Year 2022 as Dr. Gong was the only individual, other than the Chief Executive Officer, whose total compensation in Fiscal Year 2022 and position at the Company (or its subsidiaries), would make her an executive officer of the Company at any point during Fiscal Year 2022.

The following discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that the Company adopts could vary significantly from historical practices and currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

Compensation Program

The objective of the compensation program of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Company Group”) is to provide a total compensation package to each NEO that will enable the Company Group to attract, motivate and retain outstanding individuals, align the interests of our executive team with those of our shareholders, encourage individual and collective contributions to the successful execution of our short- and long-term business strategies and reward NEOs for performance.

•        Base Salary.    Each of the NEOs is paid a base salary commensurate with the executive’s skill set, experience, performance, role and responsibilities. For Fiscal Year 2022, the annual salaries for Mr. Liu and Dr. Gong were $80,000 and $100,347, respectively.

•        Short-Term Cash Incentives.    During Fiscal Year 2022, the Company Group did not grant any short-term cash bonuses to any of the NEOs.

•        Long-Term Equity Incentives.    During Fiscal Year 2022, the Company Group did not grant any incentive equity awards to any of the NEOs.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by and paid to the Company’s NEOs for services rendered to the Company Group in all capacities in its Fiscal Year 2022.

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary
($)

 

Total 
($)

Dekui Liu

 

2022

 

80,000

 

$

80,000

Chief Executive Officer

         

 

 
           

 

 

Dr. Li Gong

 

2022

 

100,347

 

$

100,347

General Manager of Inno Metal Studs Corp

         

 

 

83

Table of Contents

Narrative Disclosure to the Summary Compensation Table

Employee Benefits

The executive officers, including the NEOs, are eligible to receive the same employee benefits that are generally available to all full-time employees, subject to the satisfaction of certain eligibility requirements. In structuring these benefit plans, the Company Group seeks to provide an aggregate level of benefits that are comparable to those provided by similar companies.

Agreements with our NEOs

Neither NEO is currently subject to an employment agreement with the Company Group.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2022 Fiscal Year-End

Neither NEO had any outstanding equity awards in the Company as of September 30, 2022.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Neither NEO was eligible for any potential payments upon any form of termination or resignation of employment or a change in control of the Company if such event took place on September 30, 2022 or at any other point during Fiscal Year 2022.

Omnibus Incentive Plan

Our Board adopted, and our shareholders approved, the Inno Holdings, Inc. 2023 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), effective July 18, 2023. As of the date of this prospectus, no awards (as defined below) have been granted under the Plan, and any future awards will be made in the discretion of the Board, or if different, the Plan’s administrator.

Plan Purpose; Types of Awards

The purposes of the Plan are to (a) encourage the profitability and growth of the Company through short-term and long-term incentives that are consistent with the Company’s objectives; (b) give participants an incentive for excellence in individual performance; (c) promote teamwork among participants; and (d) give the Company a significant advantage in attracting and retaining key employees, non-employee directors and consultants. To accomplish these purposes, the Plan provides for the grant of stock options (both “incentive stock options” intended to meet the requirements under Section 422 of the Code and “nonqualified stock options” that do not meet such requirements), stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted shares, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), dividend equivalent rights, other share-based, share-related or cash-based awards (including performance-based awards) (collectively “awards”), with each grant evidenced by an award agreement providing the terms of the award. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees; all other awards may be granted to employees, directors and consultants.

Shares Subject to the Plan

A total number of shares of our common stock will be reserved and available for issuance under the Plan equal to 2,013,552 shares. The maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to options intended to be incentive stock options is 2,013,552 shares. The aggregate grant date fair market value of the Company’s common stock subject to awards granted during any fiscal year to any non-employee director, when taken together with the cash fees paid to such non-employee director during the fiscal year (in each case, with respect to his or her service as a non-employee director), shall not exceed $250,000.

If any Company common stock subject to an award granted under the Plan are forfeited, canceled, settled, or otherwise terminated without a distribution of shares, such shares will again become available for issuance under the Plan. The following shares will be available for issuance under the Plan: (i) shares delivered to or withheld to pay withholding taxes or any applicable exercise price, and (ii) shares subject to any exercised stock-settled SAR or options. In addition, any shares tendered to exercise outstanding options or other awards or repurchased on the open market using exercise price proceeds will be available for issuance under the Plan. Any substitute awards shall not reduce the shares authorized for grant under the Plan.

84

Table of Contents

Administration of the Plan

The Plan will be administered by the plan administrator, who is the Board or a committee that the Board designates. The plan administrator has the power to determine the terms of the awards granted under the Plan, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each award, and the exercisability and vesting terms of the awards. The plan administrator also has the power to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which awards will be made and to make all other determinations and take all other actions advisable for the administration of the Plan. All decisions made by the plan administrator pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final, conclusive and binding.

Conditions on Awards

All of the awards described below are subject to the conditions, limitations, restrictions, vesting and forfeiture provisions determined by the plan administrator, in its sole discretion, subject to certain limitations provided in the Plan. Each award granted under the Plan will be evidenced by an award agreement, which will govern that award’s terms and conditions. To the extent necessary to do so, in the case of any conflict or potential inconsistency between the Plan and a provision of any award or award agreement with respect to an award, the Plan will govern.

The plan administrator may condition the vesting of or the lapsing of any applicable vesting restrictions or conditions on awards upon the attainment of performance goals, continuation of service, or any other term or conditions. If performance goals are established by the plan administrator If the plan administrator determines that an award under the Plan will be earned subject to the achievement of performance goals, the plan administrator may select one or more performance criteria upon which to grant such award, which may include, but are not limited to, any one or more of the following: earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; net operating profit after tax; cash flow; revenue; net revenues; sales; days sales outstanding; income; net income; operating income; net operating income, operating margin; earnings; earnings per share; return on equity; return on investment; return on capital; return on assets; return on net assets; total shareholder return; economic profit; market share; appreciation in the fair market value, book value or other measure of value of a share of common stock; expense/cost control; working capital; customer satisfaction; employee retention or employee turnover; employee satisfaction or engagement; environmental, health, or other safety goals; individual performance; strategic objective milestones; any other criteria specified by the plan administrator in its sole discretion; or, as applicable, any combination of, or a specified increase or decrease in, any of the foregoing.

The vesting conditions placed on any award need not be the same with respect to each grantee and the plan administrator will have the sole discretion to amend any outstanding award to accelerate or waive any or all restrictions, vesting provisions or conditions set forth in the award agreement. Any of the above criteria may be used with or without adjustment for extraordinary items or nonrecurring items and may be measured in absolute terms or relative to historic performance or the performance of other companies or an index.

Types of Awards

Stock Options

The Plan provides for grants of both nonqualified and incentive stock options. A nonqualified stock option entitles the recipient to purchase the Company common stock at a fixed exercise price. The exercise price per share will be determined by the compensation committee but such price will never be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. Fair market value will generally be the closing price of a share of the Company common stock on Nasdaq on the date of grant. Nonqualified stock options under the Plan generally must be exercised within ten years from the date of grant. A nonqualified stock option is an option that does not meet the qualifications of an incentive stock option as described below.

An incentive stock option is a stock option that meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees and the aggregate fair market value of a share of the Company common stock determined at the time of grant with respect to incentive stock options that are exercisable for the first time by a participant during any calendar year may not exceed $100,000. No incentive stock option may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own shares possessing more than 10% of the Company’s total combined voting power or that of any of the Company’s affiliates unless (i) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the shares subject to the option on the date of grant and (ii) the term of the incentive stock option does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

85

Table of Contents

Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, each vested and outstanding option granted under the Plan will automatically be exercised on the last business day of the applicable option term, to the extent that, as of such date, (i) the exercise price of such option is less than the fair market value of a share, and (ii) the holder of such option remains actively in service.

Stock Appreciation Rights

A SAR entitles the holder to receive an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of a share of the Company common stock on the exercise date and the exercise price of the SAR (which may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of the Company common stock on the grant date), multiplied by the number of the Company common stock subject to the SAR (as determined by the plan administrator). Unless otherwise determined by the plan administrator, each vested and outstanding SAR granted under the Plan will automatically be exercised on the last business day of the applicable SAR term, to the extent that, as of such date, (i) the exercise price of such SAR is less than the fair market value of a share, and (ii) the holder of such SAR remains actively in service.

Restricted Shares

A restricted share award is an award of the Company common stock that vest in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the plan administrator. The plan administrator will determine in the award agreement whether the participant will be entitled to receive dividends on such restricted shares.

Restricted Stock Units

A RSU is a right to receive shares or the cash equivalent of Company common stock at a specified date in the future, subject to forfeiture of such right. If the RSU has not been forfeited, then on the date specified in the RSU grant, the Company must deliver to the holder of the RSU unrestricted the Company common stock (or, in the plan administrator’s sole discretion, cash equal to the shares that would otherwise be delivered, or partly in cash and partly in shares).

Other Share-Based Awards

We may grant or sell to any participant a right or other interest that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, the Company common stock, including unrestricted the Company common stock under the Plan or a dividend equivalent. A dividend equivalent is a right to receive payments, based on dividends with respect to the Company common stock. To the extent that an award contains a right to receive dividends or dividend equivalents while the award remains unvested, the dividends and dividend equivalents will be accumulated and paid once and to the extent that the underlying award vests.

Other Cash-Based Awards

We may grant cash awards under the Plan, including cash awards as a bonus or upon the attainment of certain performance goals.

Performance-Based Awards

We may grant an award conditioned on satisfaction of certain performance criteria. Such performance-based awards include performance-based restricted shares and restricted share units. Any dividends or dividend equivalents payable or credited to a participant with respect to any unvested performance-based award will be subject to the same performance goals as the shares or units underlying the performance-based award.

Equitable Adjustments

In the event of a merger, consolidation, reclassification, recapitalization, spin-off, spin-out, repurchase or other reorganization or corporate transaction or event, extraordinary dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, combination or exchange of shares, or other change in corporate structure or payment of any other distribution, the maximum number and kind of the Company common stock reserved for issuance or with respect to which awards may be granted under the Plan will be adjusted to reflect such event, and the plan administrator will make such adjustments

86

Table of Contents

as it deems appropriate and equitable in the number, kind and exercise price of the Company common stock covered by outstanding awards made under the Plan, and in any other matters that relate to awards and that are affected by the changes in the shares referred to in this section.

Change in Control

In the event of any proposed change in control (as defined in the Plan), the plan administrator will take any action as it deems appropriate and equitable to effectuate the purposes of the Plan and to protect the participants who hold outstanding awards under the Plan, which action may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the continuation of any award, if the Company is the surviving corporation; (ii) the assumption of any award by the surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary; (iii) the substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary of equivalent awards for any award, provided, however, that any such substitution with respect to options and SARs shall occur in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; or (iv) settlement of any award for the change in control price (less, to the extent applicable, the per share exercise or grant price), or, if the per share exercise or grant price equals or exceeds the change in control price or if the plan administrator determines that the award cannot reasonably become vested pursuant to its terms, such award shall terminate and be canceled without consideration.

Amendment and Termination

The plan administrator may alter, amend, modify, or terminate the Plan at any time, provided that the approval of our shareholders will be obtained for any amendment to the Plan that requires shareholder approval under the rules of the stock exchange(s) on which the Company common stock is then listed or in accordance with other applicable law, including, but not limited to, an increase in the number of the Company common stock reserved for issuance, a reduction in the exercise price of options or other entitlements, an extension of the maximum term of any award, or an amendment that grants the plan administrator additional powers to amend the Plan. In addition, no modification of an award will, without the prior written consent of the participant, adversely alter or impair any rights or obligations under any award already granted under the Plan, unless the plan administrator expressly reserved the right to do so at the time of the award.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Effects

The following discussion of certain relevant United States federal income tax effects applicable to certain awards granted under the Plan is only a summary of certain of the United States federal income tax consequences applicable to United States residents under the Plan, and reference is made to the Code for a complete statement of all relevant federal tax provisions. No consideration has been given to the effects of foreign, state, local and other laws (tax or other) on the Plan or on a participant, which laws will vary depending upon the particular jurisdiction or jurisdictions involved. In particular, participants who are stationed outside the United States may be subject to foreign taxes as a result of the Plan.

Nonqualified Stock Options

An optionee subject to United States federal income tax will generally not recognize taxable income for United States federal income tax purposes upon the grant of a nonqualified stock option. Rather, at the time of exercise of the nonqualified stock option, the optionee will recognize ordinary income, subject to wage and employment tax withholding, and the Company will be entitled to a deduction, in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise over the exercise price. If the shares acquired upon the exercise of a nonqualified stock option are later sold or exchanged, then the difference between the amount received upon such sale or exchange and the fair market value of such shares on the date of such exercise will generally be taxable as long-term or short-term capital gain or loss (if the shares are a capital asset of the optionee), depending upon the length of time such shares were held by the optionee.

Incentive Stock Options

An optionee subject to United States federal income tax will generally not recognize taxable income for United States federal income tax purposes upon the grant of an incentive stock option (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) and the Company will not be entitled to a deduction at that time. If the incentive stock option is exercised during employment or within ninety (90) days following the termination thereof (or within one year following termination, in

87

Table of Contents

the case of a termination of employment due to death or disability, as such terms are defined in the Plan), the optionee will not recognize any income and the Company will not be entitled to a deduction. The excess of the fair market value of the shares on the exercise date over the exercise price, however, is includible in computing the optionee’s alternative minimum taxable income. Generally, if an optionee disposes of shares acquired by exercising an incentive stock option either within two years after the date of grant or one year after the date of exercise, the optionee will recognize ordinary income, and the Company will be entitled to a deduction, in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise (or the sale price, if lower) over the exercise price. The balance of any gain or loss will generally be treated as a capital gain or loss to the optionee. If the shares are disposed of after the two-year and one-year periods described above, the Company will not be entitled to any deduction, and the entire gain or loss for the optionee will be treated as a capital gain or loss.

SARs

A participant subject to United States federal income tax who is granted a SAR will not recognize ordinary income for United States federal income tax purposes upon receipt of the SAR. At the time of exercise, however, the participant will recognize ordinary income, subject to wage and employment tax withholding, equal to the value of any cash received and the fair market value on the date of exercise of any shares received. The Company will not be entitled to a deduction upon the grant of a SAR, but generally will be entitled to a deduction for the amount of income the participant recognizes upon the participant’s exercise of the SAR. The participant’s tax basis in any shares received will be the fair market value on the date of exercise and, if the shares are later sold or exchanged, then the difference between the amount received upon such sale or exchange and the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise will generally be taxable as long-term or short-term capital gain or loss (if the stock is a capital asset of the participant) depending upon the length of time such shares were held by the participant.

Restricted Shares

A participant subject to United States federal income tax generally will not be taxed upon the grant of a restricted share award, but rather will recognize ordinary income for United States federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares at the time the restricted stock is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture (within the meaning of the Code). The Company generally will be entitled to a deduction at the time when, and in the amount that, the participant recognizes ordinary income on account of the lapse of the restrictions. A participant’s tax basis in the shares will equal the fair market value of those shares at the time the restrictions lapse, and the participant’s holding period for capital gains purposes will begin at that time. Any cash dividends paid on the shares before the restrictions lapse will be taxable to the participant as additional compensation (and not as dividend income). Under Section 83(b) of the Code, a participant may elect to recognize ordinary income at the time the restricted shares are awarded in an amount equal to their fair market value at that time, notwithstanding the fact that such shares are subject to restrictions and a substantial risk of forfeiture. If such an election is made, no additional taxable income will be recognized by such participant at the time the restrictions lapse, the participant will have a tax basis in the restricted shares equal to their fair market value on the date of their award, and the participant’s holding period for capital gains purposes will begin at that time. The Company generally will be entitled to a tax deduction at the time when, and to the extent that, ordinary income is recognized by such participant.

RSUs

A participant subject to United States federal income tax who is granted a restricted share unit will not recognize ordinary income for United States federal income tax purposes upon the receipt of the restricted share unit, but rather will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares at the time the award is settled into shares, subject to wage and employment tax withholding, and the Company will have a corresponding deduction at that time.

Other Share-Based and Other Cash-Based Awards

In the case of other share-based and other cash-based awards, depending on the form of the award, a participant subject to United States federal income tax will not be taxed upon the grant of such an award, but, rather, will recognize ordinary income for United States federal income tax purposes when such an award vests or otherwise is free of restrictions. In any event, the Company will be entitled to a deduction at the time when, and in the amount that, a participant recognizes ordinary income.

88

Table of Contents

Tax Effects for the Company

In addition to the tax impact to the Company described above, the Company’s deduction may also be limited by Section 280G or Section 162(m) of the Code. In general, Section 162(m) of the Code denies a publicly held corporation a deduction for United States federal income tax purposes for compensation in excess of $1,000,000 per year per covered employee.

Director Compensation Table

Shaoren Liu and Ying Liu served as the Company’s non-employee directors during Fiscal Year 2022. Neither of the Company’s non-employee directors received any compensation related to the director’s Board service in Fiscal Year 2022 or had any outstanding equity awards as of September 30, 2022.

89

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information, as of July 25, 2023 with respect to the holdings of (1) each person who is the beneficial owner of more than 5% of Company voting stock, (2) each of our directors, (3) each executive officer, and (4) all of our current directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership of the voting stock is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes any shares of company voting stock over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power, or of which a person has a right to acquire ownership at any time within 60 days of July 25, 2023. Except as otherwise indicated, we believe that the persons named in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of voting stock held by them. Applicable percentage ownership in the following table is based on 18,251,726 shares of common stock issued and outstanding on July 25, 2023, and 20,265,278 shares of common stock issued and outstanding after this offering, plus, for each individual, any securities that individual has the right to acquire within 60 days of July 25, 2023.

To the best of our knowledge, except as otherwise indicated, each of the persons named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares of our common stock beneficially owned by such person, except to the extent such power may be shared with a spouse. To our knowledge, none of the shares listed below are held under a voting trust or similar agreement, except as noted. To our knowledge, there is no arrangement, including any pledge by any person of securities of the Company, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the Company.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)

 

Title

 

Beneficially
owned
(2)

 

Percent of
Class
Before
Offering

 

Percent of
Class
After
Offering

Officers and Directors

           

 

   

Dekui Liu

 

Chief Executive Officer, Director and Chairman

 

13,837,893

 

68.3

%

   

Tianwei Li

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

—

   

 

   

Dr. Li Gong

 

Chief Operation Officer

 

—

   

 

   

Ying Liu

 

Director

 

—

   

 

   

Xiaogang (John) Zhang

 

Independent Director Nominee

 

—

   

 

   

Chen Sung

 

Independent Director Nominee

 

—

   

 

   

Richard B. Haws, PE

 

Independent Director Nominee

 

—

   

 

   

Officers and Directors as a Group (total of 7 persons)

     

13,837,893

 

68.3

%

   

5% Stockholders

           

 

   

Dekui Liu

 

Chief Executive Officer, Director and Chairman

 

13,837,893

 

68.3

%

   

Zfounder Organization Inc.(3)(4)(5)

 

Investor

 

3,013,685

 

14.9

%

   

____________

*        Less than 1%

(1)      Unless otherwise indicated the business address for each of the individuals is 2465 Farm Market 359 South, Brookshire, TX 77423.

(2)      Approximate percentage of outstanding common stock includes 2,013,552 shares of common stock reserved for employee stock option pool, which will be implemented and approved immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

(3)      The business address for Zfounder Organization Inc. is 12905 SW 42nd St. Unit 222 Miami, FL 33175.

(4)      Beneficially owned by Wen Hua.

(5)      Mr. Dekui Liu donated 4,427,371.52 shares of the Company’s common stock, which after giving effect to the Company’s reverse stock split effectuated on July 24, 2023, amounts to 2,213,685.76 shares of common stock, to Zfounder Organization, Inc. on May 4, 2023.

90

Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Unless described below, during the last two fiscal years, there are no transactions or series of similar transactions to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

•        the amounts involved exceed or will exceed $120,000; and

•        any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing had, or will have, a direct or indirect material interest.

The Company borrows short term loans without interest from its majority shareholder and CEO, Mr. Dekui Liu, for operation and cashflow needs from time to time. As of December 31, 2022, September 30, 2022 and 2021, the outstanding balance due to Mr. Liu was $15,100, $12,233 and 80,706, respectively.

During the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company engaged Yunited Assets LLC (“Yunited”), a limited liability company owned by Mr. Cheng Yu, the minority owner of the Company’s subsidiary, Inno Research Institute, for consultation services on a project-by-project basis. During the three months ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company recorded $10,000 and $0 of consulting fees in the general and administrative expenses. During the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company recorded $19,950 of consulting fees in the general and administrative expenses. As of December 31, 2022, September 30, 2022 and 2021, there were no unpaid balances due to Yunited.

In March 2022, the Company entered into an agreement with Wise Hill Inc. (“Wise Hill”), a Florida corporation wholly owned by a minority shareholder of the Company. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company sold prefab home products of $250,000 to Wise Hill. For the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company recorded revenue-related party of $250,000. As of December 31, 2022, September 30, 2022 and 2021, the outstanding balance of accounts receivable — related party was $100,000.

During the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company purchased prefab home and other material and supplies from Baicheng Trading LLC, in which the father of Mr. Dekui Liu, the Company’s majority shareholder and CEO, is a director. As of December 31, 2022, September 30, 2022 and 2021, the outstanding balance of accounts payable — related party was $485,595, $485,595 and $0, respectively.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2023, the Company borrowed short term loans without interest from Zfounder Organization Inc., one of the Company’s minority shareholders for operation and cashflow needs. As of March 31, 2023, the outstanding balance due was $75,000. In addition, the Company borrowed short term loans without interest from Wise Hill Inc., a company owned by the CEO and Board member of Zfounder Organization Inc., for operation and cashflow needs. As of March 31, 2023, the outstanding balance due was $75,000.

In March 2023, the Company entered into an agreement with Vision Opportunity Fund LP (“Vision”), a Florida limited partnership partially owned by a minority shareholder of the Company. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company agreed to provide supplies and act as project developer for an amount equal to $15,875,800 plus applicable taxes. The Company has not recorded revenue from the related party as of March 31, 2023.

Indemnification Agreements

Upon the closing of this offering, the Company will enter into indemnity agreements with each of its directors and officers (the “Indemnity Agreements”), undertaking to indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by law on the terms set forth therein. This indemnification is limited to events where the director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner the relevant director or officer reasonably believed to be in and/or not opposed to the best interests of INNO, and the relevant director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

The foregoing summary of the Indemnity Agreements does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the form of Indemnity Agreement, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.1.

91

Table of Contents

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Upon the closing of this offering, the board of directors will adopt a written related person transaction policy that set forth the following policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. A “related person transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship in which INNO or any of its subsidiaries was, is or will be a participant, the amount of which involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A “related person” means:

•        any person who is, or at any time during the applicable period was, one of INNO’s executive officers or directors;

•        any person who is known by INNO to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of INNO’s voting securities;

•        any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother in-law or sister-in-law of a director, executive officer or a beneficial owner of more than 5% of INNO’s voting securities, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such director, executive officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of INNO’s voting securities; and

•        any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is a partner or principal, or in a similar position, or in which such person has a 10% or greater beneficial ownership interest.

We intend to establish policies and procedures designed to minimize potential conflicts of interest arising from any dealings we may have with our affiliates and to provide appropriate procedures for the disclosure of any real or potential conflicts of interest that may exist from time to time. Specifically, pursuant to its audit committee charter, the audit committee have the responsibility to review related party transactions.

92

Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income and the alternative minimum tax. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

•        U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

•        persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

•        banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions;

•        brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

•        “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

•        partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

•        tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

•        persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

•        persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

•        tax-qualified retirement plans; and

•        “qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

93

Table of Contents

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “U.S. person” nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

•        an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

•        a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

•        an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

•        a trust that (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (ii) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below in “— Sale or Other Taxable Disposition.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate). If a Non-U.S. Holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other intermediary, the Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the intermediary, which then will be required to provide certification to the applicable withholding agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

Subject to the discussions below of backup withholding and withholding under FATCA (defined below), a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

94

Table of Contents

•        the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

•        the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

•        our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest (USRPI) by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (USRPHC) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

A Non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, 5% or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person and the holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any distributions on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether such distributions constitute dividends or whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will be subject to backup withholding or information reporting unless the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

95

Table of Contents

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections are commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”)) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed below, gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (ii) the nonfinancial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (iii) the foreign financial institution or nonfinancial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in clause (i) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

These withholding taxes would be imposed on dividends with respect to our common stock to foreign financial institutions or non-financial foreign entities (including in their capacity as agents or custodians for beneficial owners of our common stock) that fail to satisfy the above requirements. Prior to the issuance of proposed U.S. Treasury regulations, withholding taxes under FATCA also would have applied to gross proceeds from the disposition of our common stock. However, the proposed U.S. Treasury regulations provide that such gross proceeds are generally not subject to withholding taxes under FATCA. Taxpayers (including withholding agents) may currently rely on these proposed U.S. Treasury regulations until they are revoked or final U.S. Treasury regulations are issued. There can be no assurance that final U.S. Treasury Regulations would provide an exemption from FATCA withholding for gross proceeds.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

96

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

The following description summarizes certain important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering. We have adopted an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and expect to adopt amended and restated bylaws that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and this description summarizes the provisions that are included and are expected to be included in such documents. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in this section titled “Description of Securities,” you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Texas law. The following description of our securities is only a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual terms and provisions of the capital stock contained in our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws.

General

The Company is authorized to issue one class of stock. The total number of shares of stock which the Company is authorized to issue is 100,000,000 shares of capital stock, all of which are common stock, which 18,251,726 shares of which are issued and outstanding. As of July 25, 2023, there were 11 holders of record of our common stock.

Common Stock

The holders of our common stock are entitled to the following rights:

Voting Rights.    Each share of INNO’s common stock entitles its holder to one vote per share on all matters to be voted or consented upon by the stockholders.

Dividend Rights.    Subject to limitations under Texas law, holders of INNO’s common stock may receive dividends or other distributions, if any, as may be declared by INNO’s Board out of funds legally available therefor.

Liquidation Rights.    In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our business, the holders of INNO’s common stock are entitled to share ratably in the assets available for distribution after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities.

Other Matters.    All of the outstanding shares of INNO’s common stock are fully paid and non-assessable.

Registration Rights Agreement

Pursuant to an Investors’ Rights Agreement by and between us and certain investors, we are obligated to register for resale the total registrable shares of common stock of such investors. We must register such shares within one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement for the Company’s initial public offering and if the Company receives a request from 50% of the registerable common stock. We must also file a Form S-3 registration statement after eligibility if the Company receives a request from 50% of the registerable common stock.

Anti-takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Our Shareholders Agreement, Bylaws and Texas Law

Our shareholders agreement, bylaws and the Texas Business Organizations Code (“TBOC”) contain provisions, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of our Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a shareholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of common stock held by shareholders.

Capital stock

Texas law does not require shareholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of the Nasdaq, which apply so long as our securities are listed on the Nasdaq, require shareholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power or then outstanding number of shares of common stock. Additional shares that may be issued in the future may be used for a variety of corporate purposes.

97

Table of Contents

Our Board of Directors may generally issue shares of preferred stock on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of the Company or the removal of our management. Moreover, our authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock are available for future issuances without shareholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, to facilitate acquisitions and employee benefit plans.

One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved shares of Common Stock or preferred stock may be to enable our Board of Directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the Company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our shareholders of opportunities to sell their shares of Common Stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Vacancies

Our Certificate of Formation provides that directors may be removed only for cause. In addition, our Certificate of Formation also provides that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding, any vacancy occurring in our Board of Directors may be filled by election at an annual or special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office (even if the remaining directors constitute less than a quorum of the Board of Directors), and any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the term to which the director has been selected and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

No cumulative voting

Under Texas law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of formation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our Certificate of Formation does not authorize cumulative voting. Therefore, shareholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors will be able to elect all our directors.

Special shareholder meetings

Our Certificate of Formation provides that special meetings of our shareholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer of the Company. Our Bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of the Company.

Requirements for advance notification of director nominations and shareholder proposals

Our Bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to shareholder proposals and the nomination of individuals for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a shareholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Generally, to be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 75 days nor more than 100 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders. However, if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to the anniversary date or delayed more than 60 days after the anniversary date, then to be timely the notice must be received by the Company no later than 70 days prior to the date of the annual meeting or the close of business on the 7th day following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual meeting was first mailed or the date on which the meeting date is announced publicly. Our Bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a shareholder’s notice. Our Bylaws allow the chairman of the meeting at a meeting of the shareholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of the Company.

98

Table of Contents

Shareholder action by written consent

Our shareholders agreement provides that any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of shareholders may be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting of shareholders.

Amendment and restatement of bylaws

Our Bylaws provide that the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, our Bylaws without a shareholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Texas and our Certificate of Formation.

The combination of the classification of our Board of Directors and the lack of cumulative voting will make it more difficult for shareholders to replace our Board of Directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our Board of Directors. Because our Board of Directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing shareholders or another party to effect a change in management.

These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in control of our management or the Company, such as a merger, reorganization or tender offer. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our Board of Directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of the Company. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions are also intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in management.

Dissenters’ rights of appraisal and payment

Under the TBOC, with certain exceptions, our shareholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger, a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, an interest exchange or a conversion. Pursuant to the TBOC, shareholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, interest exchange or conversion will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as agreed to between the shareholder and the Company or, if they are unable to reach agreement, as determined by the State District Court in Brookshire, Texas.

Shareholders’ derivative actions

Under the TBOC, any of our shareholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the shareholder bringing the action (i) is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such shareholder became a shareholder by operation of law from a person that was a shareholder at the time of the transaction to which the action relates and (ii) fairly and adequately represents the interests of the Company in enforcing the right of the Company.

Right of first refusal

Under the shareholders agreement, our shareholders grant us a right of first refusal to purchase all or any portion of transfer stock that any shareholder may propose to transfer. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to having unfamiliar individuals hold shares of our Company’s stock, which safeguards our financial and ownership interests.

Limitations on liability and indemnification of officers and directors

The TBOC authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties (other than breaches of the directors’ duty of loyalty to corporations or their shareholders), subject to certain exceptions. Our bylaws include a provision that limits the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for an act or omission in the director’s capacity as a director to the fullest extent permitted by Texas law. However, exculpation will not apply to any director if the director

99

Table of Contents

has acted in bad faith, engaged in intentional misconduct, knowingly violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions, derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director or engaged in an act or omission for which the liability of the director is expressly provided by an applicable statute.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our bylaws may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

As of July 25, 2023, there is no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Business combinations

Under Title 2, Chapter 21, Subchapter M of the TBOC, we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “affiliated shareholder,” or any affiliate or associate of the affiliated shareholder for a three-year period following the time that the shareholder became an affiliated shareholder, unless:

•        prior to such time, our board of directors approved either the business combination of the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an affiliated shareholder; or

•        not less than six months after the affiliated shareholders’ share acquisition date, the business combination is approved by the affirmative vote at a meeting, and not by written consent, of holders of at least 2/3 of our outstanding voting shares that are not owned by the affiliated shareholder or an affiliate or associate of the affiliated shareholder.

Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other similar transaction. Subject to certain exceptions, an “affiliated shareholder” is a person who beneficially owns (as determined pursuant to Title 2, Chapter 21, Subchapter M of the TBOC), or within the previous three years beneficially owned, 20% or more of our outstanding voting shares. For purposes of this section only, “voting share” has the meaning given to it in Title 2, Chapter 21, Subchapter M of the TBOC.

Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “affiliated shareholder” to effect various business combinations with our Company for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring our Company to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the shareholder approval requirement would be avoided if our Board of Directors approves either the business combination or the transaction that results in such shareholder becoming an affiliated shareholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which shareholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be VStock Transfer, LLC., 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, New York 11598. Their phone number is (212) 828-8436.

Listing

We will apply to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “INHD” which listing is a condition to this offering.

100

Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

There is not currently an established U.S. trading market for our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, in the public market after this offering, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

Upon completion of the sale of [•] shares of common stock pursuant to this offering, we will have [•] shares of common stock issued and outstanding. In the event the underwriters exercise the overallotment option in full, we will have [•] shares of common stock issued and outstanding. The common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration or qualification under the Securities Act.

All previously issued shares of common stock that were not offered and sold in this offering, are or will be upon issuance, “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if such public resale is registered under the Securities Act or if the resale qualifies for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months in the event we have been a reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least ninety (90) days before the sale, would be entitled to sell such securities, provided that such person is not deemed to be an affiliate of ours at the time of sale or to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the ninety (90) days preceding the sale. A person who is an affiliate of ours at such time would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:

•        1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding; or

•        1% of the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing by such person of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

•        provided that, in each case, we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale. Rule 144 trades must also comply with the manner of sale, notice and other provisions of Rule 144, to the extent applicable.

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers or directors who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares.

101

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement entered into by and between the Company and AC Sunshine Securities LLC, acting as the representative of the underwriters (the “Representative”) named below, the underwriters have severally agreed to purchase from us on a firm commitment basis the following respective number of common stock at the public price less the underwriting discounts set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:

Name

 

Number of
common stock

AC Sunshine Securities LLC

 

—

Total

 

—

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken.

We agree to indemnify the underwriters, its members, managers, officers, employees, agents, affiliates and controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

We plan to have our common stock approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “INHD.”

Over-Allotment Option

If the underwriters sell more common stock than the total number set forth in the table above, we have granted to the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to an additional 15% of the total number of common stock to be offered in this offering, from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised in whole or in part, and may be exercised more than once, during the 45-day option period. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional common stock approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment. Any common stock issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other common stock that are the subject of this offering.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell common stock in the open market. Purchases and sales in the open market may include short sales, purchases to cover short positions, which may include purchases pursuant to the over-allotment option, and stabilizing purchases.

Purchases to cover short positions and stabilizing purchases, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. They may also cause the price of the common stock to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

Discounts, Commissions, and Expenses

We have agreed to pay the underwriters a discount equal to 7.0% of the aggregate gross proceeds raised in this offering.

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the common stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. After this offering, the public offering price and concession to dealers may be reduced by the Representative. No such reduction shall change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The securities are offered by the underwriters as stated herein, subject to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The following table shows the price per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us.

102

Table of Contents

 

Per Share

 

Total Without
Exercise of
Over-Allotment
Option

 

Total With
Full Exercise of
Over-Allotment
Option

Initial public offering price

 

—

 

—

 

—

Underwriting commissions and discounts (7.0%)(1)

 

—

 

—

 

—

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

—

 

—

 

—

____________

(1)      Does not include out-of-pocket expenses disclosed below.

We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses that are pre-approved by us in writing in connection with the performance of their services for purpose of this offering, regardless of whether this offering is successfully closed. To obtain the reimbursement, the underwriters shall submit to us an invoice for the reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or to be incurred, along with reasonable documentation to support such amount.

Underwriter’s Warrants

In addition, we have agreed to grant the Underwriter warrants to purchase an amount equal to seven percent (7.0%) of the common stock sold in the offering, which will shall be non-callable and non-cancelable, are due and exercisable upon the closing of the offering for nominal consideration, have a five (5) year term starting from the date of the commencement of sales of the offering, and a cashless exercise feature. Such warrants are exercisable at a price of 120% of the public offering price of the common stock offered pursuant to this offering. The Underwriter’s Warrants and the underlying common stock will be deemed compensation by FINRA, and therefore will be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1). In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1), and except as otherwise permitted by FINRA rules, neither the Underwriter’s Warrants nor any of our common stock issued upon exercise of the Underwriter’s Warrants may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities by any person, for a period of 180 days beginning on the date of commencement of sales of this offering, except that (i) they may be transferred, in whole or in part, to any member participating in the offering and its officers or partners, its registered persons or affiliates, if all transferred securities remain subject to the lock-up restriction for the remainder of the 180-day lock-up period pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(e)(2)(B)(i), (ii) they may be exercised or converted, in whole or in part, if all securities received remain subject to the lock-up restriction for the for the remainder of the 180-day lock-up period, (iii) they may be transferred back to the issuer in a transaction exempt from registration with the SEC, or other exceptions as provided under FIRNA Rule 5110(e)(2). Although the Underwriter’s Warrants and the underlying common stock will be registered in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we have also agreed that the Underwriter’s Warrants will provide for registration rights in certain cases. The Underwriter’s Warrants will contain provisions for one demand registration right and unlimited “piggyback” registration rights of the sale of the underlying shares at the Company’s expense. These registration rights apply to all of the securities directly and indirectly issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter’s Warrants. The durations of the demand registration right and the “piggyback” registration right provided will not be more than five and seven years, respectively, from the effective date of the offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(C) & (D).

The exercise price and number of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock split, stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend, or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger, or consolidation. As a result, the warrant exercise price and/or underlying shares may also be adjusted for issuances of common stock at a price below the warrant exercise price. Additionally, the Underwriter’s Warrants shall contain such other terms and conditions no less favorable to AC Sunshine Securities LLC than the terms and conditions generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances.]

Right of Participation

We have agreed to grant to the Representative the right to participate as an investment banker, joint book-runner and/or joint placement agent, in every future public offering (but only to the extent we decide to engage any such banker or agent for such offering) of us, our successor, or any subsidiary of us, during the twelve (12) month period following the closing of this offering, on terms customary to the Representative and mutually agreed upon by the parties.

103

Table of Contents

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Ordinary Share

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of common stock to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the Representative to underwriters and selling group members that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Escrow Account

We have agreed to maintain an SEC compliant offering deposit or escrow account with the financial institution as designated by the parties, and will deposit an amount of $500,000 for twelve (12) months to provide source of funding for certain indemnification obligations to the underwriter and other indemnified persons as described in the registration statement and the Underwriting Agreement.

Lock-up Agreements

We have agreed that we will not offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, make any short sale, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of (including entering into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequence of ownership interests), directly or indirectly, any of our common stock or any securities that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for or represent the right to receive our common stock, without the prior written consent of the Representative for a period of six (6) months from the consummation of this offering, except the grant of equity-based incentives under an equity-based incentive plan, filing registration statement on Form S-8, issuing securities in connection with an acquisition of assets or a business, and filing a registration statement in connection with an acquisition.

Each of our directors, officers and holders of our common stock have agreed to be subject to the foregoing restrictions for a period of six (6) months from the effective date of the registration statement.

Stabilization

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations among us and the Representative. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriters, our results of operations, our current financial condition, our future prospects, our markets, the economic conditions in and future prospects for the industry in which we compete, the assessment of our management, currently prevailing general conditions in the equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company, and other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for common stock, or that our common stock will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The initial public offering price of $[•] set forth on the cover page of this prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. We plan to have our common stock approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “INHD.”

In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and passive market making in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

•        Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

•        Over-allotment involves sales by the Underwriter of the Ordinary Share in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position

104

Table of Contents

may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

•        Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of our Ordinary Share available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

•        Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the Ordinary Share originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

•        In passive market making, market makers in the shares who are the underwriters or prospective underwriter may, subject to limitations, make bids for or purchases of our Ordinary Share until the time, if any, at which a stabilizing bid is made.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of common stock. As a result, the price of common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq or otherwise, and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by e-mail or on the websites or through online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters or their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of common stock for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ websites and any information contained in any other website maintained by any of the underwriters is not part of this prospectus, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors.

Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (which may include bank loans and/or credit default swaps) for their own account and for the accounts of their clients and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

105

Table of Contents

Selling Restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to Investors

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area, an offer of common stock described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that member state unless the prospectus has been approved by the competent authority in such member state or, where appropriate, approved in another member state and notified to the competent authority in that member state, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that an offer to the public in that member state of any common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

•        to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Regulation;

•        to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Regulation), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant Dealer or Dealers nominated by us for any such offer; or

•        in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of common stock shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

For purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in any member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the common stock and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

The sellers of the common stock have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of common stock through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the common stock as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the common stock, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the common stock on behalf of the sellers or the underwriters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Regulation that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or Order, or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (each such person being referred to as a “relevant person”). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Notice to Prospective Investors in France

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the common stock described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority

106

Table of Contents

of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the common stock has been or will be:

•        released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or

•        used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the common stock to the public in France.

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

•        to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) and/or to a restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier;

•        to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

•        in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1° -or-2° -or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations (Règlement Général) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not constitute a public offer (appel public à l’épargne).

The common stock may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

This document, as well as any other offering or marketing material relating to the common stock which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, neither constitutes a prospectus pursuant to Article 652a or Article 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations nor a simplified prospectus as such term is understood pursuant to article 5 of the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes. Neither the common stock nor the shares underlying the common stock will be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the common stock, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange.

The common stock are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e. to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the common stock with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached from time to time. This document, as well as any other offering or marketing material relating to the common stock, is confidential and it is exclusively for the use of the individually addressed investors in connection with the offer of the common stock in Switzerland and it does not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without our express consent. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in or from Switzerland.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

This prospectus is not a formal disclosure document and has not been, nor will be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. It does not purport to contain all information that an investor or their professional advisers would expect to find in a prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia)) for the purposes of Part 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) or in a product disclosure statement for the purposes of Part 7.9 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia), in either case, in relation to the common stock.

The common stock are not being offered in Australia to “retail clients” as defined in sections 761G and 761GA of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). This offering is being made in Australia solely to “wholesale clients” for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) and, as such, no prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document in relation to the securities has been, or will be, prepared.

107

Table of Contents

This prospectus does not constitute an offer in Australia other than to wholesale clients. By submitting an application for the common stock, you represent and warrant to us that you are a wholesale client for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). If any recipient of this prospectus is not a wholesale client, no offer of, or invitation to apply for, the common stock shall be deemed to be made to such recipient and no applications for the common stock will be accepted from such recipient. Any offer to a recipient in Australia, and any agreement arising from acceptance of such offer, is personal and may only be accepted by the recipient. In addition, by applying for the common stock you undertake to us that, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the common stock, you will not transfer any interest in the common stock to any person in Australia other than to a wholesale client.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The common stock may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the common stock may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The common stock offered in this prospectus have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan. The common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan (including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), except (i) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and (ii) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of Japanese law.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus (and any other materials relating to the common stock) has not been and will not be lodged or registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore pursuant to the Securities and Futures Act 2001 of Singapore (the “SFA”). Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the common stock may not be issued, circulated or distributed, nor may the common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than pursuant to, and in accordance with, the conditions of an exemption invoked under any provision of Subdivision (4) of Division 1 of Part 13 of the SFA.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

108

Table of Contents

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Cayman Islands

This prospectus does not constitute a public offer of the common stock, whether by way of sale or subscription, in the Cayman Islands. common stock have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in the Cayman Islands.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Mainland China

This prospectus has not been and will not be circulated or distributed in mainland China, and our common stock may not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, to any residents of mainland China except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of mainland China.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Qatar

In the State of Qatar, the offer contained herein is made on an exclusive basis to the specifically intended recipient thereof, upon that person’s request and initiative, for personal use only and shall in no way be construed as a general offer for the sale of securities to the public or an attempt to do business as a bank, an investment company or otherwise in the State of Qatar. This prospectus and the underlying securities have not been approved or licensed by the Qatar Central Bank or the Qatar Financial Centre Regulatory Authority or any other regulator in the State of Qatar. The information contained in this prospectus shall only be shared with any third parties in Qatar on a need to know basis for the purpose of evaluating the contained offer. Any distribution of this prospectus by the recipient to third parties in Qatar beyond the terms hereof is not permitted and shall be at the liability of such recipient.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Kuwait

Unless all necessary approvals from the Kuwait Ministry of Commerce and Industry required by Law No. 31/1990 “Regulating the Negotiation of Securities and Establishment of Investment Funds,” its Executive Regulations and the various Ministerial Orders issued pursuant thereto or in connection therewith, have been given in relation to the marketing and sale of the common stock, these may not be marketed, offered for sale, nor sold in the State of Kuwait. Neither this prospectus (including any related document), nor any of the information contained therein is intended to lead to the conclusion of any contract of whatsoever nature within Kuwait. Investors in Kuwait who approach us or any of the underwriters to obtain copies of this prospectus are required by us and the underwriters to keep such prospectus confidential and not to make copies thereof nor distribute the same to any other person in Kuwait and are also required to observe the restrictions provided for in all jurisdictions with respect to offering, marketing and the sale of the common stock.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Arab Emirates

The common stock have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in the United Arab Emirates, except: (1) in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations of the United Arab Emirates; and (2) through persons or corporate entities authorized and licensed to provide investment advice and/or engage in brokerage activity and/or trade in respect of foreign securities in the United Arab Emirates. The information contained in this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law (Federal Law No. 8 of 1984 (as amended)) or otherwise and is not intended to be a public offer and is addressed only to persons who are sophisticated investors.

Notice to Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This document relates to an Exempt Offer, as defined in the Offered Securities Rules module of the DFSA Rulebook, or the OSR, in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to Persons, as defined in the OSR, of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other Person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has

109

Table of Contents

not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The common stock to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the common stock offered should conduct their own due diligence on the common stock. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Saudi Arabia

This prospectus may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations issued by the Capital Market Authority. The Capital Market Authority does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this prospectus, and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this prospectus. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

110

Table of Contents

EXPERTS

TAAD LLP, an independent certified public accounting firm, audited our consolidated financial statements for the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021. We have included our consolidated financial statements in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on the reports of TAAD LLP which contains an explanatory paragraph related to substantial doubt about the ability of INNO HOLDINGS INC. to continue as a going concern as described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters with respect to the validity of the securities being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon by Winston & Strawn LLP, Houston, Texas. Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP, New York, New York is acting as counsel for the underwriters with respect to the offering.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document is not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

We are subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, are required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information are available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.innometalstuds.com. You may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

111

Table of Contents

F-1

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022

 

March 31,
2023

(unaudited)

 

September 30,
2022

ASSETS

 

 

   

 

 

Current assets

 

 

   

 

 

Cash and cash equivalent

 

$

165,293

 

$

50,628

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

937,795

 

 

1,807,290

Accounts receivable – related party

 

 

100,000

 

 

100,000

Inventories

 

 

732,327

 

 

329,904

Deferred offering costs

 

 

216,193

 

 

—

Other receivables – related party

 

 

3,000

 

 

—

Prepayments and other current assets

 

 

57,928

 

 

176,591

Total current assets

 

 

2,212,536

 

 

2,464,413

   

 

   

 

 

Non-current assets

 

 

   

 

 

ROU assets

 

 

397,645

 

 

453,883

Property and equipment, net

 

 

888,239

 

 

694,122

Other non-current assets

 

 

39,699

 

 

39,699

Total non-current assets

 

 

1,325,583

 

 

1,187,704

Total assets

 

$

3,538,119

 

$

3,652,117

   

 

   

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

 

   

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

   

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

648,070

 

 

471,778

Accounts payable – related party

 

 

485,595

 

 

485,595

Credit cards payable

 

 

1,661

 

 

—

Unearned revenue

 

 

429,833

 

 

201,730

Other payables and accrued liabilities

 

 

23,649

 

 

46,043

Other payables – related party

 

 

150,000

 

 

12,233

Short-term loan payable

 

 

710,000

 

 

710,000

Lease liability – current

 

 

116,972

 

 

110,993

Long-term notes payable – current portion

 

 

47,259

 

 

47,259

Total current liabilities

 

 

2,613,039

 

 

2,085,631

   

 

   

 

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

   

 

 

Notes payable

 

 

140,729

 

 

160,009

Lease liability – non-current

 

 

289,656

 

 

349,402

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

—

 

 

2,457

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

430,385

 

 

511,868

Total liabilities

 

 

3,043,424

 

 

2,597,499

   

 

   

 

 

Commitments and contingency

 

 

—

 

 

—

F-2

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets — (Continued)
As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022

 

March 31,
2023

 

September 30,
2022

Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, no par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized;18,218,832 and 17,970,000 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

2,705,000

 

 

 

1,805,000

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(2,026,423

)

 

 

(629,037

)

Non-controlling interest

 

 

(183,882

)

 

 

(121,345

)

Total equity

 

 

494,695

 

 

 

1,054,618

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

3,538,119

 

 

$

3,652,117

 

____________

*        On November 30, 2022, the Company implemented a 2-for-1 forward split of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company. Further on July 24, 2023, the Company effected a reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split”) of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of the common stock at a split ratio of 1-for-2 such that every holder of common stock of the Company shall receive one share of common stock for every two shares of common stock held and to reduce the number of authorized shares of common stock from 200,000,000 to 100,000,000. All references to number of shares, and to per share information in the consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

F-3

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Unaudited Consensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
For the Six Months Ended March 31, 2023 and 2022

 

For the Six Months Ended
March 31,

(unaudited)

   

2023

 

2022

REVENUES

 

$

397,614

 

 

$

2,076,946

 

REVENUES – related party

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

TOTAL REVENUES

 

 

397,614

 

 

 

2,076,946

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COSTS AND EXPENSES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs of materials and labor

 

 

368,824

 

 

 

1,271,427

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses (exclusive of depreciation shown separately below)

 

 

1,019,452

 

 

 

1,191,193

 

Depreciation

 

 

32,783

 

 

 

10,599

 

Bad debt expense

 

 

400,600

 

 

 

—

 

Total costs and expenses

 

 

1,821,659

 

 

 

2,473,219

 

LOSS FROM OPERATIONS

 

 

(1,424,045

)

 

 

(396,273

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expenses

 

 

(35,078

)

 

 

(4,787

)

Stock compensation expense

 

 

—

 

 

 

(100,000

)

Other non-operating income (expense)

 

 

(800

)

 

 

207

 

Total other income (expenses), net

 

 

(35,878

)

 

 

(104,580

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

(1,459,923

)

 

 

(500,853

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

NET LOSS

 

 

(1,459,923

)

 

 

(500,853

)

Non-controlling interest

 

 

(62,537

)

 

 

(11,917

)

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO INNO HOLDINGS INC.

 

$

(1,397,386

)

 

$

(488,936

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

18,072,591

 

 

 

16,688,681

 

Diluted

 

 

18,072,591

 

 

 

16,688,681

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOSSES PER SHARE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.08

)

 

$

(0.03

)

Diluted

 

$

(0.08

)

 

$

(0.03

)

____________

*        On November 30, 2022, the Company implemented a 2-for-1 forward split of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company. Further on July 24, 2023, the Company effected a reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split”) of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of the common stock at a split ratio of 1-for-2 such that every holder of common stock of the Company shall receive one share of common stock for every two shares of common stock held and to reduce the number of authorized shares of common stock from 200,000,000 to 100,000,000. The computation of basic and diluted Losses Per Share were retroactively adjusted for all periods presented.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

F-4

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
For the Six Months Ended March 31, 2023 and 2022

 



Common Stock*

 

Additional
Paid in
Capital

 

Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)

 

Non-
controlling
interest

 

Subscription
Receivable

 

Total

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balance, September 30, 2021

 

16,170,000

 

$

—

 

$

5,000

 

$

379,625

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

$

384,625

 

Net loss

     

 

   

 

   

 

(488,936

)

 

 

(11,917

)

 

 

   

 

(500,853

)

Shares issued for cash

 

1,500,000

 

 

—

 

 

1,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

1,500,000

 

Shares issued for service

 

100,000

 

 

—

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100,000

 

Balance, March 31, 2022, unaudited

 

17,770,000

 

 

—

 

 

1,605,000

 

 

(109,311

)

 

 

(11,917

)

 

 

—

 

 

1,483,772

 

       

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2022

 

17,970,000

 

 

—

 

$

1,805,000

 

$

(629,037

)

 

$

(121,345

)

 

$

—

 

$

1,054,618

 

Net loss

     

 

   

 

   

 

(1,397,386

)

 

 

(62,537

)

 

 

   

 

(1,459,923

)

Shares issued for cash

 

248,832

 

 

—

 

 

900,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—

 

 

900,000

 

Balance, March 31, 2023, unaudited

 

18,218,832

 

$

—

 

$

2,705,000

 

$

(2,026,423

)

 

$

(183,882

)

 

$

—

 

$

494,695

 

____________

*        On January 21, 2022, the sole owner of the Company and Inno Metal Studs Corp. (“IMSC”), Mr. Dekui Liu, entered into an agreement to sell 100% of his ownership in IMSC for 15,170,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Transaction”). Under ASC 805-40 and ASC 805-50, the Transaction was considered as a reverse acquisition between entities under common control. Accordingly, the outstanding shares of common stock upon completion of the Transaction was presented retroactively as outstanding for all reporting periods.

*        On November 30, 2022, the Company implemented a 2-for-1 forward split of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company. Further on July 24, 2023, the Company effected a reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split”) of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of the common stock at a split ratio of 1-for-2 such that every holder of common stock of the Company shall receive one share of common stock for every two shares of common stock held and to reduce the number of authorized shares of common stock from 200,000,000 to 100,000,000. All references to number of shares, and to per share information in the consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

F-5

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the Six Months Ended March 31, 2023 and 2022

 

For the Six Months Ended
March 31,
(unaudited)

   

2023

 

2022

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(1,459,923

)

 

$

(500,853

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

32,783

 

 

 

10,599

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

—

 

 

 

100,000

 

Non-cash operating lease expense

 

 

2,471

 

 

 

(835

)

Bad debt expense

 

 

400,600

 

 

 

—

 

Change in operating assets and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

468,895

 

 

 

(82,050

)

Inventories

 

 

(402,423

)

 

 

(278,635

)

Deferred offering costs

 

 

(216,193

)

 

 

—

 

Prepayments and other current assets

 

 

118,662

 

 

 

(225,184

)

Accounts payable

 

 

176,292

 

 

 

210,668

 

Credit cards payable

 

 

1,661

 

 

 

(1,263

)

Unearned revenue

 

 

228,103

 

 

 

41,011

 

Income tax payable

 

 

—

 

 

 

(13,809

)

Other payables and accrued liabilities

 

 

(22,394

)

 

 

(43,491

)

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

(2,457

)

 

 

—

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(673,923

)

 

 

(783,842

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of equipment

 

 

(226,899

)

 

 

(595,499

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(226,899

)

 

 

(595,499

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from related parties

 

 

134,767

 

 

 

—

 

Payments to related parties

 

 

—

 

 

 

(80,706

)

Proceeds from long-term note

 

 

—

 

 

 

241,131

 

Payments to long-term note

 

 

(19,280

)

 

 

(11,149

)

Shares issued for cash

 

 

900,000

 

 

 

1,500,000

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

1,015,487

 

 

 

1,649,276

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHANGES IN CASH

 

 

114,665

 

 

 

269,935

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENT, beginning of year

 

 

50,628

 

 

 

96,861

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENT, end of year

 

$

165,293

 

 

$

366,796

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for income tax

 

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

35,078

 

 

$

4,787

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

F-6

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022 and for the Six Months Ended
March 31, 2023 and 2022

Note 1 — Nature of business and organization

INNO HOLDINGS, INC., a Texas corporation (the “Company”), was incorporated on September 8, 2021. The Company is principally engaged in the marketing and sale of construction products along with full-scope construction services in the US.

On January 18, 2022, the Company formed a limited liability company, Castor Building Tech LLC (“CBT”), in California. The Company owns 53% of the equity interest in CBT.

Effective January 21, 2022, the Company acquired 100% of the ordinary shares of Inno Metal Studs Corp. (“IMSC”), a Texas corporation incorporated on October 31, 2019. Pursuant to the terms of the Share Purchase Agreement with IMSC’s sole owner, Mr. Dekui Liu, who was also the sole owner and CEO of the Company, the Company issued 15,170,000 shares of its common stock to Mr. Dekui Liu in exchange for his 100% ownership in IMSC. Upon completion of the transaction, IMSC became a 100% owned subsidiary of the Company. See Note 3 below for details.

Inno Research Institute LLC, a Texas limited liability company incorporated on September 8, 2021, is a 65% owned subsidiary of IMSC.

Note 2 — Basis of Presentation and Summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of presentation

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and the requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for interim reporting. As permitted under those rules, certain footnotes or other financial information that are normally required by U.S. GAAP can be condensed or omitted. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as its annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which are necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s financial information. These interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2023, or for any other interim period or for any other future years. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

These unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements for years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 included in the prospectus herein.

Principles of consolidation

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries, Inno Metal Studs Corp., Castor Building Tech LLC, and Inno Research Institute LLC. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Going concern

The Company’s continuation as a going concern is dependent on its ability to generate sufficient cash flows from operations to meet its obligations, in which it has not been successful, and/or obtaining additional financing from its shareholders or other sources, as may be required.

Our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern. Such assumption contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classifications of liabilities that may result should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

F-7

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022 and for the Six Months Ended
March 31, 2023 and 2022

Note 2 — Basis of Presentation and Summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)

Management is endeavoring to increase revenue-generating operations. While priority is on generating cash from operations through the sale of the Company’s products, management is also seeking to raise additional working capital through various financing sources, including the sale of the Company’s equity and/or debt securities, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms to our Company, or which may not be available at all. If such financing is not available on satisfactory terms, we may be unable to continue our business as desired and our operating results will be adversely affected. In addition, any financing arrangement may have potentially adverse effects on us and/or our stockholders. Debt financing (if available and undertaken) will increase expenses, must be repaid regardless of operating results and may involve restrictions limiting our operating flexibility. If we issue equity securities to raise additional funds, the percentage ownership of our existing stockholders will be reduced, and the new equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the current holders of our common stock.

Use of estimates and assumptions

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities reported and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Reverse acquisition under common control

Effective January 21, 2022, the Company acquired 100% of the ordinary shares of Inno Metal Studs Corp. (“IMSC”), a Texas corporation incorporated on October 31, 2019. Pursuant to the terms of the Share Purchase Agreement with IMSC’s sole owner, Mr. Dekui Liu, who was also the sole owner and CEO of the Company, the Company issued 15,170,000 shares of its common stock to Mr. Dekui Liu in exchange for his 100% ownership in IMSC. Upon completion of the transaction, IMSC became a 100% owned subsidiary of the Company. As such, Under ASC 805-40 and ASC 805-50, the Transaction is a reverse acquisition between entities under common control, in which INNO HOLDINGS, INC. is the accounting acquiree and IMSC is the accounting acquirer. The assets, liabilities and operations of the two entities are combined at their historical carrying amounts, with all historical periods adjusted as if the entities had always been combined. The consolidated financial statements represent the continuation of the financial statements of IMSC except for its capital structure.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of amounts held as cash on hand and bank deposits.

From time to time, the Company may maintain bank balances in interest bearing accounts in excess of the $250,000, which is currently the maximum amount insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for interest bearing accounts (there is currently no insurance limit for deposits in noninterest bearing accounts). The Company has not experienced any losses with respect to cash. Management believes the Company is not exposed to any significant credit risk with respect to its cash.

Accounts receivable

During the ordinary course of business, the Company extends unsecured credit to its customers. Accounts receivable are stated at the amount the Company expects to collect from customers. Management reviews its accounts receivable balances each reporting period to determine if an allowance for credit loss is required.

F-8

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022 and for the Six Months Ended
March 31, 2023 and 2022

Note 2 — Basis of Presentation and Summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)

In October 2020, the Company adopted ASU 2016-13, Topics 326 — Credit Loss, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which replaces the incurred loss methodology with an expected loss methodology that is referred to as the current expected credit loss (CECL) methodology, for its accounting standard for its trade accounts receivable.

The Company continuously monitors the recoverability of accounts receivable. If there are any indicators that a customer may not make payment, the Company may consider making provision for non-collectability for that particular customer. At the same time, the Company may cease further sales or services to such customer. The following are some of the factors that the Company develops allowance for credit losses:

•        the customer fails to comply with its payment schedule;

•        the customer is in serious financial difficulty;

•        a significant dispute with the customer has occurred regarding job progress or other matters;

•        the customer breaches any of its contractual obligations;

•        the customer appears to be financially distressed due to economic or legal factors;

•        the business between the customer and the Company is not active; and

•        other objective evidence indicates non-collectability of the accounts receivable.

The adoption of the credit loss accounting standard has no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Accounts receivable are recognized and carried at carrying amount less an allowance for credit losses, if any. The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments based on contractual terms. The Company reviews the collectability of its receivables on a regular and ongoing basis. The Company has also included in the calculation of allowance for credit losses the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our customers’ businesses and their ability to pay their accounts receivable. After all attempts to collect a receivable have failed, the receivable is written off against the allowance. The Company also considers external factors to the specific customer, including current conditions and forecasts of economic conditions, including the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. In the event we recover amounts previously written off, we will reduce the specific allowance for credit losses.

Fair values of financial instruments

ASC 825, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” requires disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments. ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements” defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and all other current assets and liabilities are approximate fair values due to their short-term nature.

For other financial instruments to be reported at fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible. The Company determines the fair value of its financial instruments based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset

F-9

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022 and for the Six Months Ended
March 31, 2023 and 2022

Note 2 — Basis of Presentation and Summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)

or liability in the principal or most advantageous market. When considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, the following fair value hierarchy distinguishes between observable and unobservable inputs, which are categorized in one of the following levels:

Level 1 —

 

Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date;

Level 2 —

 

Inputs are observable, unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, unadjusted quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the related assets or liabilities; and

Level 3 —

 

Unobservable inputs that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities that are supported by little or no market data.

As of March 31, 203 and September 30, 2022, the Company did not have any other financial instruments reported at fair value.

Revenue recognition

The Company has adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606 since its inception and recognizes revenue from product and service sales revenues, net of promotional discounts and return allowances, if any, when the following revenue recognition criteria are met: a contract has been identified, separate performance obligations are identified, the transaction price is determined, the transaction price is allocated to separate performance obligations and revenue is recognized upon satisfying each performance obligation. The Company transfers the risk of loss or damage upon delivery, therefore, revenue from product sales is recognized when it is delivered to the customer. For services, all sales are recognized upon completion based on terms stated in the sales agreements.

The Company evaluates the criteria of ASC 606 — Revenue Recognition Principal Agent Considerations in determining whether it is appropriate to record the gross amount of product sales and related costs or the net amount earned as commissions. Generally, when the Company is primarily responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide a specified good or service, the Company is subject to inventory risk before the good or service has been transferred to a customer and the Company has discretion in establishing the price, revenue is recorded at gross.

Payments received prior to the delivery of goods to customers are recorded as customer deposits.

Sales discounts are recorded in the period in which the related sale is recognized. Sales return allowances are estimated based on historical amounts and are recorded upon recognizing the related sales. Shipping and handling costs are recorded as selling expenses.

Costs and expenses

Costs and expenses are operating expenses, which consist of costs of material and labor, selling, general and administrative expenses, and depreciation, are expensed as incurred.

Inventory

Inventory consists of material and finished goods ready for sale and is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company values its inventory using the FIFO costing method. The Company’s policy is to include as a part of cost of goods sold any freight incurred to ship the product from its vendors to warehouses. Outbound freight costs related to shipping costs to customers are considered periodic costs and are reflected in selling expenses. The Company regularly reviews inventory and considers forecasts of future demand, market conditions and product obsolescence.

F-10

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022 and for the Six Months Ended
March 31, 2023 and 2022

Note 2 — Basis of Presentation and Summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)

If the estimated realizable value of the inventory is less than cost, the Company makes provisions in order to reduce its carrying value to its estimated net realizable value. The Company also reviews inventory for slow moving inventory and obsolescence and records allowance for obsolescence.

Deferred offering costs

The Company capitalizes certain legal, accounting and other third-party fees that are directly related to an equity financing that is probable of successful completion until such financing is consummated. After consummation of an equity financing, these costs are recorded as a reduction of the proceeds received as a result of the financing. Should a planned equity financing be abandoned, terminated or significantly delayed, the deferred offering costs are immediately written off to operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations in the period of determination.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment is stated at the historical cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation on property and equipment is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Machinery and equipment

 

7 years

Office equipment

 

5 years

Motor vehicles

 

5 years

Leasehold improvements

 

5 to 15 years

Expenditures for renewals and betterments are capitalized while repairs and maintenance costs are normally charged to the statement of operations in the year in which they are incurred. In situations where it can be clearly demonstrated that the expenditure has resulted in an increase in the future economic benefits expected to be obtained from the use of the asset, the expenditure is capitalized as an additional cost of the asset.

Upon sale or disposal of an asset, the historical cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization of such asset were removed from their respective accounts and any gain or loss is recorded in the statements of income.

The Company reviews the carrying value of property and equipment for impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable from the estimated future cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. In cases where undiscounted expected future cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized equal to an amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of assets. The factors considered by management in performing this assessment include current operating results, trends and prospects, the manner in which the property is used, and the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors. Based on this assessment, no impairment expenses for property and equipment were recorded during the six months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022.

Leases

On its inception date, the Company adopted ASC 842 — Leases (“ASC 842”), which requires lessees to record right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and related lease obligations on the balance sheet, as well as disclose key information regarding leasing arrangements.

ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease terms and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company generally uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the estimated rate of interest for collateralized borrowing over a similar term of the lease payments at commencement date. The operating lease ROU asset also includes any lease payments made and excludes lease incentives. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

F-11

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022 and for the Six Months Ended
March 31, 2023 and 2022

Note 2 — Basis of Presentation and Summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)

Stock-based Compensation

The Company applies ASC No. 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation,” which requires that share-based payment transactions with employees and nonemployees upon adoption of ASU 2018-07, be measured based on the grant date fair value of the equity instrument and recognized as compensation expense over the requisite service period, with a corresponding addition to equity. Under this method, compensation cost related to employee share options or similar equity instruments is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, which generally is the vesting period. In addition to the requisite service period, the Company also evaluates the performance condition and market condition under ASC 718-10-20. For an award which contains both a performance and a market condition, and where both conditions must be satisfied for the award to vest, the market condition is incorporated into the fair value of the award, and that fair value is recognized over the employee’s requisite service period or nonemployee’s vesting period if it is probable the performance condition will be met. If the performance condition is ultimately not met, compensation cost related to the award should not be recognized (or should be reversed) because the vesting condition in the award has not been satisfied.

The Company will recognize forfeitures of such equity-based compensation as they occur.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their perspective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are recorded, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

As a result of the implementation of certain provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which clarifies the accounting and disclosure for uncertainty in tax position, as defined, ASC 740 seeks to reduce the diversity in practice associated with certain aspects of the recognition and measurement related to accounting for income taxes. The Company has adopted the provisions of ASC 740 since inception and has analyzed filing positions in each of the federal and state jurisdictions where the Company is required to file income tax returns, as well as open tax years in such jurisdictions. The Company has identified the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and the states of Texas and California, as its “major” tax jurisdictions. However, the Company has certain tax attribute carryforwards which will remain subject to review and adjustment by the relevant tax authorities until the statute of limitations closes with respect to the year in which such attributes are utilized.

The Company believes that its income tax filing positions and deductions will be sustained on audit and do not anticipate any adjustments that will result in a material change to its financial position. Therefore, no reserves for uncertain income tax positions have been recorded pursuant to ASC 740. The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties associated with income-based tax audits is to record such items as a component of income taxes.

Commitments and contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to certain contingencies, including legal proceedings and claims arising out of the business that relate to a wide range of matters, such as government investigations and tax matters. The Company recognizes its liability for such contingency if it determines it is probable that a loss has occurred and a reasonable estimate of the loss can be made. The Company may consider many factors in making these assessments including historical and specific facts and circumstances of each matter.

F-12

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022 and for the Six Months Ended
March 31, 2023 and 2022

Note 2 — Basis of Presentation and Summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income attributable to holders of common stock by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential dilution that could occur if securities to issue common stock were exercised.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

In June 2022, FASB issued ASU 2022-03, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Fair Value Measurement of Equity Securities Subject to Contractual Sale Restrictions. The amendments in this ASU clarify the guidance in ASC 820 on the fair value measurement of an equity security that is subject to a contractual sale restriction and require specific disclosures related to such an equity security. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805), Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers. This ASU clarifies that an acquirer of a business should recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities in a business combination in accordance with ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) as if the entity had originated the contracts. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, with early application permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In January 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-01, “Investments — Equity Securities (Topic 321), Investments — Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) - Clarifying the Interactions between Topic 321, Topic 323, and Topic 815.” This ASU among other things clarifies that a company should consider observable transactions that require a company to either apply or discontinue the equity method of accounting under Topic 323, Investments — Equity Method and Joint Ventures, for the purposes of applying the measurement alternative in accordance with Topic 321 immediately before applying or upon discontinuing the equity method. The new ASU clarifies that, when determining the accounting for certain forward contracts and purchased options a company should not consider, whether upon settlement or exercise, if the underlying securities would be accounted for under the equity method or fair value option. ASU 2020-01 is effective For public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2021. An entity should apply ASU 2020-01 prospectively at the beginning of the interim period that includes the adoption date. The adoption of ASU 2020-01 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740) — Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. The update is intended to simplify the current rules regarding the accounting for income taxes and addresses several technical topics including accounting for franchise taxes, allocating income taxes between a loss in continuing operations and in other categories such as discontinued operations, reporting income taxes for legal entities that are not subject to income taxes, and interim accounting for enacted changes in tax laws. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022; however, early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard have a material impact on the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

The Company does not believe other recently issued but not yet effective accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the unaudited condensed consolidated financial position, statements of operations and cash flows.

F-13

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022 and for the Six Months Ended
March 31, 2023 and 2022

Note 2 — Basis of Presentation and Summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)

Subsequent events

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date through July 25, 2023, which is the date that the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements are available to be issued. Material subsequent events that required recognition or additional disclosure in the consolidated financial statements are presented.

Note 3 — Reverse Acquisition under Common Control

On January 21, 2022, the sole owner of the Company and IMSC, Mr. Dekui Liu, entered into an agreement to sell 100% of his ownership in IMSC in exchange for 15,170,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Transaction”). Below are the charts illustrating the structure before and after the Transaction:

F-14

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022 and for the Six Months Ended
March 31, 2023 and 2022

Note 3 — Reverse Acquisition under Common Control (cont.)

Under ASC 805, Business Combination, A common-control transaction is typically a transfer of net assets or an exchange of equity interests between entities under the control of the same parent. While a common-control transaction is similar to a business combination for the entity that receives the net assets or equity interests, such a transaction does not meet the definition of a business combination because there is no change in control over the net assets. Therefore, the accounting and reporting for a transaction between entities under common control is outside the scope of the business combinations guidance in ASC 805-10, ASC 805-20, and ASC 805-30 and is addressed in the “Transactions Between Entities Under Common Control” subsections of ASC 805-50.

Note 4 — Accounts Receivable, Net

Accounts receivable for the Company consisted of the following as of the dates indicated below:

 

March 31,
2023

 

September 30,
2022

Accounts receivable

 

$

1,338,395

 

 

$

1,807,290

Accounts receivable – related party

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

100,000

Less: allowance for credit losses

 

 

(400,600

)

 

 

—

Total accounts receivable, net

 

$

1,037,795

 

 

$

1,907,290

The Company recorded allowance for credit losses of $400,600 and $0 for the six months ended March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022.

Note 5 — Inventories

As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022, inventories consisted of the following:

 

March 31,
2023

 

September 30,
2022

Raw material

 

$

215,357

 

$

296,042

Production inventory

 

 

516,970

 

 

33,862

Total

 

$

732,327

 

$

329,904

As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022, there was no allowance for obsolescence recorded.

Note 6 — Deferred offering costs

Deferred offering costs consisted of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the sale of the Company’s common stock in the IPO, including the legal, accounting, printing and other offering related costs. Upon completion of the IPO, these deferred offering costs are to be reclassified from current assets to stockholders’ equity and recorded against the net proceeds from the offering. As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022, deferred offering costs amounted to $216,193 and $0, respectively.

Note 7 — Prepayments and other current assets

As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022, prepayments and other current assets consisted of the following:

 

March 31,
2023

 

September 30,
2022

Advance to suppliers

 

$

32,556

 

$

102,027

Other prepayments

 

 

25,372

 

 

74,564

Total

 

$

57,928

 

$

176,591

F-15

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022 and for the Six Months Ended
March 31, 2023 and 2022

Note 8 — Property and equipment, net

As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022, property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

March 31,
2023

 

September 30,
2022

Machinery and equipment

 

$

346,900

 

 

$

270,000

 

Office equipment

 

 

5,488

 

 

 

5,488

 

Motor vehicles

 

 

64,082

 

 

 

64,082

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

533,050

 

 

 

383,050

 

Total

 

 

949,520

 

 

 

722,620

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

(61,281

)

 

 

(28,498

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

888,239

 

 

$

694,122

 

For the six months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, depreciation expenses amounted to $32,783 and $10,599, respectively.

Note 9 — Loans payable

Short-term loans

Revolving line of credit

On September 16, 2022, the Company entered into an agreement with Origin Bank for a revolving line of credit (the “Line of Credit”) of up to $1,000,000 with interest at the floating Prime Rate plus one percent (1.0%) per annum, which is to be adjusted daily to the rate in effect. Interest shall be due and payable monthly as it accrues. The accrued unpaid interest and the principal is due and payable in twelve (12) months from September 16, 2022. The Line of Credit is secured by a Security Agreement and Financing Statement that covers certain properties of the Company and guaranteed by Mr. Dekui Liu, the majority shareholder and CEO of the Company. For the six months ended March 31, 2023, the Company recorded interest expense of $29,462. As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022, the total outstanding balance of the Note was $710,000, which was presented on the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet as a short-term loan.

Long-term loan

Promissory note payable

On October 28, 2021, the Company issued to BancorpSouth Bank a five-year unsecured 4.75% promissory note, payable in equal monthly installments of $4,661 commencing November 28, 2021 (the “Note”). The principal amount of the Note was $248,500. The Note is secured by a Security Agreement and Financing Statement that covers certain properties of the Company and guaranteed by Mr. Dekui Liu, the majority shareholder and CEO of the Company.

For the six months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recorded interest expense of $5,616 and $4,787, respectively. As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022, the total outstanding balance of the Note was $187,988 and $207,268, respectively, which was presented on the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet as a current portion of $47,259 and a non-current portion of $140,729 and $160,009, respectively.

F-16

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022 and for the Six Months Ended
March 31, 2023 and 2022

Note 10 — Related party transactions

The Company borrows short term loans without interest from its majority shareholder and CEO, Mr. Dekui Liu, for operation and cashflow needs from time to time. As of March 31, 2023, the amount due from Mr. Liu was $3,000. As of September 30, 2022, the outstanding balance due to Mr. Liu was $12,233.

During the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company engaged Yunited Assets LLC (“Yunited”), a limited liability company owned by Mr. Cheng Yu, the minority owner of the Company’s subsidiary, Inno Research Institute, for consultation services on a project-by-project basis. During the six months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recorded $20,000 and $20,000 of consulting fees in the general and administrative expenses. As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022, there were no unpaid balances due to Yunited.

In March 2022, the Company entered into an agreement with Wise Hill Inc. (“Wise Hill”), a Florida corporation wholly owned by a minority shareholder of the Company. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company sold prefab home products of $250,000 to Wise Hill. For the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company recorded revenue-related party of $250,000. As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022, the outstanding balance of accounts receivable — related party was $100,000.

During the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company purchased prefab home and other material and supplies from Baicheng Trading LLC, in which the father of Mr. Dekui Liu, the Company’s majority shareholder and CEO, is a director. As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022, the outstanding balance of accounts payable-related party was $485,595 and $485,595, respectively.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2023, the Company borrowed short term loans without interest from Zfounder Organization Inc., one of the Company’s minority shareholders for operation and cashflow needs. As of March 31, 2023, the outstanding balance due was $75,000. In addition, the Company borrowed short term loans without interest from Wise Hill Inc., a company owned by the CEO and Board member of Zfounder Organization Inc. for operation and cashflow needs. As of March 31, 2023, the outstanding balance due was $75,000.

Note 11 — Losses per share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted losses per share for the periods presented:

 

For the six months ended
March 31,

   

2023

 

2022

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to INNO HOLDINGS INC.

 

$

(1,397,386

)

 

$

(488,936

)

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing basic and diluted losses per share*

 

 

18,072,591

 

 

 

16,688,681

 

Losses per share of ordinary shares: – basic and diluted

 

$

(0.08

)

 

$

(0.03

)

____________

*        On January 21, 2022, the sole owner of the Company and Inno Metal Studs Corp. (“IMSC”), Mr. Dekui Liu, entered into an agreement to sell 100% of his ownership in IMSC for 15,170,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Transaction”). Under ASC 805-40 and ASC 805-50, the Transaction was considered as a reverse acquisition between entities under common control. Accordingly, the outstanding shares of common stock upon completion of the Transaction was presented retroactively as outstanding for all reporting periods.

*        On November 30, 2022, the Company implemented a 2-for-1 forward split of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company. Further on July 24, 2023, the Company effected a reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split”) of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of the common stock at a split ratio of 1-for-2 such that every holder of common stock of the Company shall receive one share of common stock for every two shares of common stock held and to reduce the number of authorized shares of common stock from 200,000,000 to 100,000,000. The computation of basic and diluted EPS was retroactively adjusted for all periods presented.

F-17

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022 and for the Six Months Ended
March 31, 2023 and 2022

Note 12 — Equity

The Company was incorporated in Texas on September 8, 2021. The total authorized shares of capital stock were 200,000,000 shares without par value.

On November 30, 2022, the Company effected a forward stock split (the “Stock Split”) of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of the common stock at a split ratio of 2-for-1. Further on July 24, 2023, the Company effected a reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split”) of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of the common stock at a split ratio of 1-for-2 such that every holder of common stock of the Company shall receive one share of common stock for every two shares of common stock held and to reduce the number of authorized shares of common stock from 200,000,000 to 100,000,000. Shortly after the Reverse Stock Split, , the Board of Directors of the Company approved issuance of additional shares to preserve the original purchase price per share of the shares sold in the period from February 1 to June 30, 2023. All share numbers of the Company’s Common Stock are stated on a post-split basis.

At the inception date, September 8, 2021, the Company issued 1,000,000 shares of common stock to its founder, Mr. Dekui Liu.

On February 2, 2022, the Company issued 15,170,000 shares of its common stock to Mr. Dekui Liu in exchange for his 100% ownership in IMSC. See Note 3 above for details.

On January 31, 2022, the Company issued 1,500,000 of its series A convertible preferred stock to three accredited investors for $1,500,000 in cash. As of March 31, 2023, the 1,500,000 shares of series A convertible preferred stock had been converted to 1,500,000 shares of common stock after giving effect to the stock splits.

On January 31 and September 30, 2022, the Company issued a total of 300,000 shares of common stock to an investor for services. These shares were valued at $1.0 per share, which was the per share price for the most recent sale of the Company’s capital stock to accredited investors. For the six months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recorded $0 and $100,000 as stock compensation expense, respectively.

In December 2022, The Company issued 142,857 shares of its common stock at a price of $3.5 per share to an accredited investor for $500,000 in cash.

In February 2023, The Company issued 27,028 shares of its common stock at a price of $3.7 per share to an accredited investor for $100,000 in cash.

In March 2023, The Company issued 78,947 shares of its common stock at a price of $3.8 per share to an accredited investor for $300,000 in cash.

As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022, after giving effect to the stock splits of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, there were 18,218,832 and 17,970,000 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding, respectively. The total authorized number of shares of capital stock was 100,000,000 shares without par value.

Note 13 — Concentration of risk

Credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.

As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022, $165,293 and $50,628, respectively, were deposited with various major financial institutions in the United States. Accounts at each institution in the United States are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) for up to $250,000. The Company did not have deposit in excess of the FDIC insurance limit, as of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022.

F-18

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022 and for the Six Months Ended
March 31, 2023 and 2022

Note 13 — Concentration of risk (cont.)

Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and derived from revenue earned from customers, thereby exposing the Company to credit risk. The risk is mitigated by the Company’s assessment of its customers’ creditworthiness and its ongoing monitoring of outstanding balances.

Customer and vendor concentration risk

For the six months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, five customers accounted for 75% (28%, 13%, 12%, 11% and 11%) and three customers accounted for 67% (33%, 21% and 13%) of the Company’s total revenues, respectively. As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022, accounts receivable from three customers accounted for 84% and five customer accounted for 80% of the Company’s total accounts receivable, respectively.

For the six months ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, three suppliers accounted for 78% and two suppliers accounted for 81% of the Company’s total purchases, respectively. As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022, accounts payable to four suppliers accounted for 88% and three suppliers accounted for 94% of the Company’s total accounts payable, respectively.

Note 14 — Commitments and contingencies

Lease commitments

The Company has adopted ASC 842 since its inception date.

The Company has entered into a lease agreement for office and production space in Texas with a lease period from December 1, 2019 until December 31, 2024 at a rate of $4,129 to $5,089 per month.

The Company has also entered into a lease agreement for office and production space in California with a lease period from May 1, 2022 until April 30, 2027 at a rate of $6,617 to $7,740 per month.

In addition, the Company will be responsible for its pro rata share of certain costs, including utility costs, insurance and common area costs, as further detailed in the lease agreements.

Total commitment for the full term of these leases is $605,426. $397,645 and $453,883 of operating lease right-of-use assets and $406,628 and $460,395 of operating lease liabilities were reflected on the March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022 unaudited condensed balance sheets, respectively.

Six Months Ended March 31, 2023 and 2022:

Lease cost

 

3/31/2023

 

3/31/2022

Operating lease cost (included in G&A in the Company’s statement of operations)

 

$

72,702

 

 

$

29,697

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

 

$

70,231

 

 

$

30,532

 

Remaining term in years

 

 

1.75 – 4.08

 

 

 

2.75

 

Average discount rate – operating leases

 

 

8

%

 

 

8

%

The supplemental balance sheet information related to leases is as follows:

Operating leases

 

3/31/2023

 

9/30/2022

Right of use asset – non-current

 

$

397,645

 

$

453,883

Lease Liability – current

 

 

116,972

 

 

110,993

Lease Liability – non-current

 

 

289,656

 

 

349,402

Total operating lease liabilities

 

$

406,628

 

$

460,395

F-19

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
As of March 31, 2023 and September 30, 2022 and for the Six Months Ended
March 31, 2023 and 2022

Note 14 — Commitments and contingencies (cont.)

Maturities of the Company’s lease liabilities are as follows:

 

Operating
Lease

For year ending September 30:

 

 

 

 

2023

 

$

71,555

 

2024

 

 

145,013

 

2025

 

 

102,574

 

2026

 

 

90,800

 

2027

 

 

54,183

 

Less: Imputed interest/present value discount

 

 

(57,497

)

Present value of lease liabilities

 

$

406,628

 

Contingencies

The Company is not currently a party to any material legal proceedings, investigations or claims. As the Company may, from time to time, be involved in legal matters arising in the ordinary course of its business, there can be no assurance that such matters will not arise in the future or that any such matters in which the Company is involved, or which may arise in the ordinary course of the Company’s business, will not at some point proceed to litigation or that such litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

Note 15 — Subsequent events

In April and May, 2023, Mr. Dekui Liu, the Company’s chief executive officer, sold 118,421 shares of the Company’s common stock he owned to three investors at $3.80 per share for $450,000 in cash. Mr. Liu then lent the $450,000 to the Company as a short-term loan, which is due on demand without interest.

On June 20, 2023, the Company issued 32,895 shares of its common stock to two accredited investors at $3.80 per share for a total value of $125,000 for services rendered.

On July 24, 2023, the Company effected a reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split”) of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of the common stock at a split ratio of 1-for-2 such that every holder of common stock of the Company shall receive one share of common stock for every two shares of common stock held and to reduce the number of authorized shares of common stock from 200,000,000 to 100,000,000. Shortly after the Reverse Stock Split, the Board of Directors of the Company approved issuance of additional shares to preserve the original purchase price per share of the shares sold in the period from February 1 to June 30, 2023. All references to number of shares, and to per share information in the consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted.

F-20

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the board of directors of INNO HOLDINGS INC.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of INNO HOLDINGS INC. and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of September 30, 2022 and 2021, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended September 30, 2022, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of September 30, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended September 30, 2022, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Going Concern Matter

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations that raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans regarding these matters are also described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ TAAD LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2022.

Diamond Bar, California

February 7, 2023, except for Notes 2 and 13, as to which the date is May 8, 2023; and Notes 11, 12, and 15 as to which the date is July 25, 2023

F-21

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

As of September 30, 2022 and 2021

 

September 30,

 

September 30,

   

2022

 

2021

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalent

 

$

50,628

 

 

$

96,861

Accounts receivable

 

 

1,807,290

 

 

 

537,100

Accounts receivable – related party

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

—

Inventories

 

 

329,904

 

 

 

285,110

Prepayments and other current assets

 

 

176,591

 

 

 

20,438

Total current assets

 

 

2,464,413

 

 

 

939,509

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Right of use – non-current

 

 

453,883

 

 

 

170,718

Property and equipment, net

 

 

694,122

 

 

 

50,051

Other non-current assets

 

 

39,699

 

 

 

—

Total non-current assets

 

 

1,187,704

 

 

 

220,769

Total assets

 

$

3,652,117

 

 

$

1,160,278

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

471,778

 

 

 

27,078

Accounts payable – related party

 

 

485,595

 

 

 

—

Credit cards payable

 

 

—

 

 

 

6,263

Unearned revenue

 

 

201,730

 

 

 

412,616

Other payables and accrued liabilities

 

 

46,043

 

 

 

59,035

Other payables – related party

 

 

12,233

 

 

 

80,706

Income tax payable

 

 

—

 

 

 

13,809

Short-term loan payable

 

 

710,000

 

 

 

—

Lease liability – current

 

 

110,993

 

 

 

49,586

Long-term notes payable – current portion

 

 

47,259

 

 

 

—

Total current liabilities

 

 

2,085,631

 

 

 

649,093

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes payable

 

 

160,009

 

 

 

—

Lease liability – non-current

 

 

349,402

 

 

 

126,560

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

2,457

 

 

 

—

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

511,868

 

 

 

126,560

Total liabilities

 

 

2,597,499

 

 

 

775,653

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingency

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, no par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 17,970,000 and 16,170,000 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2022 and 2021

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

Additional paid in capital

 

 

1,805,000

 

 

 

5,000

(Accumulated deficit) Retained earnings

 

 

(629,037

)

 

 

379,625

Non-controlling interest

 

 

(121,345

)

 

 

—

Total equity

 

 

1,054,618

 

 

 

384,625

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

3,652,117

 

 

$

1,160,278

____________

*        On November 30, 2022, the Company implemented a 2-for-1 forward split of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company. Further on July 24, 2023, the Company effected a reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split”) of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of the common stock at a split ratio of 1-for-2 such that every holder of common stock of the Company shall receive one share of common stock for every two shares of common stock held and to reduce the number of authorized shares of common stock from 200,000,000 to 100,000,000. All references to number of shares, and to per share information in the consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-22

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the Years Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

 

For the Years Ended
September 30,

   

2022

 

2021

REVENUES

 

$

4,252,568

 

 

$

3,003,624

 

REVENUES – related party

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

—

 

TOTAL REVENUES

 

 

4,502,568

 

 

 

3,003,624

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COSTS AND EXPENSES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs of materials and labor

 

 

3,405,506

 

 

 

2,069,581

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses (exclusive of depreciation shown separately below)

 

 

1,873,902

 

 

 

1,229,651

 

Depreciation

 

 

33,138

 

 

 

6,000

 

Total costs and expenses

 

 

5,312,546

 

 

 

3,305,232

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOSS FROM OPERATIONS

 

 

(809,978

)

 

 

(301,608

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expenses

 

 

(10,114

)

 

 

(7,807

)

Stock compensation expense

 

 

(300,000

)

 

 

—

 

PPP loan forgiveness

 

 

—

 

 

 

230,000

 

Other non-operating income (expense)

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Total other income (expenses), net

 

 

(310,114

)

 

 

222,193

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

(1,120,092

)

 

 

(79,415

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

 

 

9,915

 

 

 

26,581

 

NET LOSS

 

 

(1,130,007

)

 

 

(105,996

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

(121,345

)

 

 

—

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO INNO HOLDINGS INC.

 

$

(1,008,662

)

 

$

(105,996

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

17,230,822

 

 

 

16,170,000

 

Diluted

 

 

17,230,822

 

 

 

16,170,000

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOSSES PER SHARE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.06

)

 

$

(0.01

)

Diluted

 

$

(0.06

)

 

$

(0.01

)

____________

*        On November 30, 2022, the Company implemented a 2-for-1 forward split of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company. Further on July 24, 2023, the Company effected a reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split”) of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of the common stock at a split ratio of 1-for-2 such that every holder of common stock of the Company shall receive one share of common stock for every two shares of common stock held and to reduce the number of authorized shares of common stock from 200,000,000 to 100,000,000. The computation of basic and diluted Losses Per Share were retroactively adjusted for all periods presented.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-23

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
For the Years Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

 



Common Stock*

 

Additional
Paid in
Capital

 

Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Deficit)

 

Non-
controlling
interest

 

Total

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balance, September 30, 2020

 

16,170,000

 

$

—

 

$

5,000

 

$

485,621

 

 

$

—

 

 

$

490,621

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(105,996

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(105,996

)

       

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2021

 

16,170,000

 

 

—

 

 

5,000

 

 

379,625

 

 

 

—

 

 

 

384,625

 

Net loss

     

 

   

 

   

 

(1,008,662

)

 

 

(121,345

)

 

 

(1,130,007

)

Shares issued for cash

 

1,500,000

 

 

—

 

 

1,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,500,000

 

Shares issued for service

 

300,000

 

 

—

 

 

300,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

300,000

 

Balance, September 30, 2022

 

17,970,000

 

$

—

 

$

1,805,000

 

$

(629,037

)

 

$

(121,345

)

 

$

1,054,618

 

____________

*        On January 21, 2022, the sole owner of the Company and Inno Metal Studs Corp. (“IMSC”), Mr. Dekui Liu, entered into an agreement to sell 100% of his ownership in IMSC for 15,170,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Transaction”). Under ASC 805-40 and ASC 805-50, the Transaction was considered as a reverse acquisition between entities under common control. Accordingly, the outstanding shares of common stock upon completion of the Transaction was presented retroactively as outstanding for all reporting periods.

*        On November 30, 2022, the Company implemented a 2-for-1 forward split of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company. Further on July 24, 2023, the Company effected a reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split”) of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of the common stock at a split ratio of 1-for-2 such that every holder of common stock of the Company shall receive one share of common stock for every two shares of common stock held and to reduce the number of authorized shares of common stock from 200,000,000 to 100,000,000. All references to number of shares, and to per share information in the consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-24

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
For the Years Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

 

For the Years Ended
September 30,

   

2022

 

2021

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(1,130,007

)

 

$

(105,996

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

33,138

 

 

 

6,000

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

300,000

 

 

 

—

 

Non-cash operating lease expense

 

 

1,084

 

 

 

(1,670

)

PPP loan forgiven

 

 

—

 

 

 

(230,000

)

Change in operating assets and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(1,270,190

)

 

 

(537,100

)

Accounts receivable – related party

 

 

(100,000

)

 

 

—

 

Inventories

 

 

(44,794

)

 

 

(145,853

)

Prepayments and other current assets

 

 

(156,153

)

 

 

(16,772

)

Other non-current assets

 

 

(39,699

)

 

 

—

 

Accounts payable

 

 

444,700

 

 

 

1,604

 

Accounts payable – related party

 

 

485,595

 

 

 

—

 

Credit cards payable

 

 

(6,263

)

 

 

6,263

 

Unearned revenue

 

 

(210,886

)

 

 

412,615

 

Income tax payable

 

 

(13,809

)

 

 

13,809

 

Other payables and accrued liabilities

 

 

(12,992

)

 

 

52,035

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

2,457

 

 

 

—

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(1,717,819

)

 

 

(545,065

)

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of equipment

 

 

(695,815

)

 

 

(60,550

)

Proceed from sale of truck

 

 

11,000

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(684,815

)

 

 

(60,550

)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from related parties

 

 

146,233

 

 

 

80,706

 

Payments to related parties

 

 

(214,706

)

 

 

—

 

Proceeds from short-term loans

 

 

710,000

 

 

 

—

 

Proceeds from PPP loan

 

 

—

 

 

 

150,000

 

Proceeds from long-term note

 

 

248,500

 

 

 

—

 

Payment to long-term note

 

 

(33,626

)

 

 

—

 

Shares issued for cash

 

 

1,500,000

 

 

 

—

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

2,356,401

 

 

 

230,706

 

CHANGES IN CASH

 

 

(46,233

)

 

 

(374,909

)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENT, beginning of year

 

 

96,861

 

 

 

471,770

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENT, end of year

 

$

50,628

 

 

$

96,861

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for income tax

 

$

23,724

 

 

$

12,772

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

10,114

 

 

$

7,807

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING TRANSACTIONS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Right of use assets acquired under new operating leases

 

$

355,963

 

 

$

—

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-25

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of September 30, 2022 and 2021 and for the Years Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

Note 1 — Nature of business and organization

INNO HOLDINGS INC., a Texas corporation (the “Company”), was incorporated on September 8, 2021. The Company is principally engaged in the marketing and sale of construction products along with full-scope construction services in the US.

On January 18, 2022, the Company formed a limited liability company, Castor Building Tech LLC (“CBT”), in California. The Company owns 53% of the equity interest in CBT.

Effective January 21, 2022, the Company acquired 100% of the ordinary shares of Inno Metal Studs Corp. (“IMSC”), a Texas corporation incorporated on October 31, 2019. Pursuant to the terms of the Share Purchase Agreement with IMSC’s sole owner, Mr. Dekui Liu, who was also the sole owner and CEO of the Company, the Company issued 15,170,000 shares of its common stock to Mr. Dekui Liu in exchange for his 100% ownership in IMSC. Upon completion of the transaction, IMSC became a 100% owned subsidiary of the Company. See Note 3 below for details.

Inno Research Institute LLC, a Texas limited liability company incorporated on September 8, 2021, is a 65% owned subsidiary of IMSC.

Below is the corporate structure of the Company:

Note 2 — Basis of Presentation and Summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The Company’s fiscal year end date is September 30.

Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries, Inno Metal Studs Corp., Castor Building Tech LLC, and Inno Research Institute LLC. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.

F-26

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of September 30, 2022 and 2021 and for the Years Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

Note 2 — Basis of Presentation and Summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)

Going concern

The Company’s continuation as a going concern is dependent on its ability to generate sufficient cash flows from operations to meet its obligations, in which it has not been successful, and/or obtaining additional financing from its shareholders or other sources, as may be required.

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern. Such assumption contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classifications of liabilities that may result should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

Management is endeavoring to increase revenue-generating operations. While priority is on generating cash from operations through the sale of the Company’s products, management is also seeking to raise additional working capital through various financing sources, including the sale of the Company’s equity and/or debt securities, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms to our Company, or which may not be available at all. If such financing is not available on satisfactory terms, we may be unable to continue our business as desired and our operating results will be adversely affected. In addition, any financing arrangement may have potentially adverse effects on us and/or our stockholders. Debt financing (if available and undertaken) will increase expenses, must be repaid regardless of operating results and may involve restrictions limiting our operating flexibility. If we issue equity securities to raise additional funds, the percentage ownership of our existing stockholders will be reduced, and the new equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the current holders of our common stock.

Use of estimates and assumptions

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets and liabilities reported and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Reverse acquisition under common control

Effective January 21, 2022, the Company acquired 100% of the ordinary shares of Inno Metal Studs Corp. (“IMSC”), a Texas corporation incorporated on October 31, 2019. Pursuant to the terms of the Share Purchase Agreement with IMSC’s sole owner, Mr. Dekui Liu, who was also the sole owner and CEO of the Company, the Company issued 15,170,000 shares of its common stock to Mr. Dekui Liu in exchange for his 100% ownership in IMSC. Upon completion of the transaction, IMSC became a 100% owned subsidiary of the Company. As such, Under ASC 805-40 and ASC 805-50, the Transaction is a reverse acquisition between entities under common control, in which INNO HOLDINGS INC. is the accounting acquiree and IMSC is the accounting acquirer. The assets, liabilities and operations of the two entities are combined at their historical carrying amounts, with all historical periods adjusted as if the entities had always been combined. The consolidated financial statements represent the continuation of the financial statements of IMSC except for its capital structure.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of amounts held as cash on hand and bank deposits.

From time to time, the Company may maintain bank balances in interest bearing accounts in excess of the $250,000, which is currently the maximum amount insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation for interest bearing accounts (there is currently no insurance limit for deposits in noninterest bearing accounts). The Company has not experienced any losses with respect to cash. Management believes the Company is not exposed to any significant credit risk with respect to its cash.

F-27

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of September 30, 2022 and 2021 and for the Years Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

Note 2 — Basis of Presentation and Summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)

Accounts receivable

During the ordinary course of business, the Company extends unsecured credit to its customers. Accounts receivable are stated at the amount the Company expects to collect from customers. Management reviews its accounts receivable balances each reporting period to determine if an allowance for credit loss is required.

In October 2020, the Company adopted ASU 2016-13, Topics 326 — Credit Loss, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which replaces the incurred loss methodology with an expected loss methodology that is referred to as the current expected credit loss (CECL) methodology, for its accounting standard for its trade accounts receivable.

The Company continuously monitors the recoverability of accounts receivable. If there are any indicators that a customer may not make payment, the Company may consider making provision for non-collectability for that particular customer. At the same time, the Company may cease further sales or services to such customer. The following are some of the factors that the Company develops allowance for credit losses:

•        the customer fails to comply with its payment schedule;

•        the customer is in serious financial difficulty;

•        a significant dispute with the customer has occurred regarding job progress or other matters;

•        the customer breaches any of its contractual obligations;

•        the customer appears to be financially distressed due to economic or legal factors;

•        the business between the customer and the Company is not active; and

•        other objective evidence indicates non-collectability of the accounts receivable.

The adoption of the credit loss accounting standard has no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Accounts receivable are recognized and carried at carrying amount less an allowance for credit losses, if any. The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments based on contractual terms. The Company reviews the collectability of its receivables on a regular and ongoing basis. The Company has also included in calculation of allowance for credit losses the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our customers’ businesses and their ability to pay their accounts receivable. After all attempts to collect a receivable have failed, the receivable is written off against the allowance. The Company also considers external factors to the specific customer, including current conditions and forecasts of economic conditions, including the potential impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. In the event we recover amounts previously written off, we will reduce the specific allowance for credit losses.

Fair values of financial instruments

ASC 825, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” requires disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments. ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements” defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and all other current assets and liabilities approximate fair values due to their short-term nature.

F-28

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of September 30, 2022 and 2021 and for the Years Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

Note 2 — Basis of Presentation and Summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)

For other financial instruments to be reported at fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible. The Company determines the fair value of its financial instruments based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability in the principal or most advantageous market. When considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, the following fair value hierarchy distinguishes between observable and unobservable inputs, which are categorized in one of the following levels:

Level 1 —

 

Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date;

Level 2 —

 

Inputs are observable, unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, unadjusted quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the related assets or liabilities; and

Level 3 —

 

Unobservable inputs that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities that are supported by little or no market data.

As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company did not have any other financial instruments reported at fair value.

Revenue recognition

The Company has adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606 since its inception and recognizes revenue from product and service sales revenues, net of promotional discounts and return allowances, if any, when the following revenue recognition criteria are met: a contract has been identified, separate performance obligations are identified, the transaction price is determined, the transaction price is allocated to separate performance obligations and revenue is recognized upon satisfying each performance obligation. The Company transfers the risk of loss or damage upon delivery, therefore, revenue from product sales is recognized when it is delivered to the customer. For services, all sales are recognized upon completion based on terms stated in the sales agreements.

The Company evaluates the criteria of ASC 606 - Revenue Recognition Principal Agent Considerations in determining whether it is appropriate to record the gross amount of product sales and related costs or the net amount earned as commissions. Generally, when the Company is primarily responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide a specified good or service, the Company is subject to inventory risk before the good or service has been transferred to a customer and the Company has discretion in establishing the price, revenue is recorded at gross.

Payments received prior to the delivery of goods to customers are recorded as customer deposits.

Sales discounts are recorded in the period in which the related sale is recognized. Sales return allowances are estimated based on historical amounts and are recorded upon recognizing the related sales. Shipping and handling costs are recorded as selling expenses.

Costs and expenses

Costs and expenses are operating expenses, which consist of costs of material and labor, selling, general and administrative expenses, and depreciation, are expensed as incurred.

Inventory

Inventory consists of material and finished goods ready for sale and is stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company values its inventory using the FIFO costing method. The Company’s policy is to include as a part of cost of goods sold any freight incurred to ship the product from its vendors to warehouses. Outbound freight costs related to shipping costs to customers are considered periodic costs and are reflected in selling expenses. The Company regularly reviews inventory and considers forecasts of future demand, market conditions and product obsolescence.

F-29

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of September 30, 2022 and 2021 and for the Years Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

Note 2 — Basis of Presentation and Summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)

If the estimated realizable value of the inventory is less than cost, the Company makes provisions in order to reduce its carrying value to its estimated net realizable value. The Company also reviews inventory for slow moving inventory and obsolescence and records allowance for obsolescence.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment is stated at the historical cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation on property and equipment is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Machinery and equipment

 

7 years

Office equipment

 

5 years

Motor vehicles

 

5 years

Leasehold improvements

 

5 to 15 years

Expenditures for renewals and betterments are capitalized while repairs and maintenance costs are normally charged to the statement of operations in the year in which they are incurred. In situations where it can be clearly demonstrated that the expenditure has resulted in an increase in the future economic benefits expected to be obtained from the use of the asset, the expenditure is capitalized as an additional cost of the asset.

Upon sale or disposal of an asset, the historical cost and related accumulated depreciation or amortization of such asset were removed from their respective accounts and any gain or loss is recorded in the statements of income.

The Company reviews the carrying value of property and equipment for impairment whenever events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable from the estimated future cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. In cases where undiscounted expected future cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized equal to an amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of assets. The factors considered by management in performing this assessment include current operating results, trends and prospects, the manner in which the property is used, and the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors. Based on this assessment, no impairment expenses for property and equipment were recorded during the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021.

Leases

On its inception date, the Company adopted ASC 842 — Leases (“ASC 842”), which requires lessees to record right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and related lease obligations on the balance sheet, as well as disclose key information regarding leasing arrangements.

ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the lease terms and lease liabilities represent our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company generally uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the estimated rate of interest for collateralized borrowing over a similar term of the lease payments at commencement date. The operating lease ROU asset also includes any lease payments made and excludes lease incentives. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Stock-based Compensation

The Company applies ASC No. 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation,” which requires that share-based payment transactions with employees and nonemployees upon adoption of ASU 2018-07, be measured based on the grant date fair value of the equity instrument and recognized as compensation expense over the requisite service period, with a corresponding addition to equity. Under this method, compensation cost related to employee share options or similar equity instruments is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized over the period

F-30

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of September 30, 2022 and 2021 and for the Years Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

Note 2 — Basis of Presentation and Summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)

during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, which generally is the vesting period. In addition to the requisite service period, the Company also evaluates the performance condition and market condition under ASC 718-10-20. For an award which contains both a performance and a market condition, and where both conditions must be satisfied for the award to vest, the market condition is incorporated into the fair value of the award, and that fair value is recognized over the employee’s requisite service period or nonemployee’s vesting period if it is probable the performance condition will be met. If the performance condition is ultimately not met, compensation cost related to the award should not be recognized (or should be reversed) because the vesting condition in the award has not been satisfied.

The Company will recognize forfeitures of such equity-based compensation as they occur.

Income taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their perspective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are recorded, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

As a result of the implementation of certain provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which clarifies the accounting and disclosure for uncertainty in tax position, as defined, ASC 740 seeks to reduce the diversity in practice associated with certain aspects of the recognition and measurement related to accounting for income taxes. The Company has adopted the provisions of ASC 740 since inception and has analyzed filing positions in each of the federal and state jurisdictions where the Company is required to file income tax returns, as well as open tax years in such jurisdictions. The Company has identified the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and the states of Texas and California, as its “major” tax jurisdictions. However, the Company has certain tax attribute carryforwards which will remain subject to review and adjustment by the relevant tax authorities until the statute of limitations closes with respect to the year in which such attributes are utilized.

The Company believes that its income tax filing positions and deductions will be sustained on audit and do not anticipate any adjustments that will result in a material change to its financial position. Therefore, no reserves for uncertain income tax positions have been recorded pursuant to ASC 740. The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties associated with income-based tax audits is to record such items as a component of income taxes.

Commitments and contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to certain contingencies, including legal proceedings and claims arising out of the business that relate to a wide range of matters, such as government investigations and tax matters. The Company recognizes its liability for such contingency if it determines it is probable that a loss has occurred and a reasonable estimate of the loss can be made. The Company may consider many factors in making these assessments including historical and specific facts and circumstances of each matter.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income attributable to holders of common stock by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share reflect the potential dilution that could occur if securities to issue common stock were exercised.

F-31

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of September 30, 2022 and 2021 and for the Years Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

Note 2 — Basis of Presentation and Summary of significant accounting policies (cont.)

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

In June 2022, FASB issued ASU 2022-03, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Fair Value Measurement of Equity Securities Subject to Contractual Sale Restrictions. The amendments in this ASU clarify the guidance in ASC 820 on the fair value measurement of an equity security that is subject to a contractual sale restriction and require specific disclosures related to such an equity security. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805), Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers. This ASU clarifies that an acquirer of a business should recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities in a business combination in accordance with ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) as if the entity had originated the contracts. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, with early application permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In January 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-01, “Investments — Equity Securities (Topic 321), Investments — Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) - Clarifying the Interactions between Topic 321, Topic 323, and Topic 815.” This ASU among other things clarifies that a company should consider observable transactions that require a company to either apply or discontinue the equity method of accounting under Topic 323, Investments — Equity Method and Joint Ventures, for the purposes of applying the measurement alternative in accordance with Topic 321 immediately before applying or upon discontinuing the equity method. The new ASU clarifies that, when determining the accounting for certain forward contracts and purchased options a company should not consider, whether upon settlement or exercise, if the underlying securities would be accounted for under the equity method or fair value option. ASU 2020-01 is effective For public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2021. An entity should apply ASU 2020-01 prospectively at the beginning of the interim period that includes the adoption date. The adoption of ASU 2020-01 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740) — Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. The update is intended to simplify the current rules regarding the accounting for income taxes and addresses several technical topics including accounting for franchise taxes, allocating income taxes between a loss in continuing operations and in other categories such as discontinued operations, reporting income taxes for legal entities that are not subject to income taxes, and interim accounting for enacted changes in tax laws. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022; however, early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this standard have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

The Company does not believe other recently issued but not yet effective accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the consolidated financial position, statements of operations and cash flows.

Subsequent events

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date through February 7, 2023, which is the date that the consolidated financial statements are available to be issued. Material subsequent events that required recognition or additional disclosure in the consolidated financial statements are presented.

F-32

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of September 30, 2022 and 2021 and for the Years Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

Note 3 — Reverse Acquisition under Common Control

On January 21, 2022, the sole owner of the Company and IMSC, Mr. Dekui Liu, entered into an agreement to sell 100% of his ownership in IMSC in exchange for 15,170,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Transaction”). Below are the charts illustrating the structure before and after the Transaction:

F-33

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of September 30, 2022 and 2021 and for the Years Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

Note 3 — Reverse Acquisition under Common Control (cont.)

Under ASC 805, Business Combination, A common-control transaction is typically a transfer of net assets or an exchange of equity interests between entities under the control of the same parent. While a common-control transaction is similar to a business combination for the entity that receives the net assets or equity interests, such a transaction does not meet the definition of a business combination because there is no change in control over the net assets. Therefore, the accounting and reporting for a transaction between entities under common control is outside the scope of the business combinations guidance in ASC 805-10, ASC 805-20, and ASC 805-30 and is addressed in the “Transactions Between Entities Under Common Control“ subsections of ASC 805-50.

Further, a reverse acquisition occurs when there is a business combination in which the entity issuing securities is designated as the acquiree for accounting purposes. This arrangement usually takes place so that a privately-held company can be acquired by a smaller shell company that is publicly-held, resulting in a combined entity that is publicly-held. As of the date of the Transaction, INNO HOLDINGS INC. did not have any operations or assets, which in substance was a shell company, and IMSC was an operating company with net assets of approximately $1.2 million.

Accordingly, Under ASC 805-40 and ASC 805-50, the Transaction is a reverse acquisition between entities under common control, in which INNO HOLDINGS INC. is the accounting acquiree and IMSC is the accounting acquirer. The assets, liabilities and operations of the two entities are combined at their historical carrying amounts, with all historical periods adjusted as if the entities had always been combined. The consolidated financial statements represent the continuation of the financial statements of IMSC except for its capital structure.

Note 4 — Accounts receivable

Accounts receivable for the Company consisted of the following as of the dates indicated below:

 

September 30,
2022

 

September 30,
2021

Accounts receivable

 

$

1,807,290

 

$

537,100

Accounts receivable – related party

 

 

100,000

 

 

—

Less: allowance for credit losses

 

 

—

 

 

—

Total accounts receivable

 

$

1,907,290

 

$

537,100

There was no credit loss for the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021.

Note 5 — Inventories

As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, inventories consisted of the following:

 

September 30,
2022

 

September 30,
2021

Raw material

 

$

296,042

 

$

41,822

Production inventory

 

 

33,862

 

 

243,288

   

 

   

 

 

Total

 

$

329,904

 

$

285,110

As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, there was no allowance for obsolescence recorded.

F-34

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of September 30, 2022 and 2021 and for the Years Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

Note 6 — Prepayments and other current assets

As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, prepayments and other current assets consisted of the following:

 

September 30,
2022

 

September 30,
2021

Advance to suppliers

 

$

102,027

 

$

—

Other prepayments

 

 

74,564

 

 

20,438

   

 

   

 

 

Total

 

$

176,591

 

$

20,438

Note 7 — Property and equipment, net

As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

September 30,
2022

 

September 30,
2021

Machinery and equipment

 

$

270,000

 

 

$

—

 

Office equipment

 

 

5,488

 

 

 

—

 

Motor vehicles

 

 

64,082

 

 

 

60,551

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

383,050

 

 

 

—

 

Total

 

 

722,620

 

 

 

60,551

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

(28,498

)

 

 

(10,500

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

694,122

 

 

$

50,051

 

For the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, depreciation expenses amounted to $33,138 and $6,000, respectively.

Note 8 — Loans payable

Short-term loans

PPP loans payable

On April 26, 2020, the Company entered into an agreement with Allegiance Bank (the “Lender”) for a total amount of $80,000, pursuant to a loan agreement issued by the Company to the Lender (the “PPP Loan 1”).

On February 16, 2021, the Company entered into another agreement with the Lender for a total amount of $150,000, pursuant to a loan agreement issued by the Company to the Lender (the “PPP Loan 2”).

The PPP Loans were made pursuant to the Payroll Protection Program established as part of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”). The PPP Loans bear interest at the rate of 1.00% per annum and may be repaid at any time without penalty. The PPP Loans contain customary events of default relating to, among other things, payment defaults, breach of representations and warranties, or provisions of the loan agreement. The occurrence of an event of default may result in a claim for the immediate repayment of all amounts outstanding under the PPP Loans.

The Company accounts for the PPP loans under Topic 470 as follows: (a) Initially record the cash inflow from the PPP Loans as a financial liability and accrued interest in accordance with the interest method under ASC Subtopic 835-30; (b) Not impute additional interest at a market rate; (c) Continue to record the proceeds from the loan as a liability until either (1) the loan is partly or wholly forgiven and the debtor has been legally released by the Lender or (2) the debtor pays off the loan; (d) Reduce the liability by the amount forgiven and record a gain on extinguishment once the loan is partly or wholly forgiven and legal release is received.

F-35

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of September 30, 2022 and 2021 and for the Years Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

Note 8 — Loans payable (cont.)

On July 30, 2021, the total $230,000 PPP Loans due to Allegiance Bank was fully forgiven. As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company had an outstanding balance of $0 and $0, respectively, under the PPP Loans.

Revolving line of credit

On September 16, 2022, the Company entered into an agreement with Origin Bank for a revolving line of credit (the “Line of Credit”) of up to $1,000,000 with interest at the floating Prime Rate plus one percent (1.0%) per annum, which is to be adjusted daily to the rate in effect. Interest shall be due and payable monthly as it accrues. The accrued unpaid interest and the principal is due and payable in twelve (12) months from September 16, 2022. The Line of Credit is secured by a Security Agreement and Financing Statement that covers certain properties of the Company and guaranteed by Mr. Dekui Liu, the majority shareholder and CEO of the Company. For the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company recorded interest expense of $0. As of September 30, 2022, the total outstanding balance of the Note was $710,000, which was presented on the consolidated balance sheet as a short-term loan.

Long-term loan

Promissory note payable

On October 28, 2021, the Company issued to BancorpSouth Bank a five-year unsecured 4.75% promissory note, payable in equal monthly installments of $4,661 commencing November 28, 2021 (the “Note”). The principal amount of the Note was $248,500. The Note is secured by a Security Agreement and Financing Statement that covers certain properties of the Company and guaranteed by Mr. Dekui Liu, the majority shareholder and CEO of the Company. For the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company recorded interest expense of $10,114. As of September 30, 2022, the total outstanding balance of the Note was $207,268, which was presented on the consolidated balance sheet as a current portion of $47,259 and a non-current portion of $160,009.

Note 9 — Related party transactions

During the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company borrowed short term loans without interest from its majority shareholder and CEO, Mr. Dekui Liu, for operation and cashflow needs from time to time. As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, the outstanding balance due to Mr. Liu was $12,233 and $80,706, respectively.

During the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company engaged Yunited Assets LLC (“Yunited”), a limited liability company owned by Mr. Cheng Yu, the Chief Scientist and minority owner of the Company’s subsidiary, Inno Research Institute, for consultation services on a project-by-project basis. During the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company recorded $19,950 of consulting fees in the general and administrative expenses. As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, there were no unpaid balances due to Yunited.

In March 2022, the Company entered into an agreement with Wise Hill Inc. (“Wise Hill”), a Florida corporation wholly owned by a minority shareholder of the Company. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company sold prefab home products of $250,000 to Wise Hill. For the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company recorded revenue-related party of $250,000. As of September 30, 2022, the outstanding balance of accounts receivable — related party was $100,000.

During the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company purchased prefab home and other material and supplies from Baicheng Trading LLC, in which the father of Mr. Dekui Liu, the Company’s majority shareholder and CEO, is a director. As of September 30, 2022, the outstanding balance of accounts payable from a related party was $485,595.

F-36

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of September 30, 2022 and 2021 and for the Years Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

Note 10 — Income taxes

On December 22, 2017, the President of the United States signed into law H.R.1, formerly known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Legislation”). The Tax Legislation significantly revised the U.S. tax code by (i) lowering the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate from 35% to 21%, (ii) implementing a territorial tax system, (iii) imposing a one-time transition tax on deemed repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries, (iv) requiring a current inclusion of global intangible low taxed income of certain earnings of controlled foreign corporations in U.S. federal taxable income, (v) creating the base erosion anti-abuse tax regime, (vi) implementing bonus depreciation that will allow for full expensing of qualified property, and (vii) limiting deductibility of interest and executive compensation expense, among other changes. The Company has computed its tax expenses using the new statutory rate effective on January 1, 2018 of 21%.

Other provisions of the new legislation include, but are not limited to, limiting deductibility of interest and executive compensation expense. These additional items have been considered in the income tax provision for the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021.

Texas imposes a franchise tax that applies to most business entities that are formed or qualified to do business, or which are otherwise doing business, in Texas. Under the Texas franchise tax, a 0.75% tax is imposed for the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 on the Company’s taxable margin that is apportioned to Texas. Taxable margin is generally defined as revenues less certain costs.

The income tax provision for the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 consisted of the following:

 

September 30,

   

2022

 

2021

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

—

 

 

$

22,104

 

State

 

 

9,915

 

 

 

4,477

 

Total current income tax provision

 

 

9,915

 

 

 

26,581

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

(235,219

)

 

 

(88,022

)

State

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

Increase/(decrease) in valuation allowance

 

 

235,219

 

 

 

88,022

 

Total deferred taxes

 

 

—

 

 

 

—

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

 

$

9,915

 

 

$

26,581

 

The deferred tax asset as of September 30, 2022 and 2021 consisted of the following:

 

September 30,

   

2022

 

2021

Stock-based compensation

 

$

63,000

 

 

$

—

 

Net operating loss

 

 

94,531

 

 

 

—

 

Depreciation

 

 

65,691

 

 

 

86,107

 

Unearned revenue

 

 

9,462

 

 

 

—

 

Others

 

 

2,535

 

 

 

1,915

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

235,219

 

 

 

88,022

 

Less: valuation allowance

 

 

(235,219

)

 

 

(88,022

)

   

$

—

 

 

$

—

 

F-37

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of September 30, 2022 and 2021 and for the Years Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

Note 10 — Income taxes (cont.)

The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as state income tax in certain jurisdictions. The tax years 2019 to 2022 remain open to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject. The following is a reconciliation of income tax expenses at the effective rate to income tax at the calculated statutory rates:

 

September 30,
2022

 

September 30,
2021

Statutory tax rate

   

 

   

 

Federal

 

21.00

%

 

21.00

%

State (net of federal benefit)

 

(0.89

)%

 

0.75

%

Net effect of state income tax deduction and other permanent differences

 

(21.00

)%

 

(55.22

)%

Effective tax rate

 

(0.89

)%

 

(33.47

)%

As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, the outstanding income tax payable was $0 and $13,809, respectively.

Note 11 — Losses per share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted losses per share for the years presented:

 

For the year ended
September 30,

   

2022

 

2021

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to INNO HOLDINGS INC.

 

$

(1,008,662

)

 

$

(105,996

)

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing basic
and diluted losses per share*

 

 

17,230,822

 

 

 

16,170,000

 

Losses per share of ordinary shares: – basic and diluted

 

$

(0.06

)

 

$

(0.01

)

____________

*        On January 21, 2022, the sole owner of the Company and Inno Metal Studs Corp. (“IMSC”), Mr. Dekui Liu, entered into an agreement to sell 100% of his ownership in IMSC for 15,170,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Transaction”). Under ASC 805-40 and ASC 805-50, the Transaction was considered as a reverse acquisition between entities under common control. Accordingly, the outstanding shares of common stock upon completion of the Transaction was presented retroactively as outstanding for all reporting periods.

*        On November 30, 2022, the Company implemented a 2-for-1 forward split of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company. Further on July 24, 2023, the Company effected a reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split”) of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of the common stock at a split ratio of 1-for-2 such that every holder of common stock of the Company shall receive one share of common stock for every two shares of common stock held and to reduce the number of authorized shares of common stock from 200,000,000 to 100,000,000. The computation of basic and diluted Losses Per Share were retroactively adjusted for all periods presented.

Note 12 — Equity

The Company was incorporated in Texas on September 8, 2021. The total authorized shares of capital stock were 200,000,000 shares without par value.

On November 30, 2022, the Company effected a forward stock split (the “Stock Split”) of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of the common stock at a split ratio of 2-for-1. Further on July 24, 2023, the Company effected a reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split”) of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of the common stock at a split ratio of 1-for-2 such that every holder of common stock of the Company shall receive one share of common stock for every two shares of common stock held and to reduce the number of authorized shares of common stock from 200,000,000 to 100,000,000. Shortly after the Reverse Stock Split, , the Board of Directors of the Company approved issuance of additional shares to preserve the original purchase price per share of the shares sold in the period from February 1 to June 30, 2023. All share numbers of the Company’s Common Stock are stated on a post-split basis.

F-38

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of September 30, 2022 and 2021 and for the Years Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

Note 12 — Equity (cont.)

At the inception date, September 8, 2021, the Company issued 1,000,000 shares of common stock to its founder, Mr. Dekui Liu.

On February 2, 2022, the Company issued 15,170,000 shares of its common stock to Mr. Dekui Liu in exchange for his 100% ownership in IMSC. See Note 3 above for details.

On January 31, 2022, the Company issued 1,500,000 of its series A convertible preferred stock to three accredited investors for $1,500,000 in cash. As of September 30, 2022, the 1,500,000 shares of series A convertible preferred stock had been converted to 1,500,000 shares of common stock after giving effect to the stock splits.

On January 31 and September 30, 2022, the Company issued a total of 300,000 shares of common stock to an investor for services. These shares were valued at $1.0 per share, which was the per share price for the most recent sale of the Company’s capital stock to accredited investors. For the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company recorded $300,000 as stock compensation expense.

As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, after giving effect to the stock splits of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, there were 17,970,000 and 16,170,000 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding, respectively. The total authorized number of shares of capital stock was 100,000,000 shares without par value.

Note 13 — Concentration of risk

Credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.

As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, $50,626 and $96,861, respectively, were deposited with various major financial institutions in the United States. Accounts at each institution in the United States are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) for up to $250,000. The Company did not have amount in excess of the FDIC insurance limit, as of September 30, 2022 and 2021.

Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and derived from revenue earned from customers, thereby exposing the Company to credit risk. The risk is mitigated by the Company’s assessment of its customers’ creditworthiness and its ongoing monitoring of outstanding balances.

Customer and vendor concentration risk

For the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, one customer accounted for 15% and three customers accounted for 91% (55%, 20%, and 16%) of the Company’s total revenues, respectively. As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, accounts receivable from five customers accounted for 80% and one customer accounted for 100% of the Company’s total accounts receivable, respectively.

For the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, three suppliers accounted for 75% and two suppliers accounted for 70% of the Company’s total purchases, respectively. As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, accounts payable to three suppliers accounted for 94% and two suppliers accounted for 84% of the Company’s total accounts payable, respectively.

Note 14 — Commitments and contingencies

Lease commitments

The Company has adopted ASC 842 since its inception date.

The Company has entered into a lease agreement for office and production space in Texas with a lease period from December 1, 2019 until December 31, 2024 at a rate of $4,129 to $5,089 per month.

F-39

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of September 30, 2022 and 2021 and for the Years Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

Note 14 — Commitments and contingencies (cont.)

The Company has also entered into a lease agreement for office and production space in California with a lease period from May 1, 2022 until April 30, 2027 at a rate of $6,617 to $7,740 per month.

In addition, the Company will be responsible for its pro rata share of certain costs, including utility costs, insurance and common area costs, as further detailed in the lease agreements.

Total commitment for the full term of these leases is $605,426. $453,883 and $170,718 of operating lease right-of-use assets and $460,395 and $176,146 of operating lease liabilities were reflected on the September 30, 2022 and 2021 financial statements, respectively.

Years Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021:

Lease cost

 

9/30/2022

 

9/30/2021

Operating lease cost (included in G&A in the Company’s statement of operations)

 

$

95,230

 

 

$

59,393

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

 

$

94,146

 

 

$

61,063

 

Remaining term in years

 

 

2.25 – 4.58

 

 

 

3.25

 

Average discount rate – operating leases

 

 

8

%

 

 

8

%

The supplemental balance sheet information related to leases for the year is as follows:

Operating leases

 

9/30/2022

 

9/30/2021

Right of use asset – non-current

 

$

453,883

 

$

170,718

Lease Liability – current

 

 

110,993

 

 

49,586

Lease Liability – non-current

 

 

349,402

 

 

126,560

Total operating lease liabilities

 

$

460,395

 

$

176,146

Maturities of the Company’s lease liabilities are as follows:

 

Operating
Lease

For year ending September 30:

 

 

 

 

2023

 

$

141,784

 

2024

 

 

145,013

 

2025

 

 

102,574

 

2026

 

 

90,800

 

2027

 

 

54,183

 

Less: Imputed interest/present value discount

 

 

(73,959

)

Present value of lease liabilities

 

$

460,395

 

Contingencies

The Company is not currently a party to any material legal proceedings, investigations or claims. As the Company may, from time to time, be involved in legal matters arising in the ordinary course of its business, there can be no assurance that such matters will not arise in the future or that any such matters in which the Company is involved, or which may arise in the ordinary course of the Company’s business, will not at some point proceed to litigation or that such litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

F-40

Table of Contents

INNO HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of September 30, 2022 and 2021 and for the Years Ended September 30, 2022 and 2021

Note 15 — Subsequent events

On November 30, 2022, the Company effected a forward stock split (the “Stock Split”) of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of the common stock at a split ratio of 2-for-1. All share numbers of the Company’s Common Stock are stated on a post-split basis.

On December 3, 2022, the Company entered into an agreement with Donedeal LLC ( “Donedeal” ), an accredited investor to sell 142,857 shares of its common stock at a per share price of $3.5 for a total of $500,000 in cash.

In February 2023, The Company issued 27,028 shares of its common stock at a price of $3.7 per share to an accredited investor for $100,000 in cash.

In March 2023, The Company issued 78,947 shares of its common stock at a price of $3.8 per share to an accredited investor for $300,000 in cash.

In April and May 2023, Mr. Dekui Liu, the Company’s chief executive officer, sold 118,421 shares of the Company’s common stock he owned to three investors at $3.8 per share for $450,000 in cash. Mr. Liu then lent the $450,000 to the Company as a short-term loan, which is due on demand without interest.

On June 20, 2023, the Company issued 32,895 shares of its common stock to two accredited investors at $3.8 per share for a total value of $125,000 for services rendered.

On July 24, 2023, the Company effected a reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split”) of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of the common stock at a split ratio of 1-for-2 such that every holder of common stock of the Company shall receive one share of common stock for every two shares of common stock held and to reduce the number of authorized shares of common stock from 200,000,000 to 100,000,000. Shortly after the Reverse Stock Split, the Board of Directors of the Company approved issuance of additional shares to preserve the original purchase price per share of the shares sold in the period from December 1, 2022 to June 30, 2023. All references to number of shares, and to per share information in the consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted.

F-41

Table of Contents

[•] Shares

INNO HOLDINGS INC.

_______________________

PROSPECTUS

_______________________

July 25, 2023

 

Table of Contents

Part II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA filing.

 

Amount

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

 

$

11,020

FINRA filing fee

 

$

3,950

NASDAQ listing fee

 

$

*

Accountants’ fees and expenses

 

$

*

Legal fees and expenses

 

$

*

Printing and engraving expenses

 

$

*

Miscellaneous

 

$

*

Total expenses

 

$

 

____________

*        To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

The Texas Business Organizations Code, or the TBOC, permits a corporation to indemnify a director who was, is or is threatened to be a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding as a result of the performance of his duties if such person acted in good faith and, in the case of conduct in the person’s official capacity as a director, in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the corporation and, in all other cases, that the person reasonably believed his conduct was not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that such person had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Subject to certain exceptions, the TBOC further permits a corporation to eliminate in its certificate of formation all monetary liability of the corporation’s directors to the corporation or its shareholders for conduct in performance of such director’s duties. Our amended and restated certificate of formation provides that a director of the Company will not be liable to the Company or its shareholders for monetary damages for any act or omission by the director in the performance of his duties, except that, pursuant to the TBOC, there will be no limitation of liability to the extent the director has been found liable under applicable law for (i) breach of the director’s duty of loyalty owed to the Company or its shareholders; (ii) an act or omission not in good faith that constitutes a breach of duty of the director to the Company or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law; (iii) a transaction from which the director received an improper benefit, regardless of whether the benefit resulted from an action taken within the scope of the director’s duties; or (iv) an act or omission for which the liability of the director is expressly provided for by an applicable statute.

Section 8.101 and 8.103 of the TBOC provide that a corporation may indemnify a person who was, is or is threatened to be a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding because the person is or was a director only if a determination is made that such indemnification is permissible under the TBOC: (i) by a majority vote of the directors who at the time of the vote are disinterested and independent, regardless of whether such directors constitute a quorum; (ii) by a majority vote of a board committee designated by a majority of disinterested and independent directors and consisting solely of disinterested and independent directors; (iii) by special legal counsel selected by the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors as set forth in (i) or (ii); (iv) by the shareholders in a vote that excludes the shares held by directors who are not disinterested and independent; or (v) by a unanimous vote of the shareholders.

Section 8.104 of the TBOC provides that a corporation may pay or reimburse, in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding, reasonable expenses incurred by a present director who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding after the corporation receives a written affirmation by the director of his good faith belief that he has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification under Section 8.101 and a written undertaking by or on behalf of the director to repay the amount paid or reimbursed if it is ultimately determined that he

II-1

Table of Contents

has not met that standard or if it is ultimately determined that indemnification of the director is not otherwise permitted under the TBOC. Section 8.105 also provides that reasonable expenses incurred by a former director, or a present or former employee, agent or officer of a corporation, who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding may be paid or reimbursed by the corporation, in advance of the final disposition of the action, as the corporation considers appropriate.

Section 8.105 of the TBOC provides that, subject to restrictions in its certificate of formation and to the extent consistent with other law, a corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to a person who is not a director, including an officer, employee or agent of the corporation as provided by: (i) the corporation’s governing documents; (ii) an action by the corporation’s governing authority; (iii) resolution by the shareholders; (iv) contract; or (v) common law. As consistent with Section 8.105, persons who are not directors may seek indemnification and advancement of expenses from the Company to the same extent that directors may seek indemnification and advancement of expenses from the Company.

Further, our amended and restated certificate of formation and amended and restated bylaws provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by law. We believe that these indemnification provisions and the directors’ and officers’ insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

We expect to maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

At the inception date, September 8, 2021, the Company issued 1,000,000 shares of common stock to its founder, Mr. Dekui Liu.

On January 31, 2022, the Company issued 1,500,000 of its series A convertible preferred stock to three accredited investors for $1,500,000 in cash. As of September 30, 2022, the 1,500,000 shares of series A convertible preferred stock had been converted to 1,500,000 shares of common stock after giving effect to the stock split.

On January 31 and September 30, 2022, the Company issued a total of 300,000 shares of common stock to an investor for services. These shares were valued at $1.0 per share, which was the per share price for the most recent sale of the Company’s capital stock to accredited investors.

On February 2, 2022, the Company issued 15,170,000 shares of its common stock to Mr. Dekui Liu in exchange for his 100% ownership in Inno Metal Studs Corp.

On December 3, 2022, we entered into a Pre-IPO Stock I Purchase Agreement with Donedeal LLC (the “Purchaser”) whereby the Purchaser purchased 142,857 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $500,000.

On February 24, 2023, The Company issued 27,028 shares of its common stock to an accredited investor at $3.7 per share for $100,000 in cash.

On March 20, 2023, The Company issued 78,947 shares of its common stock to an accredited investor at $3.80 per share for $300,000 in cash.

On April 27, 2023, Mr. Dekui Liu, the Company’s chief executive officer, sold 26,316 shares of the Company’s common stock he owned to an investor at $3.80 per share for $100,000 in cash. Mr. Liu then lent the $100,000 to the Company as a short-term loan, which is due on demand without interest.

In May 2023, Mr. Dekui Liu, the Company’s chief executive officer, sold 92,105 shares of the Company’s common stock he owned to two investors at $3.8 per share for $350,000 in cash. Mr. Liu then lent the $350,000 to the Company as a short-term loan, which is due on demand without interest.

On June 20, 2023, the Company issued 32,895 shares of its common stock to two accredited investors at $3.8 per share for a total value of $125,000 for services rendered.

II-2

Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)     Exhibits:    Reference is made to the Exhibit Index following the signature pages hereto, which Exhibit Index is hereby incorporated into this Item.

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.

 

Description

1.1

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1

 

Certificate of Formation of the Registrant

3.2

 

First Amendment to Certificate of Formation of the Registrant

3.3

 

Second Amendment to Certificate of Formation of the Registrant

3.4

 

Bylaws of the Registrant

3.5

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation of the Registrant

3.6

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant

4.1

 

Form of Common Stock Certificate

5.1

 

Opinion of Winston & Strawn LLP

10.1

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement

10.2++#

 

Development and Supply Agreement, by and between Vision Fund LP and Inno Metal Studs Corp, dated March 24, 2023.

10.3

 

Inno Holdings Inc. 2023 Omnibus Incentive Plan

10.4

 

Offer Letter, by and between Inno Holdings, Inc. and Tianwei Li, dated July 14, 2023.

14.1

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.1

 

Consent of TAAD LLP

23.2

 

Consent of Winston & Strawn LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

99.1

 

Form of Audit Committee Charter

99.2

 

Form of Compensation Committee Charter

99.3

 

Consent of Xiaogang Zhang

99.4

 

Consent of Cheng Sung

99.5

 

Consent of Richard B. Haws, PE

107

 

Fee Table

____________

*        To be filed by amendment.

++      Portions of this exhibit have been redacted in compliance with Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(10). The omitted information is not material and would likely cause competitive harm to the Company if publicly disclosed. The Company agrees to furnish an unredacted copy to the SEC upon its request.

#        Certain schedules and exhibits have been omitted in compliance with Regulation S-K Item 601(a)(5). The Company agrees to furnish a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to the SEC upon its request.

(b)    Financial Statement Schedules:    All schedules are omitted because the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the financial statements and the related notes.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)    To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i)     To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”);

(ii)    To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities

II-3

Table of Contents

offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii)   To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement; provided, however, that paragraphs (1)(i), (1)(ii) and (1)(iii) above do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the registration statement.

(2)    That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)    To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4)    That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser:

(A)    Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and

(B)    Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(5)     That for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i)     Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii)    Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii)   The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv)   Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to any charter provision, by law or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding)

II-4

Table of Contents

is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)     For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Houston, State of Texas on July 25, 2023.

 

INNO HOLDINGS, INC.

   

By:

 

/s/ Dekui Liu

       

Dekui Liu

       

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned constitutes and appoints each of Dekui Liu and Tianwei Li, each acting alone, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement on Form S-1 (including all pre-effective and post-effective amendments and registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that any such attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

 

Position

 

Date

/s/ Dekui Liu

 

Chief Executive Officer, Director and Chairman

 

July 25, 2023

Dekui Liu

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

   

/s/ Tianwei Li

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

July 25, 2023

Tianwei Li

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

   

/s/ Ying Liu

 

Director

 

July 25, 2023

Ying Liu

       

/s/ Shaoren Liu

 

Director

 

July 25, 2023

Shaoren Liu

       

II-6

Exhibit 1.1

 

INNO HOLDINGS INC.

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

[  ], 2023

 

AC Sunshine Securities LLC

8761 The Esplanade Ct., STE 30

Orlando, FL 32836

 

As Representative of the Underwriters

named on Schedule A hereto

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned, Inno Holdings Inc., a Texas corporation (collectively with its subsidiaries and affiliates, including, without limitation, all entities disclosed or described in the Registration Statement (as hereinafter defined) as being subsidiaries or affiliates of the Company, the “Company”), hereby confirms its agreement (this “Agreement”) with the several underwriters (such underwriters, including the Representative (as defined below), the “Underwriters” and each an “Underwriter”) named in Schedule A hereto for AC Sunshine Securities LLC is acting as the representative (in such capacity, the “Representative”) to issue and sell an aggregate of [●] shares of common stock (“Firm Shares”), of no par value (“Common Stock”). The Company has also granted to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to [●]1 shares of Common Stock, on the terms and for the purposes set forth in Section 2(c) hereof (the “Additional Shares”). The Firm Shares and any Additional Shares purchased pursuant to this Agreement are herein collectively referred to as the “Offered Securities.” The offering and sale of the Offered Securities contemplated by this Agreement is referred to herein as the “Offering.”

 

The Company confirms its agreement with the Underwriters as follows:

 

SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties of the Company.

 

The Company represents and warrants to the Underwriters as follows with the understanding that the same may be relied upon by the Underwriters in this Offering, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (as defined below) and each Option Closing Date (as defined below), if any:

 

(a)  Filing of the Registration Statement. The Company has prepared and filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-[●]), which contains a form of prospectus to be used in connection with the public offering and sale of the Offered Securities. Such registration statement, as amended, including the financial statements and the notes thereto, exhibits and schedules thereto contained in the registration statement at the time such registration statement became effective, in the form in which it was declared effective by the Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Securities Act Regulations”), and including any required information deemed to be a part thereof at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act, or pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (collectively, the “Exchange Act”) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Exchange Act Regulations”), is called the “Registration Statement.” Any registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act is called the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement,” and from and after the date and time of filing of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. Such prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act after the date and time that this Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto, or, if no filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act is required, the form of final prospectus relating to the Offered Securities included in the Registration Statement at the effective date of the Registration Statement (“Effective Date”), is called the “Prospectus.” All references in this Agreement to the Registration Statement, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, the preliminary prospectus included in the Registration Statement (each, a “preliminary prospectus”), the Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing, shall include any copy thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”). The preliminary prospectus that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below) is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus.” Any reference to the “most recent preliminary prospectus” shall be deemed to refer to the latest preliminary prospectus included in the registration statement. Any reference herein to any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus or any supplement or amendment to either thereof shall be deemed to refer to and include any documents incorporated by reference therein as of the date of such reference.

 

 

115% of the shares of common stock being offered.

 

 

 

 

(b) “Applicable Time” means [●] p.m., Eastern Time, on the date of this Agreement.

 

(c) Compliance with Registration Requirements. The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission under the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations on [●], 2023. The Company has complied, to the Commission’s satisfaction, with all requests of the Commission for additional or supplemental information. No stop order preventing or suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement is in effect and no proceedings for such purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, are contemplated or threatened by the Commission.

 

Each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus when filed complied or will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and, if filed by electronic transmission pursuant to EDGAR (except as may be permitted by Regulation S-T under the Securities Act), was identical in content to the copy thereof delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offer and sale of the Offered Securities, other than with respect to any artwork and graphics that were not filed. Each of the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, and any post-effective amendment to either the Registration Statement or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, at the time it became effective and at all subsequent times until the expiration of the prospectus delivery period required under Section 4(3) of the Securities Act, complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, as of its date and at all subsequent times until the Underwriters have completed the Offering, did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The representations and warranties set forth in the two immediately preceding sentences do not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment to either the Registration Statement or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, or in the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to the Underwriters furnished to the Company in writing expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished on behalf of any of the Underwriters consists of (i) the name of the Underwriters contained on the cover page of the Pricing Prospectus and Prospectus and (ii) the sub-sections titled “Price Stabilization” and “Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares” in each case under the caption “Underwriting” in the Prospectus (the “Underwriter Information”). There are no contracts or other documents required to be described in the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that have not been fairly and accurately described in all material respects or filed as required.

 

(d) Disclosure Package. The term “Disclosure Package” shall mean (i) the Pricing Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, (ii) each issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act (each, an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”), if any, identified in Schedule B hereto, (iii) the pricing terms set forth in Schedule C to this Agreement, and (iv) any other free writing prospectus that the parties hereto shall hereafter expressly agree in writing to treat as part of the Disclosure Package. As of the Applicable Time, the Disclosure Package did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from the Disclosure Package based upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

2

 

 

(e)  Company Not Ineligible Issuer. (i) At the time of filing the Registration Statement and (ii) as of the date of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company was not and is not an Ineligible Issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without taking account any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an Ineligible Issuer.

 

(f)  Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. No Issuer Free Writing Prospectus includes any information that conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement, including any document incorporated by reference therein that has not been superseded or modified. The foregoing sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus based upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

(g) Offering Materials Furnished to the Underwriters. The Company has delivered to the Underwriters copies of the Registration Statement and of each consent and certificate of experts filed as a part thereof, and each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, in such quantities and at such places as the Underwriters have reasonably requested in writing.

 

(h) Distribution of Offering Material by the Company. The Company has not distributed or authorized the distribution of, and will not distribute, prior to the completion of the Underwriters’ purchase of the Offered Securities, any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Offered Securities other than a preliminary prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus reviewed and consented to by the Underwriters, and the Registration Statement.

 

(i)  The Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by, and is a valid and binding agreement of, the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as rights to indemnification hereunder may be limited by applicable law and except as the enforcement hereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors or by general equitable principles.

 

(j)  Authorization of the Offered Securities and the Underwriter’s Securities. The Offered Securities to be sold by the Company through the Underwriters have been duly and validly authorized by all required corporate action and have been reserved for issuance and sale pursuant to this Agreement and, when so issued and delivered by the Company, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all Liens (as defined in sub-section (r)) imposed by the Company. The shares of Common Stock underlying the Underwriters’ Warrant (the “Underlying Shares” and together with the Underwriters’ Warrant, the “Underwriters’ Securities”) are duly authorized and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the Underwriters’ Warrant, as applicable, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all Liens imposed by the Company. The Company has sufficient shares of Common Stock for the issuance of the maximum number of Offered Securities and underlying Shares issuable pursuant to the Offering as described in the Prospectus.

 

(k)  No Applicable Registration or Other Similar Rights. There are no persons with registration or other similar rights to have any securities of the Company registered for sale under the Registration Statement and included in the Offering.

 

(l)  No Material Adverse Change. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Package, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Disclosure Package: (i) there has been no material adverse change, or any development that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business, prospects or operations, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company (any such change, a “Material Adverse Change” and any resulting effect, a “Material Adverse Effect”); (ii) the Company has not incurred any material liability or obligation, indirect, direct or contingent, not in the ordinary course of business nor entered into any material transaction or agreement not in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company in respect of its shares of Common Stock.

 

3

 

 

(m) Independent Accountant. TAAD LLP (the “Accountant”), which has expressed its opinions with respect to the audited financial statements (which term as used in this Agreement includes the related notes thereto) of the Company filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement and included in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

 

(n) Preparation of the Financial Statements. Each of the historical financial statements of the Company, respectively, filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement and included in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, presents fairly the information provided as of and at the dates and for the periods indicated. Such financial statements comply as to form with the applicable accounting requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Regulations and have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as may be expressly stated in the related notes thereto or in the case of unaudited interim financial statements, which are subject to normal year-end audit adjustments that are not expected to be material. No other financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement. Each item of historical financial data relating to the operations, assets or liabilities of the Company set forth in summary form in each of the preliminary prospectuses and the Prospectus fairly presents such information on a basis consistent with that of the complete financial statements contained in the Registration Statement.

 

(o) Incorporation and Good Standing. The Company has been duly incorporated or formed and is validly existing and in good standing as a corporation under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. As of the Closing Date, the Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity that is not otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus.

 

(p) Capitalization and Other Capital Stock Matters. The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as set forth in each of the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (other than for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to employee benefit plans described in each of the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants described in the Disclosure Package and Prospectus, as the case may be). The shares of Common Stock conform, and, when issued and delivered as provided in this Agreement, the Offered Securities will conform, in all material respects to the description thereof contained in each of the Disclosure Package and Prospectus. All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and have been issued in compliance with applicable laws. None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company were issued in violation of any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company. There are no authorized or outstanding options, warrants, preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other rights to purchase, or equity or debt securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, any shares of the Company other than those described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The description of the Company’s stock option and other stock plans or arrangements, and the options or other rights granted thereunder, set forth in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus accurately and fairly presents the information required to be shown with respect to such plans, arrangements, options and rights. No further approval or authorization of any stockholder, the Board of Directors or others is required for the issuance and sale of the Offered Securities and the Underlying Shares. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no stockholders agreements, voting agreements or other similar agreements with respect to the Company’s capital stock to which the Company is a party or, to the knowledge of the Company, between or among any of the Company’s stockholders.

 

4

 

 

(q) Non-Contravention of Existing Instruments; No Further Authorizations or Approvals Required. The Company is not in violation of its articles of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or in default (or, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, would be in default) (“Default”) under any indenture, mortgage, loan or credit agreement, note, contract, franchise, lease or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it may be bound (including, without limitation, any agreement or contract filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or to which any of the property or assets of the Company are subject (each, an “Existing Instrument”)), except for such Defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change. The Company’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and will not result in any violation of the provisions of the bylaws of the Company, as amended and restated, (ii) will not conflict with or constitute a breach of, or Default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to, or require the consent of any other party to, any Existing Instrument and (iii) will not result in any violation of any law, administrative regulation or administrative or court decree applicable to the Company, except in the case of each of clauses (ii) and (iii), to the extent such conflict, breach Default or violation could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or registration or filing with, any court or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency, is required for the Company’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except the registration or qualification of the Offered Securities under the Securities Act and applicable state securities or blue sky laws and from the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).

 

(r)  Subsidiaries. Each of the Company’s direct and indirect subsidiaries (each a “Subsidiary” and collectively, the “Subsidiaries”) has been identified on Schedule E hereto. Each of the Subsidiaries has been duly formed, is validly existing under the laws of it State of formation, as the case may be, and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has full power and authority (corporate or otherwise) to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Change on the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, all of the equity interests of each Subsidiary have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, are fully paid in accordance with its bylaws or charter documents and non-assessable and are free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims (“Liens”). None of the outstanding share capital or equity interest in any Subsidiary was issued in violation of preemptive or similar rights of any security holder of such Subsidiary. All of the constitutive or organizational documents of each of the Subsidiaries comply with the requirements of applicable laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization and are in full force and effect. Apart from the Subsidiaries, the Company has no direct or indirect subsidiaries or any other company over which it has direct or indirect effective control. Other than the Subsidiaries, the Company does not directly or indirectly control any entity through contractual arrangements or otherwise such that the entity would be deemed a consolidated affiliated entity whose financial results would be consolidated under U.S. GAAP with the financial results of the Company on the consolidated financial statements of the Company, regardless of whether the Company directly or indirectly owns less than a majority of the equity interests of such person.

 

5

 

 

(s) No Material Actions or Proceedings. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, demands, claims, suits, arbitrations, inquiries or proceedings (collectively, “Actions”) pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened (i) against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) to the Company’s knowledge, which have as the subject thereof any officer or director (in such capacities) of, or property owned or leased by, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, where in any such case (A) there is a reasonable possibility that such Action might be determined adversely to the Company and (B) any such Action, if so determined adversely, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change or adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no material labor dispute with the employees of the Company exists or, to the Company’s knowledge, is threatened or imminent. None of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ employees is a member of a union that relates to such employee’s relationship with the Company or such Subsidiary, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to a collective bargaining agreement, and the Company and its Subsidiaries believe that their relationships with their employees are good. No executive officer, to the knowledge of the Company, is in violation of any material term of any employment contract, confidentiality, disclosure or proprietary information agreement or non-competition agreement, or any other contract or agreement or any restrictive covenant in favor of any third party, and the continued employment of each such executive officer does not subject the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any liability with respect to any of the foregoing matters. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations relating to employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours, except where the failure to be in compliance could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. Neither the Company or any Subsidiary, nor any director or officer thereof, is or has within the last 10 years been the subject of any Action involving a claim of violation of or liability under federal or state securities laws or a claim of breach of fiduciary duty. There has not been, and to the knowledge of the Company, there is not pending or contemplated, any investigation by the Commission involving the Company or any current or former director or officer of the Company.

 

(t)  Intellectual Property Rights. The Company owns, possesses or licenses, and otherwise has legally enforceable rights to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, domain names, licenses, approvals and trade secrets (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”) necessary to conduct its business as now conducted or, otherwise, as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except to the extent such failure to own, possess or have other rights to use such Intellectual Property would not be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus: (i) the Company has not received any written notice of infringement or conflict with asserted Intellectual Property Rights of others; (ii) the Company is not a party to or bound by any options, licenses or agreements with respect to the Intellectual Property Rights of any other person or entity that are required to be set forth in the Registration Statement, Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and are not described in all material respects; (iii) none of the technology employed by the Company has been obtained or is being used by the Company in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, in violation of the rights of any persons; and (iv) the Company is not subject to any judgment, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or any governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, or any arbitrator, nor has it entered into nor is it a party to any agreement made in settlement of any pending or threatened litigation, which materially restricts or impairs its use of any Intellectual Property Rights.

 

(u) All Necessary Permits, etc. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries possesses such valid and current certificates, authorizations or permits issued by the applicable regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct its business, and has made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate national, regional, local or other governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or assets or the conduct of their respective business as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where lack of the licenses would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of, or non-compliance with, any such licenses and, to the knowledge of the Company, the Company has no reason to believe that such licenses will not be renewed in the ordinary course of their respective business that, if determined adversely to the Company, would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect. Such licenses are valid and in full force and effect and contain no materially burdensome restrictions or conditions not described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus.

 

6

 

 

(v)  Title to Properties. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has good and marketable title to all the properties and assets reflected as owned by it in the financial statements referred to in Section 1(n) above (or elsewhere in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus), in each case free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, lien, encumbrance, equity, adverse claim or other defect, except such as do not materially and adversely affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such property by the Company. The real property, improvements, equipment and personal property held under lease by the Company are held under valid and enforceable leases, with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such real property, improvements, equipment or personal property by the Company.

 

(w) Tax Law Compliance. (i) The Company and its Subsidiaries have each filed all federal, state, local and foreign income tax returns required to be filed as of the date of this Agreement or have timely and properly filed requested extensions thereof and have paid all taxes required to be paid by them and, if due and payable, any related or similar assessment, fine or penalty levied against any of them in all material respects; (ii) No tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that has had (nor does the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries have any notice or knowledge of any tax deficiency which could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to the Company or its Subsidiaries and which could reasonably be expected to have) a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) The Company has made adequate charges, accruals and reserves in the applicable financial statements referred to in Section 1(n) above in respect of all federal, state and foreign income and franchise taxes for all periods as to which the tax liability of the Company has not been finally determined.

 

(x)   Company Not an “Investment Company.” The Company is not, and after giving effect to payment for the Offered Securities and the application of the proceeds as contemplated under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in each of the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not be, required to register as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”).

 

(y) FINRA Affiliation. No officer, director or any beneficial owner of 10% or more of the Company’s unregistered securities has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any Participating Member (as defined under FINRA rules). The Company will advise the Representative and Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP if it learns that any officer, director or owner of 10% or more of the Company’s outstanding shares of capital stock is or becomes an affiliate or registered person of a Participating Member.

 

(z)  No Price Stabilization or Manipulation. The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to, or that might be reasonably expected to cause or result in, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any securities of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Offered Securities.

 

(aa) Related Party Transactions. There are no business relationships or related-party transactions, directly or indirectly, involving the Company or its Subsidiaries with any related person required to be described or filed in the Registration Statement, or described in the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, that have not been as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Pricing Prospectus.

 

(bb) Disclosure Controls and Procedures. To the extent required, the Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act Regulations) designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company is not aware of (a) any significant deficiency in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data or any material weaknesses in internal controls or (b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls.

 

7

 

 

(cc) Company’s Accounting System. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company maintains a system of accounting controls designed to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

(dd)    Money Laundering Law Compliance. The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the United States Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company conducts business, and the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any competent governmental agency (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company with respect to any Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(ee) OFAC.

(i) Neither the Company, any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, employee or affiliate of the Company or any Subsidiary, of any other person authorized to act on behalf of the Company, is an individual or entity (“Person”) that is, or is owned or controlled by a Person that is:

 

A.  the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), the United Nations Security Council (“UNSC”), the European Union (“EU”), His Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor

 

B.  located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Burma/Myanmar, Cuba, Iran, Libya, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).

 

(ii) The Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary or affiliated entity, joint venture partner or other Person:

 

A.  to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or

 

B.  in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the Offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

 

8

 

 

(ff)  Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, any director, officer, employee or affiliate of the Company, any Subsidiary or any other person authorized to act on behalf of the Company has, directly or indirectly, taken any action that (i) would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”) or otherwise subject the Company to any damage or penalty in any civil, criminal or governmental litigation or proceeding; (ii) if done in the past, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) if continued in the future, might reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the assets, business, or operations of the Company. The foregoing includes, without limitation, giving or agreeing to give any money, gift or similar benefit (other than legal price concessions to customers in the ordinary course of business) to any customer, supplier, employee or agent of a customer or supplier, or official or employee of any governmental agency or instrumentality of any government (domestic or foreign) or any political party or candidate for office (domestic or foreign) or other person who was, is, or may be in a position to help or hinder the business of the Company (or assist it in connection with any actual or proposed transaction) that might subject the Company to any damage or penalty in any civil, criminal or governmental litigation or proceeding.

 

(gg)    Internal Control and Compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Company is in full compliance with any provision applicable to it of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, including, without limitation, Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and all applicable rule of the listing exchanges. The Company maintains a system of internal controls, including, but not limited to, disclosure controls and procedures, internal controls over accounting matters and financial reporting, an internal audit function and legal and regulatory compliance controls that comply with all applicable laws and regulations including without limitation the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the rules and regulations of the Commission, and the rules of the listing exchanges.

 

(hh)    Exchange Act Filing. A registration statement in respect of the Common Stock has been filed on Form 8-A pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, which registration statement complies in all material respects with the Exchange Act, and the Company has taken no action designed to, or which to its knowledge is likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the shares of Common Stock under the Exchange Act nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission is contemplating terminating such registration.

 

(ii)   Earning Statements. The Company will make generally available (which includes filings pursuant to the Exchange Act made publicly through the EDGAR system) to its security holders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than 16 months after the end of the Company’s current fiscal year, an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering a 12-month period that shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Rules and Regulations.

 

(jj)  Periodic Reporting Obligations. During the Prospectus Delivery Period, the Company shall file, on a timely basis, with the Commission all reports and documents required to be filed under the Exchange Act. Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Firm Shares as may be required under Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

 

(kk) Valid Title. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company has legal and valid title to all of its properties and assets, free and clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances, equities, claims, options and restrictions except such as do not materially and adversely affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such property by such entity; each lease agreement to which it is a party is duly executed and legally binding; its leasehold interests are set forth in and governed by the terms of any lease agreements, and, to the best of the Company’s knowledge such agreements are valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms; and the Company does not own, operate, manage or have any other right or interest in any other material real property of any kind, except as described in the Prospectus or the Disclosure Package.

 

(ll)  [Reserved]

 

(mm)   [Reserved]

 

(nn)    [Reserved]

 

9

 

 

(oo) D&O Questionnaires. To the Company’s knowledge, all information contained in the questionnaires (the “Questionnaires”) completed by each of the Company’s directors and officers prior to the Offering (the “Insiders”) as well as in the Lock-Up Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B provided to the Representative is true and correct in all respects and the Company has not become aware of any information which would cause the information disclosed in the Questionnaires completed by each Insider to become inaccurate and incorrect.

 

Any certificate signed by an officer of the Company and delivered to the Representative or to counsel for the Representative shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters set forth therein. The Company acknowledges that the Underwriters and, for purposes of the opinions to be delivered pursuant to Section 5 hereof, counsel to the Company, will rely upon the accuracy and truthfulness of the foregoing representations and hereby consents to such reliance.

 

(pp)    Solvency. Based on the consolidated financial condition of the Company as of each Closing Date, after giving effect to the receipt by the Company of the proceeds from the sale of the Offered Securities hereunder, the current cash flow of the Company, together with the proceeds the Company would receive, were it to liquidate all of its assets, after taking into account all anticipated uses of the cash, are sufficient to pay all amounts on or in respect of its liabilities when such amounts are required to be paid. The Company does not intend to incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature (taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be payable on or in respect of its debt). Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Company has no knowledge of any facts or circumstances which lead it to believe that it will file for reorganization or liquidation under the bankruptcy or reorganization laws of any jurisdiction within one year from each Closing Date. The Registration Statement and the Prospectus set forth as of the date hereof all outstanding secured and unsecured Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary, or for which the Company or any Subsidiary has commitments. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Indebtedness” means (x) any liabilities for borrowed money or amounts owed in excess of $50,000 (other than trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (y) all guaranties, endorsements and other contingent obligations in respect of indebtedness of others, whether or not the same are or should be reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet (or the notes thereto), except guaranties by endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business; and (z) the present value of any lease payments in excess of $50,000 due under leases required to be capitalized in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in default with respect to any Indebtedness.

 

(qq)    Regulation M Compliance. The Company has not, and to its knowledge no one authorized to act on its behalf has, (i) taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or to result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Offered Securities or the Underlying Shares, (ii) sold, bid for, purchased, or, paid any compensation for soliciting purchases of, any of the Offered Securities or the Underlying Shares, or (iii) paid or agreed to pay to any Person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any other securities of the Company, other than, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), compensation paid to the Underwriter in connection with the Offering.

 

(rr)  EGS Status and Testing the Waters Communications. From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Test the Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company”, as defined in Section 2(a) of the Act (“Emerging Growth Company”). “Testing the Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Act. The Company (a) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Underwriters with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (b) has not authorized anyone other than the Underwriters to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Underwriters have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications.

 

(ss)    Bank Holding Company Act. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”) and to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries owns or controls, directly or indirectly, five percent or more of the outstanding shares of any class of voting securities or 25% or more of the total equity of a bank or any entity that is subject to the BHCA and to regulation by the Federal Reserve. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of a bank or any entity that is subject to the BHCA and to regulation by the Federal Reserve.

 

(tt)     U.S. Real Property Holding Corporation. The Company is not and has never been a U.S. real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Company shall so certify upon the Underwriters’ request.

 

(uu)    Margin Securities. The Company owns no “margin securities” as that term is defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”), and none of the proceeds of Offering will be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin security, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin security or for any other purpose which might cause any of the Offered Securities to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meanings of Regulation T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

10

 

 

(vv)    Integration. Neither the Company, nor any of its affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf has, directly or indirectly, made any offers or sales of any security or solicited any offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would cause the Offering to be integrated with prior offerings by the Company for purposes of the Securities Act that would require the registration of any such securities under the Securities Act.

 

(ww)    No Fiduciary Duties. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters’ responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature and that none of the Underwriters or their affiliates or any selling agent shall be deemed to be acting in a fiduciary capacity, or otherwise owes any fiduciary duty to the Company or any of its affiliates in connection with the Offering and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company acknowledges that the Underwriters may have financial interests in the success of the Offering that are not limited to the difference between the price to the public and the purchase price paid to the Company by the Underwriters for the Offered Securities and the Underwriters have no obligation to disclose, or account to the Company for, any of such additional financial interests. The Company hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the Company may have against the Underwriters with respect to any breach or alleged breach of fiduciary duty.

 

(xx) No Accounting Issues. The Company has not received any notice, oral or written, from its Board of Directors or Audit Committee stating that it is reviewing or investigating, and neither the Company’s independent auditors nor its internal auditors have recommended that the Board of Directors or Audit Committee review or investigate, (i) adding to, deleting, changing the application of, or changing the Company’s disclosure with respect to, any of the Company’s material accounting policies; or (ii) any matter which could result in a restatement of the Company’s financial statements for any annual or interim period during the current or prior two fiscal years.

 

(yy)    Forward-looking Statements. No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or shall be contain in any amendments and supplements thereof, has been made or reaffirmed, or will be made, without a reasonable basis, or has been disclosed or will be disclosed other than in good faith.

 

(zz) Insurance. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which they are engaged in the jurisdictions that the Company and each of its Subsidiaries operate as required by the laws of such jurisdictions; neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(aaa)    No Finder’s Fee. There are no contracts, agreements, or understandings between the Company or its Subsidiaries and any other person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or its Subsidiaries or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with this Offering, or any other arrangements, agreements, understandings, payments, or issuance with respect to the Company, or its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective officers, directors, shareholders/stockholders, partners, employees or related parties that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation as determined by FINRA.

 

(bbb)   Operating and Other Data. All operating and other data pertaining to the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are true and accurate in all materials respects.

 

11

 

 

(ccc)    Third-party Data. Any statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus is based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably and in good faith believes to be reliable and accurate, and such data agrees with the sources from which it is derived, and the Company has obtained the written consent for the use of such data from such sources to the extent required.

 

(ddd)   Compliance with Environmental Laws. The Company and its subsidiaries are (a) in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“Environmental Laws”), (b) have received and are in compliance with all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (c) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability for the investigation or remediation of any disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, except where such non-compliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals, or liability would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(eee)    Compliance with Law, Constitutive Documents and Contracts. Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is (a) in breach or violation of any provision of applicable law (including, but not limited to, any applicable law concerning information collection and user privacy protection) or (b) in breach or violation of its respective constitutive documents, or (c) in default under (nor has any event occurred that, with notice, lapse of time or both, would result in any breach or violation of, constitute a default under or give the holder of any indebtedness (or a person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a part of such indebtedness under) any agreement or other instrument that is binding upon the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, or any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, except in the cases of (a) and (c) above, where any such breach, violation or default would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(fff) No Unlawful Influence. The Company has not offered, or caused the Underwriters to offer, shares to any person or entity with the intention of unlawfully influencing: (a) a customer or supplier of the Company or any affiliate of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company or such affiliate or (b) a journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or any such affiliate.

 

(ggg)   The Company acknowledges that the Underwriters and, for purposes of the opinions to be delivered pursuant to Section 6 hereof, counsel to the Company, will rely upon the accuracy and truthfulness of the foregoing representations and hereby consents to such reliance.

 

SECTION 2. Firm Shares, Additional Shares and Underwriters’ Warrant.

 

(a)  Purchase of Firm Shares. On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of [●] shares of Common Stock (the “Firm Shares”) at a purchase price (net of discounts)2 of $[●] per Share. The Underwriters agree to purchase from the Company the Firm Shares.

 

(b)  Delivery of and Payment for Firm Shares. Delivery of and payment for the Firm Shares shall be made at 10:00 A.M., Eastern time, on the third (3rd) Business Day following the Applicable Time, or at such time as shall be agreed upon by the Underwriters and the Company, at the offices of the Representative’s counsel or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Underwriters and the Company. The hour and date of delivery of and payment for the Firm Shares is called the “Closing Date.” The closing of the payment of the purchase price for is referred to herein as the “Closing.” Payment for the Firm Shares shall be made on the Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds upon delivery to the Underwriters of certificates (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters) representing the Firm Shares (or if uncertificated through the full fast transfer facilities of the Depository Trust Company (the “DTC”)) for the account of the Underwriters. The Firm Shares shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as the Underwriters may request in writing at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date. If certificated, the Company will permit the Underwriters to examine and package the Firm Shares for delivery at least one full Business Day prior to the Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Firm Shares except upon tender of payment by the Underwriters for all the Firm Shares.

 

 

27.5%

 

12

 

 

(c)  Additional Shares. The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters an option (the “Over-allotment Option”) to purchase up to an additional [●]3 shares of Common Stock (the “Additional Shares”), in each case solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments of such securities, if any. The Over-allotment Option is, at the Underwriters’ sole discretion, for Additional Shares.

 

(d) Exercise of Over-allotment Option. The Over-allotment Option granted pursuant to Section 2(c) hereof may be exercised by the Representative within 45 days of the Closing Date. The purchase price to be paid per Additional Shares shall be equal to the price per Firm Share in Section 2(a). The Underwriters shall not be under any obligation to purchase any Additional Shares prior to the exercise of the Over-allotment Option. The Over-allotment Option granted hereby may be exercised by the giving of oral notice to the Company from the Underwriters, which shall be confirmed in writing via overnight mail or facsimile or other electronic transmission, setting forth the number of Additional Shares to be purchased and the date and time for delivery of and payment for the Additional Shares (the “Option Closing Date”), which shall not be later than five (5) full Business Days after the date of the notice or such other time as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Underwriters, at the offices of the Representative’s counsel or at such other place (including remotely by facsimile or other electronic transmission) as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Underwriters. If such delivery and payment for the Additional Shares does not occur on the Closing Date, the Option Closing Date will be as set forth in the notice. Upon exercise of the Over-allotment Option with respect to all or any portion of the Additional Shares, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (i) the Company shall become obligated to sell to the Underwriters the number of Additional Shares specified in such notice and (ii) the Underwriters shall purchase that portion of the total number of Additional Shares.

 

(e)  Delivery and Payment of Additional Shares. Payment for the Additional Shares shall be made on the Option Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, upon delivery to the Underwriters of certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters) representing the Additional Shares (or through the facilities of DTC) for the account of the Underwriters. The Additional Shares shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Underwriters may request in writing at least two (2) full Business Days prior to the Option Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Additional Shares except upon tender of payment by the Underwriters for applicable Additional Shares. The Option Closing Date may be simultaneous with, but not earlier than, the Closing Date; and in the event that such time and date are simultaneous with the Closing Date, the term “Closing Date” shall refer to the time and date of delivery of the Firm Shares and Additional Shares.

 

(f)  Underwriting Discount. In consideration of the services to be provided for hereunder, the Underwriters shall receive a seven percent (7.0%) underwriting discount, with respect to any Offered Securities sold to investors in this Offering.

 

(g) Underwriter’s Warrant. The Company hereby agrees to issue to the Representative (and/or its designees) on the applicable Closing Date and Option Closing Date (if applicable), Warrants, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, to purchase such number of shares of Common Stock equal to seven percent (7.0%) of the Offered Securities sold by the Company (the “Underwriter’s Warrant”), including any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of Over-allotment Option. The Underwriter’s Warrant shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, commencing six months from issuance and expiring on the fifth-year anniversary of the commencement of sale of the Offering at an initial exercise price of $[●] per shares of Common Stock, which is equal to one hundred and twenty percent (120%) of the initial public offering price of a Firm Share.

 

(h) Non-accountable Expense Allowance. The Company agrees that upon the closing of the Offering it will pay to the Representative a non-accountable expense allowance (the “Non-accountable Expense Allowance”) equal to one percent (1%) of the gross proceeds to be receive by the Company on the Closing Date.

 

 

315% of the Firm Shares

 

13

 

 

SECTION 3. Covenants of the Company.

 

The Company covenants and agrees with the Underwriters as follows:

 

(a)  Underwriters’ Review of Proposed Amendments and Supplements. During the period beginning at the Applicable Time and ending on the later of the Closing Date or such date as, in the opinion of Representative’s counsel, the Prospectus is no longer required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by the Underwriters or selected dealers, including under circumstances where such requirement may be satisfied pursuant to Rule 172 under the Securities Act (the “Prospectus Delivery Period”), prior to amending or supplementing the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, including any amendment or supplement through incorporation by reference of any report filed under the Exchange Act, the Company shall furnish to the Underwriters for review a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement, and the Company shall not file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Underwriters reasonably objects.

 

(b) Securities Act Compliance. After the date of this Agreement, during the Prospectus Delivery Period, the Company shall promptly advise the Underwriters in writing (i) of the receipt of any comments of, or requests for additional or supplemental information from, the Commission, (ii) of the time and date of any filing of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, (iii) of the time and date that any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective and (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or of any order or notice preventing or suspending the use of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or of any proceedings to remove, suspend or terminate from listing or quotation the Offered Securities from any securities exchange upon which they are listed for trading or included or designated for quotation, or of the threatening or initiation of any proceedings for any of such purposes. If the Commission shall enter any such stop order or order or notice of prevention or suspension at any time, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the lifting of such order at the earliest possible moment, or will file a new registration statement and use commercially reasonable efforts to have such new registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable. Additionally, the Company agrees that it shall comply with the provisions of Rules 424(b) and 430A, as applicable, under the Securities Act, including with respect to the timely filing of documents thereunder and will confirm that any filings made by the Company under such Rule 424(b) were received in a timely manner by the Commission.

 

(c)  Exchange Act Compliance. During the Prospectus Delivery Period, to the extent the Company becomes subject to reporting obligation under the Exchange Act, the Company will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15 of the Exchange Act in the manner and within the time periods required by the Exchange Act.

 

(d)  Amendments and Supplements to the Registration Statement, Prospectus and Other Securities Act Matters. If, during the Prospectus Delivery Period, any event or development shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances under which they were made, as the case may be, not misleading, or if it shall be necessary to amend or supplement the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, as the case may be, not misleading, or if in the opinion of the Underwriters it is otherwise necessary to amend or supplement the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or to file a new registration statement containing the Prospectus, in order to comply with law, including in connection with the delivery of the Prospectus, the Company agrees to (i) notify the Underwriters of any such event or condition (unless such event or condition was previously brought to the Company’s attention by the Underwriters during the Prospectus Delivery Period) and (ii) promptly prepare (subject to Section 3(a) and Section 3(f) hereof), file with the Commission (and use commercially reasonable efforts to have any amendment to the Registration Statement or any new registration statement to be declared effective) and furnish at its own expense to the Underwriters and to dealers, amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or any new registration statement, necessary in order to make the statements in the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, as the case may be, not misleading or so that the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with law.

 

14

 

 

(e)  Permitted Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company represents that it has not made, and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Underwriters, it will not make, any offer relating to the Offered Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433 under the Securities Act; provided that the prior written consent of the Underwriters hereto shall be deemed to have been given in respect of each free writing prospectuses listed on Schedule B hereto. Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Underwriters is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Free Writing Prospectus.” The Company agrees that (i) it has treated and will treat, as the case may be, each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and (ii) has complied and will comply, as the case may be, with the requirements of Rules 164 and 433 under the Securities Act applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including in respect of timely filing with the Commission, legending and record keeping.

 

(f)  Copies of any Amendments and Supplements to the Prospectus. The Company agrees to furnish the Underwriters, without charge, during the Prospectus Delivery Period, as many copies of each of the preliminary prospectuses, the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package and any amendments and supplements thereto (including any documents incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference therein) as the Underwriters may reasonably request.

 

(g) Use of Proceeds. The Company shall apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Offered Securities sold by it in the manner described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(h) Transfer Agent. The Company shall engage and maintain, at its expense, a registrar and transfer agent for the Offered Securities.

 

(i)  Internal Controls. The Company will maintain a system of internal accounting controls designed to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary in order to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The internal controls, upon consummation of the Offering, will be, overseen by the Audit Committee (the “Audit Committee”) of the Board in accordance with the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”).

 

(j)  Exchange Listing. The shares of Common Stock have been duly authorized for listing on Nasdaq Capital Market, subject to official notice of issuance. The Company is in material compliance with the provisions of the rules and regulations promulgated by Nasdaq and has no reason to believe that it will not in the foreseeable future continue to be, in compliance with all such listing and maintenance requirements (to the extent applicable to the Company as of the date hereof, the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date; and subject to all exemptions and exceptions from the requirements thereof as are set forth therein, to the extent applicable to the Company). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and subject to the qualifications above: (i) all members of the Company’s board of directors who are required to be “independent” (as that term is defined under applicable laws, rules and regulations), including, without limitation, all members of each of the audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee of the Company’s board of directors, meet the qualifications of independence as set forth under such laws, rules and regulations, (ii) the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors has at least one member who is an “audit committee financial expert” (as that term is defined under such laws, rules and regulations), and (iii) that, based on discussions with Nasdaq, the Company meets all requirements for listing on Nasdaq Capital Market. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the listing of the Nasdaq Capital Market for five (5) years after the date of this Agreement.

 

15

 

 

(k)  Future Reports to the Underwriters. For one year after the date of this Agreement, the Company will furnish, if not otherwise available on EDGAR, to the Representative at 8761 The Esplanade Ct., STE 30, Orlando, FL 32836, Attention: Ying Cui, President: (i) as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, copies of the Annual Report of the Company containing the balance sheet of the Company as of the close of such fiscal year and statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended and the opinion thereon of the Company’s independent public or certified public accountants; (ii) as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, copies of each proxy statement, Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly financial statements on Form 10-Q or other report filed by the Company with the Commission; and (iii) as soon as available, copies of any report or communication of the Company mailed generally to holders of its shares.

 

(l)  No Manipulation of Price. The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or result in, or that has constituted or might reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any securities of the Company.

 

(m) Existing Lock-Up Agreements. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no existing agreements between the Company and its security holders that prohibit the sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation of any of the Company’s securities. The Company will direct the transfer agent to place stop transfer restrictions upon the securities of the Company that are bound by such “lock-up” agreements for the duration of the periods contemplated therein.

 

(n) Company Lock-up.

 

(i) The Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representative, for a period of 180 days from the date of this Agreement (the “Lock-Up Period”), (i) issue, offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the shares of Common Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, except to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement. The Company agrees not to accelerate the vesting of any option or warrant or the lapse of any repurchase right prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period.

 

(ii)     The restrictions contained in Section 3(n)(i) hereof shall not apply to: (A) the Offered Securities, (B) the Underlying Shares, (C) any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants or options, in each case outstanding as of the Applicable Time and as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (D) any shares of Common Stock or options to purchase any shares of Common Stock or other any shares of Common Stock based award issued or granted pursuant to the Company’s stock incentive plans, stock purchase plan, stock ownership plan or dividend reinvestment plan in effect at the Applicable Time and as described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, and (E) shares of Common Stock or other securities issued in connection with a transaction with an unaffiliated third party that includes a bona fide commercial relationship (including joint ventures, marketing or distribution arrangements, collaboration agreements or intellectual property license agreements) or any acquisition of assets or acquisition of not less than a majority or controlling portion of the equity of another entity; provided that (x) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to clause (E) shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the total number of outstanding shares of Common Stock immediately following the issuance and sale of the Offered Securities pursuant hereto and (y) the recipient of any such shares of Common Stock or other securities issued or granted pursuant to clause (E) during the Lock-Up Period shall enter into an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

 

16

 

 

(o) Restriction on Continuous Offerings. Notwithstanding the restrictions contained in Section 3(n), the Company, on behalf of itself and any successor entity, agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Underwriters, it will not, for a period of twelve months from the commencement of the Company’s first day of trading, directly or indirectly in any “at-the-market” or continuous equity transaction, offer to sell, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to sell or otherwise dispose of shares of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock of the Company.

 

(p) Absence of Further Requirements. No consent, approval, authorization, or order of, or filing or registration with, any person (including any governmental or regulatory agency or body or any court) is required to be obtained or made by the Company for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and issuance and sale of the Offered Securities, except such as have been obtained, or made on or prior to the Closing Date, and are, or on the Closing Date will be, in full force and effect. No authorization, consent, approval, license, qualification or order of, or filing or registration with any person (including any governmental agency or body or any court) in any foreign jurisdiction is required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection with the Offering, issuance and sale of the Offered Securities under the laws and regulations of such jurisdiction except such as have been obtained or made.

 

(q) Right of First Refusal. The Company and the Representative agree that the Representative shall have an irrevocable right of first refusal (the “Right of First Refusal”) for a period of twelve (12) months after the date the Offering is completed, to act as sole and exclusive investment banker, sole and exclusive book-runner, sole and exclusive financial advisor, sole and exclusive underwriter and/or sole and exclusive placement agent, at the Representative’s sole and exclusive discretion, if the Company or any of its subsidiaries: (i) decides to finance or refinance any indebtedness; or (ii) decides to raise funds by means of a public offering (including at-the-market facility) or a private placement or any other capital raising financing of equity, equity-linked or debt securities. If the Representative decides to accept such engagement, the agreement governing such engagement will contain, among other things, provisions for fees customary to the Representative for transactions of similar size and nature, and the provisions of this Agreement, including indemnification, which are appropriate to such transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the decision to accept the Company’s engagement under this Section 3(q) shall be made by the Representative, by a written notice to the Company, within fifteen (15) business days of the receipt of the Company’s notification of its financing needs. The Representative shall have the sole right to determine whether or not any other broker dealer shall have the right to participate in any such transaction and the economic terms of any such participation. 

 

(r)  Tail Period. The Representative shall be entitled to receive from the Company a cash placement fee equal to six percent (6.0%) of the aggregate purchase price paid by each purchaser of securities of the Company, with respect to any public or private offering or other financing or capital-raising transaction of any kind (the “Tail Financing”) to the extent that such financing or capital is provided to the Company by investors whom the Representative has introduced, directly or indirectly by way of at least one meeting in person or telephonically, to the Company during the Engagement Period (as defined below), if such Tail Financing is consummated at any time during the Engagement Period or within twelve (12) months following the expiration of the Engagement Period or termination of that certain engagement letter agreement by and between the Company and the Representative, dated as of June 27, 2023 (the “Engagement Agreement”). The Representative will provide a list of investors at the conclusion of the Engagement Period that were introduced to the Company during the Engagement Period and only these investors will be eligible for the fees specified in this section. “Engagement Period” shall mean the period beginning on June 27, 2023, and ending on the earliest of (i) December 31, 2023 or (ii) the date the Offering is completed.

 

SECTION 4.    Payment of Fees and Expenses. The Company hereby agrees to pay on each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, to the extent not paid at the Closing Date, all expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, including, but not limited to: (a) all filing fees and communication expenses relating to the registration of the shares of Common Stock to be sold in the Offering with the Commission; (b) all Public Filing System filing fees associated with the review of the Offering by FINRA; (c) all fees and expenses relating to the listing of such Offered Securities on the Exchange and such other stock exchanges as the Company and the Representative together determine, including any fees charged by DTC for new securities; (d) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to background checks of the Company’s officers and directors; (e) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration or qualification of the Offered Securities under the “Blue Sky” laws of such states and other jurisdictions as the Representative may reasonably designate (including, without limitation, all filing and registration fees); (f) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration, qualification or exemption of the Offered Securities under the securities laws of such foreign jurisdictions as the Representative may reasonably designate; (g) the costs of all mailing and printing of the underwriting documents (including, without limitation, the Underwriting Agreement, any Blue Sky Surveys and, if appropriate, any Agreement Among Underwriters, Selected Dealers’ Agreement, Underwriters’ Questionnaire and Power of Attorney), Registration Statements, Prospectuses and all amendments, supplements and exhibits thereto and as many preliminary and final Prospectuses as the Representative may reasonably deem necessary; (h) the costs of preparing, printing and delivering certificates representing the Offered Securities; (i) fees and expenses of the transfer agent for the shares of Common Stock; (j) stock transfer and/or stamp taxes, if any, payable upon the transfer of securities from the Company to the Underwriters; (k) the fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants; (l) the fees and expenses of the Issuer’s Counsel and other agents and representatives; (m) the Company’s actual “road show” expenses for the Offering; and (n) all out-of-pocket accountable expenses of the Underwriters (including, but not limited to, fees and disbursements of Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP’s and the Underwriters’ reasonable travel, database, printing, postage, facsimile and telephone expenses) incurred in connection with the Underwriters’ performance of their obligations hereunder. The Representative may deduct from the net proceeds of the Offering payable to the Company on the Closing Date, or each Option Closing Date, if any, all such out-of-pocket fees, expenses and disbursements in connection with the forgoing clause (n) incurred by Underwriters as a result of providing services related to the Offering to be paid by the Company to the Underwriters up to a maximum aggregate expense allowance of $250,000 and will be reimbursed to the extent not offset by actual expenses in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)).

 

17

 

 

SECTION 5.    Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters. The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase the Offered Securities as provided herein on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date shall be subject to (1) the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company set forth in Section 1 hereof as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date as though then made; (2) the timely performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder; and (3) each of the following additional conditions:

 

(a)  Accountant’s Comfort Letter. On the date hereof, the Representative shall have received from the Accountant, a letter dated the date hereof addressed to the Representative, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to the Representative, delivered according to Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72 (or any successor bulletin), with respect to the audited and unaudited financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

(b) Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Compliance with Registration Requirements; No Stop Order. During the period from and after the execution of this Agreement to and including the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as applicable:

 

(i) the Company shall have filed the Prospectus with the Commission (including the information required by Rule 430A under the Securities Act) in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act; or the Company shall have filed a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement containing the information required by such Rule 430A, and such post-effective amendment shall have become effective; and

 

(ii) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, shall be in effect and no proceedings for such purpose shall have been instituted or threatened by the Commission.

 

(c)  No Material Adverse Change. For the period from and after the date of this Agreement to and including the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, in the reasonable judgment of the Representative there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Change.

 

(d) CFO Certificate. On the Closing Date and/or the Option Closing Date, the Representative shall have received a written certificate executed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated as of such date, on behalf of the Company, with respect to certain financial data contained in the Registration Statement, Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, providing “management comfort” with respect to such information, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters.

 

(e)  Officers’ Certificate. On the Closing Date and/or the Option Closing Date, the Representative shall have received a written certificate executed by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, dated as of such date, to the effect that the signers of such certificate have reviewed the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and this Agreement, to the effect that:

 

(i) The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct, as if made on and as of such Closing Date, and the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date;

 

18

 

 

(ii) No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the use of the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened under the Securities Act; no order having the effect of ceasing or suspending the distribution of the Offered Securities or any other securities of the Company has been issued by any securities commission, securities regulatory authority or stock exchange in the United States and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, contemplated by any securities commission, securities regulatory authority or stock exchange in the United States; and

 

(iii)    Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there has not been: (a) any Material Adverse Change; (b) any transaction that is material to the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, except transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business; (c) any obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary, except obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business; (d) any material change in the capital stock (except changes thereto resulting from the exercise of outstanding options or warrants or conversion of outstanding indebtedness into shares of Common Stock of the Company) or outstanding indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary (except for the conversion of such indebtedness into shares of Common Stock of the Company); (e) any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made on shares of Common Stock of the Company; or (f) any loss or damage (whether or not insured) to the property of the Company or any Subsidiary which has been sustained or will have been sustained which has a Material Adverse Effect

 

(f)  Secretary’s Certificate. On the Closing Date and/or the Option Closing Date, the Representative shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Secretary of the Company, dated such Closing Date, certifying: (i) that each of the Company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws attached to such certificate is true and complete, has not been modified and is in full force and effect; (ii) that each of the Subsidiaries bylaws or charter documents attached to such certificate is true and complete, has not been modified and is in full force and effect; (iii) that the resolutions of the Company’s board of directors relating to the Offering attached to such certificate are in full force and effect and have not been modified; and (iv) the good standing of the Company and each of the Subsidiaries (except in such jurisdictions where the concept of good standing is not applicable). The documents referred to in such certificate shall be attached to such certificate.

 

(g)  Bring-down Comfort Letter. On the Closing Date and/or the Option Closing Date, the Representative shall have received from the Accountant, a letter dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative, to the effect that the Accountant reaffirms the statements made in the letter furnished by it pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 5, except that the specified date referred to therein for the carrying out of procedures shall be no more than three business days prior to the Closing Date and/or the Option Closing Date.

 

(h) Lock-Up Agreement from Certain Securityholders of the Company. On or prior to the date hereof, the Company shall have furnished to the Representative an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto from each of the Company’s officers, directors, and all of the Company’s security holders listed on Schedule D hereto.

 

(i)  Exchange Listing. The Offered Securities to be delivered on the Closing Date and/or the Option Closing Date shall have been approved for listing on Nasdaq Capital Market, subject to official notice of issuance.

 

(j)  Company Counsel Opinions. On the Closing Date and/or the Option Closing Date, the Representative shall have received

 

19

 

 

(i) the favorable opinion of Winston & Strawn LLP, U.S. counsel to the Company, including, without limitation, a negative assurance letter, addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative; and

 

(ii)    the favorable opinion of [  ], [  ] counsel to the Company, addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representative.

 

(k)  Additional Documents. On or before the Closing Date and/or the Option Closing Date, the Representative and counsel for the Representative shall have received such information, documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purposes of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Offered Securities as contemplated herein, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations and warranties, or the satisfaction of any of the conditions or agreements, herein contained.

 

If any condition specified in this Section 5 is not satisfied when and as required to be satisfied, this Agreement may be terminated by the Representative by written notice to the Company at any time on or prior to the Closing Date and/or the Option Closing Date, which termination shall be without liability on the part of any party to any other party, except that Section 4 (with respect to the reimbursement of out-of-pocket accountable, bona fide expenses actually incurred by the Representative) and Section 7 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.

 

SECTION 6. Effectiveness of this Agreement.

 

This Agreement shall not become effective until the later of (i) the execution of this Agreement by the parties hereto and (ii) notification (including by way of oral notification from the reviewer at the Commission) by the Commission to the Company of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

 

SECTION 7. Indemnification.

 

(a)  Indemnification by the Company. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters, their respective affiliates and each of their respective directors, officers, members, employees and agents and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively the “Underwriter Indemnified Parties,” and each a “Underwriter Indemnified Party”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (including in settlement of any litigation if such settlement is effected with the prior written consent of the Company) arising out of (i) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, including the information deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness and at any subsequent time pursuant to Rules 430A and 430B of the Securities Act Regulations, or arise out of or are based upon the omission from the Registration Statement, or alleged omission to state therein, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or (ii) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any other materials used in connection with the Offering, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and shall reimburse such Underwriter Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with evaluating, investigating or defending against such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, expense or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement in, or omission from any preliminary prospectus, any Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or in any other materials used in connection with the Offering made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information. The indemnification obligations under this Section 7(a) are not exclusive and will be in addition to any liability, which the Underwriters might otherwise have and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available at law or in equity to each Underwriter Indemnified Party.

 

20

 

 

(b) Indemnification by the Underwriters. The Underwriters shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Company’s affiliates and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively the “Company Indemnified Parties” and each a “Company Indemnified Party”) from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (including in settlement of any litigation if such settlement is effected with the prior written consent of the Underwriters) arising out (i) any untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act Regulations, any Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto, or (ii) the omission to state in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act Regulations, any Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriters Information and shall reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating or preparing to defend or defending against or appearing as third party witness in connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action, investigation or proceeding, as such fees and expenses are incurred. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7(b), in no event shall any indemnity by the Underwriters under this Section 7(b) exceed the total discounts received by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering. The indemnification obligations under this Section 7(b) are not exclusive and will be in addition to any liability, which the Company might otherwise have and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available at law or in equity to each Company Indemnified Party.

 

21

 

 

(c) Procedure. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 7 of notice of the commencement of any action, the indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under this Section 7, notify such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of that action; provided, however, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Section 7 except to the extent it has been materially adversely prejudiced by such failure; and, provided, further, that the failure to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 7. If any such action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense of such action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party (which counsel shall not, except with the written consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party). After notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such action, except as provided herein, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party under Section 7(a) or 7(b), as applicable, for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense of such action other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that any indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and to participate in the defense of such action but the fees and expenses of such counsel (other than reasonable costs of investigation) shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the employment thereof has been specifically authorized in writing by the Company in the case of a claim for indemnification under Section 7(a), (ii) such indemnified party shall have been advised by its counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, or (iii) the indemnifying party has failed to assume the defense of such action and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party within a reasonable period of time after notice of the commencement of the action or the indemnifying party does not diligently defend the action after assumption of the defense, in which case, if such indemnified party notifies the indemnifying party in writing that it elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of (or, in the case of a failure to diligently defend the action after assumption of the defense, to continue to defend) such action on behalf of such indemnified party and the indemnifying party shall be responsible for legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense of such action; provided, however, that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one such action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time any such indemnified party (in addition to any local counsel), which firm shall be designated in writing by the Underwriters if the indemnified party under this Section 7 is an Underwriter Indemnified Party or by the Company if an indemnified party under this Section 7 is a Company Indemnified Party. Subject to this Section 7(c), the amount payable by an indemnifying party under Section 7 shall include, but not be limited to, (x) reasonable legal fees and expenses of counsel to the indemnified party and any other expenses in investigating, or preparing to defend or defending against, or appearing as a third party witness in respect of, or otherwise incurred in connection with, any action, investigation, proceeding or claim, and (y) all amounts paid in settlement of any of the foregoing. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of judgment with respect to any pending or threatened action or any claim whatsoever, in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 7 (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. Subject to the provisions of the following sentence, no indemnifying party shall be liable for settlement of any pending or threatened action or any claim whatsoever that is effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), but if settled with its written consent, if its consent has been unreasonably withheld or delayed or if there be a judgment for the plaintiff in any such matter, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. In addition, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested that an indemnifying party reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated herein effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than forty-five (45) days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the request for reimbursement, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least thirty (30) days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

 

22

 

 

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 7(a) or Section 7(b), then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid, payable or otherwise incurred by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (or any action, investigation or proceeding in respect thereof), as incurred, (i) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified parry or parties on the other hand from the Offering, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) of this Section 7(d) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) of this Section 7(d) but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other with respect to the statements, omissions, acts or failures to act which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (or any action, investigation or proceeding in respect thereof) as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other with respect to such offering shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total proceeds from the Offering purchased by investors as contemplated by this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts received by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement, omission, act or failure to act; provided that the parties hereto agree that the written information furnished to the Company by the Underwriters for use in any preliminary prospectus, any Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto, consists solely of the Underwriters’ Information. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 7(d) be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding referred to above in this Section 7(d) shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 7(d), any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending against or appearing as a third party witness in respect of, or otherwise incurred in connection with, any such loss, claim, damage, expense, liability, action, investigation or proceeding. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7(d), the Underwriters shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the total discounts received in cash by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering less the amount of any damages that the Underwriters have otherwise paid or become liable to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement, omission or alleged omission, act or alleged act or failure to act or alleged failure to act by the Underwriters. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

SECTION 8. Termination of this Agreement. Prior to the Closing Date, whether before or after notification by the Commission to the Company of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act, this Agreement may be terminated by the Underwriters by written notice given to the Company if at any time (i) trading or quotation in any of the Company’s securities shall have been suspended or limited by the Commission or by Nasdaq; (ii) a general banking moratorium shall have been declared by any U.S. federal authorities; (iii) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of national or international hostilities or any crisis or calamity, or any change in the United States or international financial markets, or any substantial change or development involving a prospective substantial change in United States’ or international political, financial or economic conditions that, in the reasonable judgment of the Underwriters, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable to market the Offered Securities in the manner and on the terms described in the Prospectus or to enforce contracts for the sale of securities, (iv) if the Company shall have sustained a material loss by fire, flood, accident, hurricane, earthquake, theft, sabotage or other calamity or malicious act which, whether or not such loss shall have been insured, will, in the Representative’s opinion, make it inadvisable to proceed with the delivery of the Offered Securities, (v) if the Company is in material breach of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder, or (vi) if the Representative shall have become aware after the date hereof of such a material adverse change in the conditions or prospects of the Company, or such adverse material change in general market conditions as in the Representative’s reasonable judgment would make it impracticable to proceed with the offering, sale and/or delivery of the Securities or to enforce contracts made by the Underwriters for the sale of the Offered Securities. Any termination pursuant to this Section 8 shall be without liability on the part of (a) the Company to any of the Underwriters, except that the Company shall be, subject to demand by the Underwriters, obligated to reimburse the Underwriters for only those out-of-pocket expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of their counsel, and expenses associated with a due diligence report), actually incurred by the Underwriters in connection herewith as allowed under FINRA Rule 5110, less any amounts previously paid by the Company; provided, however, that all such expenses shall not exceed $250,000 in the aggregate, (b) the Underwriters to the Company, or (c) of any party hereto to any other party except that the provisions of Section 4 (with respect to the reimbursement of out-of-pocket accountable, bona fide expenses actually incurred by the Underwriters) and Section 7 shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.

 

23

 

 

SECTION 9. No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. The Company hereby acknowledges that the Underwriters are acting solely as underwriters in connection with the Offering. The Company further acknowledges that the Underwriters are acting pursuant to a contractual relationship created solely by this Agreement entered into on an arm’s-length basis and in no event do the parties intend that the Underwriters act or be responsible as a fiduciary to the Company, its management, stockholders, creditors or any other person in connection with any activity that the Underwriters may undertake or have undertaken in furtherance of the Offering, either before or after the date hereof. The Underwriters hereby expressly disclaim any fiduciary or similar obligations to the Company, either in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any matters leading up to such transactions, and the Company hereby confirms its understanding and agreement to that effect. The Company hereby further confirms its understanding that no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the Offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including, without limitation, any negotiation related to the pricing of the Offered Securities; and the Company has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate in connection with this Agreement and the Offering. The Company and the Underwriters agree that they are each responsible for making their own independent judgments with respect to any such transactions, and that any opinions or views expressed by the Underwriters to the Company regarding such transactions, including but not limited to any opinions or views with respect to the price or market for the Company’s securities, do not constitute advice or recommendations to the Company. The Company hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the Company may have against the Underwriters with respect to any breach or alleged breach of any fiduciary or similar duty to the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any matters leading up to such transactions.

 

SECTION 10. Representations and Indemnities to Survive Delivery. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, of its officers, and of the Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriters or the Company or any of its or their partners, officers or directors or any controlling person, as the case may be, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Securities sold hereunder and any termination of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 11. Taxes. All sums payable by the Company under this Agreement shall be paid free and clear of and without deductions or withholdings of any present or future taxes or duties, unless the deduction or withholding is required by law, in which case the Company shall pay such additional amount as will result in the receipt by an Underwriter or Representative (each a “Taxable Entity”) of the full amount that would have been received had no deduction or withholding been made.

 

SECTION 12. Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed, hand delivered or emailed to the parties hereto as follows:

 

If to the Underwriters:

 

AC Sunshine Securities LLC

8761 The Esplanade Ct., STE 30

Orlando, FL 32836

Attn: Dr. Ying Cui

Email: ycui@acsunshine.com

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP

366 Madison Avenue, 3rd FL

New York, NY 10017

Attn:William S. Rosenstadt, Esq.

Mengyi “Jason” Ye, Esq

Email:wsr@orllp.legal

jye@orllp.legal

 

If to the Company:

 

Inno Holdings Inc.

2465 Farm Market 359 South

Brookshire, TX 77423

Attn: Dekui Liu

Email: dkhwami@gmail.com

 

24

 

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Winston & Strawn LLP

800 Capitol Street Suite 2400

Houston, TX 77002-2925

Attn:Michael J. Blankenship, Esq.
Email:MBlankenship@winston.com

 

Any party hereto may change the address for receipt of communications by giving written notice to the others.

 

SECTION 13.    Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and to the benefit of the employees, officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 7, and in each case their respective successors, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder. The term “successors” shall not include any purchaser of the Offered Securities as such merely by reason of such purchase.

 

SECTION 14.    Partial Unenforceability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other Section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

 

SECTION 15.    Governing Law Provisions. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

SECTION 16.   Consent to Jurisdiction. No legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (each, a “Related Proceeding”) may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts (collectively, the “Specified Courts”) shall have jurisdiction over the adjudication of any Related Proceeding, and the parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably consent to the exclusive jurisdiction the Specified Courts and personal service of process with respect thereto. The parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably waive any objection to the laying of venue of any Related Proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably waive and agree not to plead or claim in any Specified Court that any Related Proceeding brought in any Specified Court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

SECTION 17.    General Provisions. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement and supersedes all prior written or oral and all contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to the Offering. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each one of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement may not be amended or modified unless in writing by all of the parties hereto, and no condition herein (express or implied) may be waived unless waived in writing by each party whom the condition is meant to benefit. The section headings herein are for the convenience of the parties only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

25

 

 

Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that it is a sophisticated business person who was adequately represented by counsel during negotiations regarding the provisions hereof, including, without limitation, the indemnification and contribution provisions of Section 7, and is fully informed regarding said provisions. Each of the parties hereto further acknowledges that the provisions of Section 7 hereto fairly allocate the risks in light of the ability of the parties to investigate the Company, its affairs and its business in order to assure that adequate disclosure has been made in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus (and any amendments and supplements thereto), as required by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

 

The respective indemnities, contribution agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and the Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of (i) any investigation, or statement as to the results thereof, made by or on behalf of the Underwriters, the officers or employees of the Underwriters, any person controlling any of the Underwriters, the Company, the officers or employees of the Company, or any person controlling the Company, (ii) acceptance of the Offered Securities and payment for them as contemplated hereby and (iii) termination of this Agreement.

 

Except as otherwise provided, this Agreement has been and is made solely for the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Company, the Underwriters, the Underwriters’ officers and employees, any controlling persons referred to herein, the Company’s directors and the Company’s officers who sign the Registration Statement and their respective successors and assigns, all as and to the extent provided in this Agreement, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. The term “successors and assigns” shall not include a purchaser of any of the Offered Securities from the Underwriters merely because of such purchase.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

26

 

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to the Company the enclosed copies hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts hereof, shall become a binding agreement in accordance with its terms.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  INNO HOLDINGS INC.
     
  By:  
    Name:  Dekui Liu
    Title: Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer

 

The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Underwriters as of the date first above written.

 

For itself and on behalf of the several  
Underwriters listed on Schedule A hereto  
       
AC Sunshine Securities LLC  
       
By:    
  Name:  Ying Cui  
  Title: President  

 

27

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

Underwriter  Number of
Firm Shares
 
AC Sunshine Securities LLC   [●]
[__]   [●]
      
Total   [●]

 

Sch A-1

 

 

SCHEDULE B

 

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus(es)

 

[●]

 

Sch B-1

 

 

SCHEDULE C

 

Pricing Information

 

Number of Firm Shares:

Number of Additional Shares:

Public Offering Price per one Share: $

Underwriting Discount per one Share: $

Proceeds to Company per one Share (before expenses): $

 

Sch C-1

 

 

SCHEDULE D

 

Lock-Up Parties

 

Name

 

Dekui Liu Tianwei Li

Dr. Li Gong

Ying Liu

Xiaogang (John) Zhang

Chen Sung

Richard B. Haws, PE

Zfounder Organization Inc.

Lina Lii Chu

Peter T Igler

Donedeal LLC

Advanta IRA Administration, LLC FBO Huifang Li IRA #1524624

Haiyan Ma

Monsk LLC

Yuhan Yang Yu

Lyla Entrepreneur Academy Foundation Inc.

Liwen Que

 

Sch D-1

 

 

SCHEDULE E

 

Subsidiaries

 

Name of Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
Castor Building Tech LLC   California
Inno Metal Studs Corp.   Texas
Inno Research Institute LLC   Texas

 

Sch E-1

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Form of Warrant

 

As attached.

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF ONE HUNDRED AND EIGHTY (180) DAYS BEGINNING ON THE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF SALES OF THE OFFERING PURSUANT TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF THE COMPANY (FILE NO. [__]) AND MAY NOT BE (A) SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED TO ANYONE OTHER THAN AC SUNSHINE SECURITIES LLC, OR BONA FIDE OFFICERS OR PARTNERS OF AC SUNSHINE SECURITIES LLC, OR (B) CAUSED TO BE THE SUBJECT OF ANY HEDGING, SHORT SALE, DERIVATIVE, PUT OR CALL TRANSACTION THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE EFFECTIVE ECONOMIC DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITIES HEREUNDER, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED FOR IN FINRA RULE 5110(E)(2).

 

THIS PURCHASE WARRANT IS NOT EXERCISABLE PRIOR TO [●], 2023. VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., EASTERN TIME, [●], 20285.

 

UNDERWRITER’S WARRANT

 

FOR THE PURCHASE OF [  ] SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

 

OF

 

INNO HOLDINGS INC.

 

1. Purchase Warrant. THIS CERTIFIES THAT, pursuant to that certain Underwriting Agreement by and between Inno Holdings Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Company”), on the one hand, and AC Sunshine Securities LLC (the “Holder”), on the other hand, dated [●], 2023 (the “Underwriting Agreement”), the Holder, as registered owner of this Purchase Warrant, is entitled, at any time or from time to time from the date that is six months from [●], 2023 (the “Exercise Date”), and at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on [●], 2028, (the “Expiration Date”), but not thereafter, to subscribe for, purchase and receive, in whole or in part, up to such number of shares of common stock of the Company, of no par value (“Common Stock”) as equates to seven percent (7.0%) of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering (the “Shares), including any Common Stock sold upon exercise of the over-allotment option, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 6 hereof. If the Expiration Date is a day on which banking institutions are authorized by law to close, then this Purchase Warrant may be exercised on the next succeeding day which is not such a day in accordance with the terms herein. During the period ending on the Expiration Date, the Company agrees not to take any action that would terminate this Purchase Warrant. This Purchase Warrant is initially exercisable at $[●] per share of Common Stock (which is equal to one hundred and twenty percent (120%) of the price of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering); provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 6 hereof, the rights granted by this Purchase Warrant, including the exercise price per share of Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock to be received upon such exercise, shall be adjusted as therein specified. The term “Exercise Price” shall mean the initial exercise price as set forth above or the adjusted exercise price as a result of the events set forth in Section 6 below, depending on the context. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Underwriting Agreement. 

 

2. Exercise.

 

2.1  Exercise Form. In order to exercise this Purchase Warrant, the exercise form attached hereto as Exhibit A must be duly executed and completed and delivered to the Company, together with this Purchase Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price for the Common Stock being purchased payable in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Company or by certified check. If the subscription rights represented hereby shall not be exercised at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the Expiration Date, this Purchase Warrant shall become and be void without further force or effect, and all rights represented hereby shall cease and expire.

 

 

5Five (5) years from the commencement of sales of the public offering.

 

Ex A-1

 

 

2.2  Cashless Exercise. After the Exercise Date and until the Expiration Date, Holder may elect to receive the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the value of this Purchase Warrant (or the portion thereof being exercised), by surrender of this Purchase Warrant to the Company, together with the exercise form attached hereto, in which event the Company shall issue to Holder, Shares in accordance with the following formula:

 

X = Y(A-B)
A
   
         
Where,   X = The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to Holder;
    Y = The number of shares of Common Stock for which the Purchase Warrant is being exercised;
    A = The fair market value of one share of Common Stock; and
    B = The Exercise Price.

 

For purposes of this Section 2.2, the “fair market value” of one share of Common Stock is defined as follows:

 

(i)if the Common Stock is traded on a national securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the weighted average price on such exchange for the five consecutive trading days ending on the day immediately prior to the exercise form being submitted in connection with the exercise of the Purchase Warrant; or

 

(ii)if the Common Stock is actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the weighted average price of the Common Stock for the five consecutive trading days ending on the trading day immediately prior to the exercise form being submitted in connection with the exercise of the Purchase Warrant; or

 

(iii)if there is no market for the Common Stock, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

2.3     Legend. Each certificate for the securities purchased under this Purchase Warrant shall bear the following legends unless such securities have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), or are exempt from registration under the Act:

 

(i) “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF ONE HUNDRED AND EIGHTY (180) DAYS BEGINNING ON THE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF SALES OF THE OFFERING PURSUANT TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF THE COMPANY(FILE NO. [__]) AND MAY NOT BE (A) SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED TO ANYONE OTHER THAN AC SUNSHINE SECURITIES LLC, OR BONA FIDE OFFICERS OR PARTNERS OF AC SUNSHINE SECURITIES LLC, OR (B) CAUSED TO BE THE SUBJECT OF ANY HEDGING, SHORT SALE, DERIVATIVE, PUT OR CALL TRANSACTION THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE EFFECTIVE ECONOMIC DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITIES HEREUNDER, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED FOR IN FINRA RULE 5110(E)(2).”

 

(ii) Any legend required by the securities laws of any state to the extent such laws are applicable to the Shares represented by a certificate, instrument, or book entry so legended.

 

Ex A-2

 

 

3.   Transfer.

 

3.1  General Restrictions. The registered Holder of this Purchase Warrant agrees by his, her or its acceptance hereof, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of commencement of sales of the public offering (the “Effective Date”), that such Holder will not: (a) sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate this Purchase Warrant to anyone other than: (i) the Underwriter or a selected dealer participating in the Offering, or (ii) a bona fide officer or partner of the Underwriter or of any such selected dealer, in each case in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1), or (b) cause this Purchase Warrant or the securities issuable hereunder to be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of this Purchase Warrant or the securities hereunder, except as provided for in FINRA Rule 5110(e)(2). On and after that date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the commencement of sales of the offering, transfers to others may be made subject to compliance with or exemptions from applicable securities laws. In order to make any permitted assignment, the Holder must deliver to the Company the assignment form attached hereto as Exhibit B duly executed and completed, together with this Purchase Warrant and payment of all transfer taxes, if any, payable in connection therewith. The Company shall within five (5) Business Days transfer this Purchase Warrant on the books of the Company and shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Warrant or Purchase Warrants of like tenor to the appropriate assignee(s) expressly evidencing the right to purchase the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder or such portion of such number as shall be contemplated by any such assignment.

 

3.2  Restrictions Imposed by the Act. The securities evidenced by this Purchase Warrant shall not be transferred unless and until: (i) the Company has received the opinion of counsel for the Company that the securities may be transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act and applicable state securities laws, the availability of which is established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company, (ii) a registration statement or a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of such securities that has been declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) and includes a current prospectus or (iii) a registration statement, relating to the offer and sale of such securities has been filed and declared effective by the Commission and compliance with applicable state securities law has been established.

 

4.   Registration Rights.

 

4.1   Demand Registration.

 

4.1.1    Grant of Right. Unless all of the Registrable Securities (as defined below) are included in an effective registration statement with a current prospectus or a qualified offering statement with a current registration statement, the Company, upon written demand (a “Demand Notice”) of the Holder(s) of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the shares of Common Stock (“Majority Holders”), agrees to register, on one occasion, all or any portion of the shares of Common Stock underlying this Purchase Warrant that are permitted to be registered under the Act (collectively, the “Registrable Securities”). On such occasion, the Company will file a registration statement with the Commission (a “Demand Registration Statement”) covering the Registrable Securities within sixty (60) days after receipt of a Demand Notice and use its best efforts to have the registration statement declared effective promptly thereafter, subject to compliance with review by the Commission; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to comply with a Demand Notice if the Company has filed a registration statement with respect to which the Holder is entitled to piggyback pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof and either: (i) the Holder has elected to participate in the offering covered by such registration statement; or (ii) if such registration statement relates to an underwritten primary offering of securities of the Company, until the offering covered by such registration statement has been withdrawn or until thirty days after such offering is consummated. The demand for registration may be made at any time during a period of five years beginning on the date of commencement of sales of the Offering.

 

4.1.2    Terms. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to the Demand Registration Statement pursuant to Section 4.1.1, but the Holder(s) shall pay any and all underwriting commissions and the expenses of any legal counsel selected by the Holder(s) to represent the Holder(s)in connection with the sale of the Registrable Securities. The Company agrees to use its best efforts to cause the filing of a Demand Registration Statement required herein to become effective promptly and to qualify or register the Registrable Securities in such states as are reasonably requested by the Holder(s); provided, however, that in no event shall the Company be required to register the Registrable Securities in a state in which such registration would cause: (i) the Company to be obligated to register or license to do business in such State or submit to general service of process in such State, or (ii) the principal stockholders of the Company to be obligated to escrow their shares of Common Stock of the Company. The Company shall cause any registration statement filed pursuant to the demand right granted under Section 4.1.1 to remain effective for a period of at least 12 consecutive months after the date that the Holders of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement are first given the opportunity to sell all of such securities. The Holder(s) shall only use the prospectuses provided by the Company to sell the shares of Common Stock covered by such registration statement, and will immediately cease to use any prospectus furnished by the Company if the Company advises the Holder(s) that such prospectus may no longer be used due to a material misstatement or omission. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4.1.2, the Holder(s) shall be entitled to a Demand Registration Statement under this Section 4.1.2 on only one occasion and such demand registration right shall terminate on the fifth anniversary of the commencement of sales of the Offering in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(C).

 

Ex A-3

 

 

4.2  “Piggy-Back” Registration.

 

4.2.1    Grant of Right. Unless all of the Registrable Securities are included in an effective registration statement with a current prospectus or a qualified offering statement with a current offering circular, the Holder shall have the right, for a period of five years commencing on the date of commencement of sales of the Offering, to include the remaining Registrable Securities as part of any other registration of securities filed by the Company (other than in connection with a transaction contemplated by Rule 145 promulgated under the Act or pursuant to Form F-3 or any equivalent form).

 

4.2.2    Terms. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 4.2.1 hereof, but the Holder(s) shall pay any and all underwriting commissions and the expenses of any legal counsel selected by the Holder(s) to represent them in connection with the sale of the Registrable Securities. In the event of such a proposed registration, the Company shall furnish the then Holders of outstanding Registrable Securities with not less than 30 days written notice prior to the proposed date of filing of such registration statement. Such notice to the Holder(s) shall continue to be given for each registration statement filed by the Company until such time as all of the Registrable Securities have been registered under an effective registration statement. The holders of the Registrable Securities shall exercise the “piggy-back” rights provided for herein by giving written notice, within ten days of the receipt of the Company’s notice of its intention to file a registration statement. Except as otherwise provided in this Purchase Warrant, there shall be no limit on the number of times the Holder may request registration under this Section 4.2.2. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4.2.2, such piggyback registration rights shall terminate on the fifth anniversary of the commencement of sales of the Offering in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(D).

 

5.   New Purchase Warrants to be Issued.

 

5.1  Partial Exercise or Transfer. Subject to the restrictions in Section 3 hereof, this Purchase Warrant may be exercised or assigned in whole or in part. In the event of the exercise or assignment hereof in part only, upon surrender of this Purchase Warrant for cancellation, together with the duly executed exercise or assignment form and funds sufficient to pay any Exercise Price and/or transfer tax if exercised pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the Holder without charge a new Purchase Warrant of like tenor to this Purchase Warrant in the name of the Holder evidencing the right of the Holder to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder as to which this Purchase Warrant has not been exercised or assigned.

 

5.2  Lost Certificate. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Purchase Warrant and of reasonably satisfactory indemnification or the posting of a bond, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Warrant of like tenor and date. Any such new Purchase Warrant executed and delivered as a result of such loss, theft, mutilation or destruction shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation on the part of the Company.

 

6.   Adjustments.

 

6.1  Adjustments to Exercise Price and Number of Shares of Common Stock. The Exercise Price and the number of shares of Common Stock underlying this Purchase Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as hereinafter set forth:

 

6.1.1    Stock Dividends; Split Ups. If, after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 below, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is increased by a stock dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or by a split up of the shares of Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective day thereof, the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding shares of Common Stock, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased.

 

6.1.2    Aggregation of Shares of Common Stock. If, after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.3 below, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination or reclassification of Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date thereof, the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable hereunder shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of Common Stock, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

 

Ex A-4

 

 

6.1.3    Replacement of Common Stock upon Reorganization, etc. In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of Common Stock other than a change covered by Section 6.1.1 or Section 6.1.2 hereof or that solely affects the par value of such shares of Common Stock, or in the case of any stock reconstruction or amalgamation or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or stock reconstruction or amalgamation in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of Common Stock), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which the Company is dissolved, the Holder of this Purchase Warrant shall have the right thereafter (until the expiration of the right of exercise of this Purchase Warrant) to receive upon the exercise hereof, for the same aggregate Exercise Price payable hereunder immediately prior to such event, the kind and amount of shares of Common Stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, stock reconstruction or amalgamation, or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, by a Holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company obtainable upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant immediately prior to such event; and if any reclassification also results in a change in the shares Common Stock covered by Section 6.1.1 or Section 6.1.2, then such adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section 6.1.1, Section 6.1.2 and this Section 6.1.3. The provisions of this Section 6.1.3 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, stock reconstructions or amalgamations, or consolidations, sales or other transfers.

 

6.1.4     Fundamental Transaction. If, at any time while this Purchase Warrant is outstanding, the Company enters into the following transactions with another Person or group of Persons whereby such other Person or group acquires more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (not including any shares Common Stock held by the other Person or other Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with, the other Persons making or party to such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination): (i) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person, (ii) the Company, directly or indirectly, effects any sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any direct or indirect purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Company or another Person) is completed pursuant to which holders of Common Stock are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property and has been accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, (iv) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the shares of Common Stock or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the shares of Common Stock are effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property, or (v) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions consummates a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spinoff or scheme of arrangement) with another Person or group of Persons (each a “Fundamental Transaction”), then, upon any subsequent exercise of this Purchase Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to receive, for each Purchase Warrant Share that would have been issuable upon such exercise immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction, the number of shares of Common Stock of the successor or acquiring corporation or of the Company, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional or alternative consideration (the “Alternative Consideration”) receivable as a result of such Fundamental Transaction by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Purchase Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction. For purposes of any such exercise, the determination of the Exercise Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternative Consideration based on the amount of Alternative Consideration issuable in respect of one share of Common Stock in such Fundamental Transaction, and the Company shall apportion the Exercise Price among the Alternative Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternative Consideration. If holders of Common Stock are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternative Consideration it receives upon any exercise of this Purchase Warrant following such Fundamental Transaction. The Company shall cause any successor entity in a Fundamental Transaction in which the Company is not the survivor (the “Successor Entity”) to assume in writing all of the obligations of the Company under this Purchase Warrant, and to deliver to the Holder in exchange for this Purchase Warrant a security of the Successor Entity evidenced by a written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to this Purchase Warrant which is exercisable for a corresponding number of shares of capital stock of such Successor Entity (or its parent entity) equivalent to the shares of Common Stock acquirable and receivable upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant prior to such Fundamental Transaction, and with an exercise price which applies the Exercise Price hereunder to such shares of capital stock (but taking into account the relative value of the Common Stock pursuant to such Fundamental Transaction and the value of such shares of capital stock, such number of shares of capital stock and such exercise price being for the purpose of protecting the economic value of this Purchase Warrant immediately prior to the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction). Upon the occurrence of any such Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such Fundamental Transaction, the provisions of this Purchase Warrant and the other Transaction Documents referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the Successor Entity), and may exercise every right and power of, the Company and shall assume all of the obligations of the Company, under this Purchase Warrant and the other Transaction Documents with the same effect as if such Successor Entity had been named as the Company herein.

 

Ex A-5

 

 

6.1.5    Changes in Form of Purchase Warrant. This form of Purchase Warrant need not be changed because of any change pursuant to this Section 6.1, and Purchase Warrants issued after such change may state the same Exercise Price and the same number of shares of Common Stock as are stated in the Purchase Warrants initially issued pursuant to this Agreement. The acceptance by any Holder of the issuance of new Purchase Warrants reflecting a required or permissive change shall not be deemed to waive any rights to an adjustment occurring after the date hereof or the computation thereof.

 

6.2  Substitute Purchase Warrant. In case of any consolidation of the Company with, or stock reconstruction or amalgamation of the Company with or into, another corporation (other than a consolidation or stock reconstruction or amalgamation which does not result in any reclassification or change of the outstanding shares of Common Stock), the corporation formed by such consolidation or stock reconstruction or amalgamation shall execute and deliver to the Holder a supplemental Purchase Warrant providing that the holder of each Purchase Warrant then outstanding or to be outstanding shall have the right thereafter (until the stated expiration of such Purchase Warrant) to receive, upon exercise of such Purchase Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of Common Stock and other securities and property receivable upon such consolidation or stock reconstruction or amalgamation, by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company for which such Purchase Warrant might have been exercised immediately prior to such consolidation, stock reconstruction or amalgamation, sale or transfer. Such supplemental Purchase Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be identical to the adjustments provided for in this Section 6. The above provision of this Section 6 shall similarly apply to successive consolidations or stock reconstructions or amalgamations. 

 

6.3  Elimination of Fractional Interests. The Company shall not be required to issue certificates representing fractions of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of the Purchase Warrant, nor shall it be required to issue scrip or pay cash in lieu of any fractional interests, it being the intent of the parties that all fractional interests shall be eliminated by rounding any fraction up or down, as the case may be, to the nearest whole number of shares of Common Stock or other securities, properties or rights.

 

7.   Reservation and Listing. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant, such number of shares of Common Stock or other securities, properties or rights as shall be issuable upon the exercise thereof. The Company covenants and agrees that, upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price therefor, in accordance with the terms hereby, all shares of Common Stock and other securities issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to preemptive rights of any stockholder. As long as this Purchase Warrant shall be outstanding, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant to be listed (subject to official notice of issuance) on all national securities exchanges (or, if applicable, on the OTCQB Market or any successor quotation system) on which the Common Stock issued to the public in the Offering may then be listed and/or quoted (if at all).

 

8.   Certain Notice Requirements.

 

8.1  Holder’s Right to Receive Notice. Nothing herein shall be construed as conferring upon the Holders the right to vote or consent or to receive notice as a stockholder for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of the Company. If, however, at any time prior to the expiration of the Purchase Warrants and their exercise, any of the events described in Section 8.2 shall occur, then, in one or more of said events, the Company shall give written notice of such event at least fifteen days prior to the date fixed as a record date or the date of closing the transfer books (the “Notice Date”) for the determination of the stockholders entitled to such dividend, distribution, conversion or exchange of securities or subscription rights, or entitled to vote on such proposed dissolution, liquidation, winding up or sale. Such notice shall specify such record date or the date of the closing of the transfer books, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall deliver to each Holder a copy of each notice given to the other stockholders of the Company at the same time and in the same manner that such notice is given to the stockholders.

 

Ex A-6

 

 

8.2  Events Requiring Notice. The Company shall be required to give the notice described in this Section 8 upon one or more of the following events: (i) if the Company shall take a record of the holders of its shares of Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or distribution payable otherwise than in cash, or a cash dividend or distribution payable otherwise than out of retained earnings, as indicated by the accounting treatment of such dividend or distribution on the books of the Company, (ii) the Company shall offer to all the holders of its shares of Common Stock any additional shares of capital stock of the Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company, or any option, right or warrant to subscribe therefor, or (iii) a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company (other than in connection with a consolidation or stock reconstruction or amalgamation) or a sale of all or substantially all of its property, assets and business shall be proposed. 

 

8.3  Notice of Change in Exercise Price. The Company shall, promptly after an event requiring a change in the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 6 hereof, send notice to the Holders of such event and change (“Price Notice”). The Price Notice shall describe the event causing the change and the method of calculating same and shall be certified as being true and accurate by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer.

 

8.4  Transmittal of Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications under this Purchase Warrant shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly made if made in accordance with the notice provisions of the Underwriting Agreement to the addresses and contact information set forth below:

 

If to the Holder, then to:

 

AC Sunshine Securities LLC

8761 The Esplanade Ct., STE 30

Orlando, FL 32836

Attn: Dr. Ying Cui

Email: ycui@acsunshine.com

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP

366 Madison Avenue, 3rd FL

New York, NY 10017

Attn: William S. Rosenstadt, Esq.

Mengyi “Jason” Ye, Esq

Email: wsr@orllp.legal

jye@orllp.legal

 

If to the Company:

 

Inno Holdings Inc.

2465 Farm Market 359 South

Brookshire, TX 77423

Attn: Dekui Liu

Email: dkhwami@gmail.com

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Winston & Strawn LLP

800 Capitol Street Suite 2400

Houston, TX 77002-2925
Attn: Michael J. Blankenship, Esq.

Email: MBlankenship@winston.com 

 

Ex A-7

 

 

9.   Miscellaneous.

 

9.1  Amendments. The Company and the Underwriter may from time to time supplement or amend this Purchase Warrant without the approval of any of the Holders in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or to make any other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising hereunder that the Company and the Underwriter may deem necessary or desirable and that the Company and the Underwriter deem shall not adversely affect the interest of the Holders. All other modifications or amendments shall require the written consent of and be signed by the party against whom enforcement of the modification or amendment is sought.

 

9.2  Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Purchase Warrant.

 

9.3. Entire Agreement. This Purchase Warrant (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Purchase Warrant) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

9.4  Binding Effect. This Purchase Warrant shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon, the Holder and the Company and their permitted assignees, respective successors, legal representative and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Purchase Warrant or any provisions herein contained.

 

9.5  Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Trial by Jury. This Purchase Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or relating in any way to this Purchase Warrant shall be brought and enforced in the New York Supreme Court, County of New York, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 8 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim. The Company and the Holder agree that the prevailing party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor. The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and the Holder hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

9.6  Waiver, etc. The failure of the Company or the Holder to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Purchase Warrant shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Purchase Warrant or any provision hereof or the right of the Company or any Holder to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Purchase Warrant. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Purchase Warrant shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

 

9.7  Exchange Agreement. As a condition of the Holder’s receipt and acceptance of this Purchase Warrant, Holder agrees that, at any time prior to the complete exercise of this Purchase Warrant by Holder, if the Company and the Underwriter enter into an agreement (“Exchange Agreement”) pursuant to which they agree that all outstanding Purchase Warrants will be exchanged for securities or cash or a combination of both, then Holder shall agree to such exchange and become a party to the Exchange Agreement.

 

9.8  Execution in Counterparts. This Purchase Warrant may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto. Such counterparts may be delivered by facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission.

 

9.9  Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Holder, solely in its capacity as a holder of this Purchase Warrant, shall not be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of capital stock of the Company for any purpose, nor shall anything contained in this Purchase Warrant be construed to confer upon the Holder, solely in its capacity as the Holder of this Purchase Warrant, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote, give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether any reorganization, issue of stock, reclassification of stock, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise), receive notice of meetings, receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, prior to the issuance to the Holder of the Shares which it is then entitled to receive upon the due exercise of this Purchase Warrant. In addition, nothing contained in this Purchase Warrant shall be construed as imposing any liabilities on the Holder to purchase any securities (upon exercise of this Purchase Warrant or otherwise) or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liabilities are asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.

 

9.10 Restrictions. The Holder acknowledges that the Shares acquired upon the exercise of this Purchase Warrant, if not registered, and the Holder does not utilize cashless exercise, will have restrictions upon resale imposed by state and federal securities laws.

 

9.10 Severability. Wherever possible, each provision of this Purchase Warrant shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Purchase Warrant shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Purchase Warrant.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Ex A-8

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Purchase Warrant to be signed by its duly authorized officer as of the ____ day of _______, 202_.

 

  INNO HOLDINGS INC.
     
  By:   
    Name:
    Title:

 

Ex A-9

 

 

EXHIBIT A

Exercise Notice

 

Form to be used to exercise Purchase Warrant:

 

Date: __________, 20___

 

The undersigned hereby elects irrevocably to exercise the Purchase Warrant for ______shares of Common Stock of Inno Holdings Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Company”) and hereby makes payment of $____ (at the rate of $____ per share of Common Stock) in payment of the Exercise Price pursuant thereto. Please issue the Common Stock as to which this Purchase Warrant is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below and, if applicable, a new Purchase Warrant representing the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Purchase Warrant has not been exercised.

 

or

 

The undersigned hereby elects irrevocably to convert its right to purchase ___ shares of Common Stock under the Purchase Warrant for ______shares of Common Stock, as determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

   X  = Y(A-B)  
  A  
Where, X = The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to Holder;
  Y = The number of shares of Common Stock for which the Purchase Warrant is being exercised;
  A = The fair market value of one share of Common Stock which is equal to $_____; and
  B = The Exercise Price which is equal to $______ per share of Common Stock

 

The undersigned agrees and acknowledges that the calculation set forth above is subject to confirmation by the Company and any disagreement with respect to the calculation shall be resolved by the Company in its sole discretion.

 

Please issue the shares of Common Stock as to which this Purchase Warrant is exercised in accordance with the instructions given below and, if applicable, a new Purchase Warrant representing the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Purchase Warrant has not been converted.

 

Signature

 

Signature Guaranteed

 

INSTRUCTIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

 

Name:

(Print in Block Letters)

Address:

 

NOTICE: The signature to this form must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Purchase Warrant without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be guaranteed by a bank, other than a savings bank, or by a trust company or by a firm having membership on a registered national securities exchange.

 

Ex A-10

 

 

EXHIBIT B

Assignment Notice

 

Form to be used to assign Purchase Warrant:

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

(To be executed by the registered Holder to effect a transfer of the within Purchase Warrant):

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, _____________________ does hereby sell, assign and transfer unto the right to purchase _______________shares of Common Stock of Inno Holdings Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Company”), evidenced by the Purchase Warrant and does hereby authorize the Company to transfer such right on the books of the Company.

 

Dated: __________ 20__

 

Signature

 

Signature Guaranteed

 

NOTICE: The signature to this form must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within Purchase Warrant without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be guaranteed by a bank, other than a savings bank, or by a trust company or by a firm having membership on a registered national securities exchange.

  

Ex A-11

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

 

As attached.

 

Lock-Up Agreement

 

[  ], 20236

 

AC Sunshine Securities LLC

8761 The Esplanade Ct., STE 30

Orlando, FL 32836

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This Lock-Up Agreement (this “Agreement”) is being delivered to AC Sunshine Securities LLC (the “Representative”) in connection with the proposed Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) between Inno Holdings Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Company”), and the Representative, relating to the proposed public offering (the “Offering”) of common stock, of no par value (“Common Stock”), of the Company.

 

In order to induce the Underwriters (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) to continue their efforts in connection with the Offering, and in light of the benefits that the Offering will confer upon the undersigned in its capacity as a shareholder and/or an officer, director or employee of the Company, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees with the Representative that, during the period beginning on and including the date of this Agreement through and including the date that is six months from the date of this Agreement (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of the Representative, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of, or announce the intention to otherwise dispose of, any Common Stock now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (including, without limitation, Common Stock which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and as the same may be amended or supplemented on or after the date hereof from time to time (the “Securities Act”)) (such shares, the “Beneficially Owned Shares”) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, (ii) enter into any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement that transfers in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of the Beneficially Owned Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, or (iii) engage in any short selling of the Common Stock.

 

The restrictions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph shall not apply to:

 

(1) if the undersigned is a natural person, any transfers made by the undersigned (a) as a bona fide gift to any member of the immediate family (as defined below) of the undersigned or to a trust the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the undersigned or members of the undersigned’s immediate family, (b) by will or intestate succession upon the death of the undersigned, (c) as a bona fide gift to a charity or educational institution, (d) any transfer pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or in connection with a divorce; or (e) if the undersigned is or was an officer, director or employee of the Company, to the Company pursuant to the Company’s right of repurchase upon termination of the undersigned’s service with the Company;

 

(2) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, any transfers to any shareholder, partner or member of, or owner of a similar equity interest in, the undersigned, as the case may be, if, in any such case, such transfer is not for value;

 

(3) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, any transfer made by the undersigned (a) in connection with the sale or other bona fide transfer in a single transaction of all or substantially all of the undersigned’s capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other similar equity interests, as the case may be, or all or substantially all of the undersigned’s assets, in any such case not undertaken for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by this Agreement or (b) to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity so long as the transferee is an affiliate (as defined below) of the undersigned and such transfer is not for value;

 

 

6Pricing date

 

Ex B -1

 

 

(4) (a) exercises of stock options or equity awards granted pursuant to an equity incentive or award or other plan or warrants to purchase Common Stock or other securities (including by cashless exercise to the extent permitted by the instruments representing such stock options or warrants so long as such cashless exercise is effected solely by the surrender of outstanding stock options or warrants to the Company and the Company’s cancellation of all or a portion thereof to pay the exercise price), provided that in any such case the securities issued upon exercise shall remain subject to the provisions of this Agreement (as defined below); (b) transfers of Common Stock or other securities to the Company in connection with the issuance, vesting or exercise of any equity awards granted pursuant to an equity incentive or other plan and held by the undersigned to the extent, but only to the extent, as may be necessary to satisfy tax withholding obligations pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive or other plans;

 

(5) the exercise by the undersigned of any warrant(s) issued by the Company prior to the date of this Agreement, including any exercise effected by the delivery of shares of Common Stock of the Company held by the undersigned; provided, that, the Common Stock received upon such exercise shall remain subject to the restrictions provided for in this Agreement;

 

(6) the occurrence after the date hereof of any of (a) an acquisition by an individual or legal entity or “group” (as described in Rule 13d-5(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) of effective control (whether through legal or beneficial ownership of capital stock of the Company, by contract or otherwise) of 100% of the voting securities of the Company, (b) the Company merges into or consolidates with any other entity, or any entity merges into or consolidates with the Company, (c) the Company sells or transfers all or substantially all of its assets to another person, or (d) provided, that, the Common Stock received upon any of the events set forth in clauses (a) through (c) above shall remain subject to the restrictions provided for in this Agreement;

 

(7) the Offering;

 

(8) transfers consented to, in writing by the Representative;

 

(9) transactions relating to Common Stock acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Offering; provided that, no filing by any party under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transactions;

 

provided however, that in the case of any transfer described in clauses (1), (2) or (3) above, it shall be a condition to the transfer that the transferee executes and delivers to the Representative, acting on behalf of the Underwriters, not later than one business day prior to such transfer, a written agreement, in substantially the form of this Agreement (it being understood that any references to “immediate family” in the agreement executed by such transferee shall expressly refer only to the immediate family of the undersigned and not to the immediate family of the transferee) and otherwise satisfactory in form and substance to the Representative.

 

In addition, the restrictions set forth herein shall not prevent the undersigned from entering into a sales plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act after the date hereof, provided that (i) a copy of such plan is provided to the Representative promptly upon entering into the same and (ii) no sales or transfers may be made under such plan until the Lock-Up Period ends or this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms. For purposes of this paragraph, “immediate family” shall mean a spouse, child, grandchild or other lineal descendant (including by adoption), father, mother, brother or sister of the undersigned; and “affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

If (i) during the last 17 days of the Lock-Up Period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or (ii) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results or becomes aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, the restrictions imposed by this Agreement shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of such material news or material event, as applicable, unless the Representative waives, in writing, such extension.

 

Ex B -2

 

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the Representative agrees that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Common Stock, the Representative will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representative hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release; provided, that such press release is not a condition to the release of the aforementioned lock-up provisions due to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period. The provisions of this paragraph will also not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this Agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of such transfer.

 

In furtherance of the foregoing, (1) the undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein against the transfer of any such securities except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions, and (2) the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Agreement.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and that this Agreement has been duly authorized (if the undersigned is not a natural person), executed and delivered by the undersigned and is a valid and binding agreement of the undersigned. This Agreement and all authority herein conferred are irrevocable and shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned (if a natural person) and shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned for the term of the Lock-Up Period.

 

This Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (1) either the Representative, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, advising the other in writing, they have determined not to proceed with the Offering, (2) termination of the Underwriting Agreement before the sale of Common Stock, or (3) the withdrawal of the Registration Statement.

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Ex B -3

 

 

  Very truly yours,
   
   
  (Name - Please Print)
   
   
  (Signature)
   
   
  (Name of Signatory, in the case of entities - Please Print)
   
   
  (Title of Signatory, in the case of entities - Please Print)
   
  Address:  
     
     
  # of shares of Common Stock Held by Signatory:  

 

 

 Ex B - 4

 

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By-Laws

 

of

 

INNO HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

INNO HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

 

The principal office of the Corporation in the State of Texas of shall be located in 2465 FM-359 South, Suite A, Brookshire, Texas 77423, County of Harris. The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Texas as the Board of Directors may designate or as the business of the Corporation may require from time to time.

 

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS

 

SECTION 1. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held on the 1st day in the month of January in each year, beginning with the year 2022, at the hour of __1:00__ o’clock p.m., for the purpose of electing Directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting. If the day fixed for the annual meeting shall be a legal holiday in the State of Texas, such meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day. If the election of Directors shall not be held on the day designated herein for any annual meeting of shareholders, or at any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors shall cause the election to be held at a special meeting of the shareholders as soon thereafter as conveniently may be.

 

SECTION 2. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, any be called by the President or by the Board of Directors, and shall be called by the President at the request of the holders of not less than fifty percent (50%0 of all the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitles to vote at the meeting.

 

SECTION 3. Place of Meeting. the Board of Directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Texas, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting order any special meeting. A waiver of notice signed by all shareholders entitled to vote at a meeting may designate any place, either within or without the State of Texas, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, as the place for the holding of such meeting. If no designation is made, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the Corporation.

 

Inno Holdings, Inc.Page 2/13 

 

 

SECTION 4. Notice of Meeting. Written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall unless otherwise prescribed by statute, be delivered not less than three days nor more than fifteen days before the date of the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States Mail, addressed to the shareholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

 

SECTION 5. Closing of Transfer Books or Fixing of Record. For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated period, but not to exceed in any case fifty (50) days. If the stock transfer books shall be closed for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, such books shall be closed for at least ten (10) days immediately preceding such meeting. In lieu of closing the stock transfer books, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than seven (7) days and , in case of a meeting of shareholders not less than three (3) days and, prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken, If the stock transfer books are not closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

 

SECTION 6. Voting Lists. The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the corporation shall make a complete list of the shareholders entitled to VOTE at each meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of shares held by each. Such list shall be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder during the whole time of the meeting for the purposes thereof.

 

Inno Holdings, Inc.Page 3/13 

 

 

SECTION 7. Quorum. A majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders. If less than a majority of the outstanding shares are represented at meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. The shareholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum.

 

SECTION 8. Proxies. At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote in person or by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the Cooperation before or at the time of the meeting. A meeting of the Board of Directors may be had by means of a telephone conference or similar communications equipment by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting under such circumstances shall constitute presence at the meeting.

 

SECTION 9. Voting of Shares. Each outstanding share entitled to vote shall be entitled to one vote upon each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders.

 

SECTION 10. Voting of Shares by Certain Holders. Shares standing in the name of another corporation may be voted by such officer, agent or proxy as the By-Laws of such corporation may determine.

 

Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian or conservator may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy, without a transfer of such shares into his name. Shares standing I the name of a trustee shall be entitled to vote shares held by him without a transfer of such shares into his name.

 

Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver, and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by such receiver without the transfer thereof into his name, if authority so to do be contained in an appropriate order of the court by which such receiver was appointed.

 

Inno Holdings, Inc.Page 4/13 

 

 

A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

 

Shares of its own stock belonging to the Corporation shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting, and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.

 

SECTION 11. Informal Action by Shareholders. Unless otherwise provided by law, any action required to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, or any other actin which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

 

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

SECTION 1. General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2. Number, Tenure and Qualifications. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined by prior Board of Directors which will be from one (1) to five (5) depending upon the necessity. Each director shall hold the next annual meeting of selection of the next Board of Directors and until his/her successor shall have been elected and qualified.

 

SECTION 3. Regular Meeting. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this By-Laws immediately after, and at the same place as, the initial Board meeting. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of additional regular meetings without notice other than such resolution. A regular Board meeting will be held every last Saturday of each month.

 

SECTION 4. Special Meeting. Special meeting of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the Director of Corporation or any two directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directions may fix the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them.

 

Inno Holdings, Inc.Page 5/13 

 

 

SECTION 5. Notice. Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least one (1) day previous thereto by written notice delivered personally or mailed to each director at his/her mailing address. or by facsimile. If mailed, such Mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. If notice be given by facsimile, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the facsimile is done. Any directors may waive notice of any meeting. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or concerned.

 

SECTION 6. Quorum. A majority of the number of directors fixed by Section 2 of this Article II shall constitute quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, but if less than such majority is present at a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

 

SECTION 7. Manner of Acting. The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Broad of Directors.

 

SECTION 8. Action Without a Meeting. Any action that may be taken by the Board of Directors at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so to be taken, shall be signed such action by all of the directors.

 

SECTION 9. Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, unless otherwise provided by law. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office. Any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors may be filled by election by the Board of Directors for a term of office continuing only until the next election of directors.

 

SECTION 10. Compensation. By resolution of the Board of Directors, each director may be paid by his/her expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors, and may not be paid a stated salary as director or a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or both. No such capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

SECTION 11. Presumption of Assent. A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his/her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he/she shall file his/her written dissent to such action with the person acting as such dissent by registered mail to the Secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

 

Inno Holdings, Inc.Page 6/13 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

 

SECTION 1. Number. The officers of the Corporation shall be a Director, one or more Administrators, a Secretary and a Treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors. Other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary may be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors. In its discretion, the Board of Directors may leave unfilled for any such period as it may determine any offices except those of Director and Secretary. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person, except for the offices of Director and Secretary which may not be held by the same person. Officers may be directors of the Corporation.

 

SECTIONS 2. Election and Term of Office. The officers of the Corporation to be elected by the Board of Directors shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of he Board of Directors. If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as conveniently may. Each officer shall hold office until his/her successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified, or until his/her death, or until he/she shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.

 

SECTION 3. Removal. Any officer or agent may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever, in its judgment, the best interests of the Corporation will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights, and such appointment shall be terminable at will.

 

SECTION 4. Vacancies. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

 

Inno Holdings, Inc.Page 7/13 

 

 

SECTION 5. President. The President shall be the principal executive officer of the Corporation and , subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Corporation. He shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless there is a Chairman of the Board, in which case the Chairman shall preside. He/She may sign, with the Secretary or any other proper officer of the Corporation thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors, any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these By-Laws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed or executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of President and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors form time to time.

 

SECTION 6. Vice President. In the absence of the President or in event of his/her death, inability or refusal to act, the Vice President shall perform the duties of the Director, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice President shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him/her by the President or by the Board of Directors. If there is more than one Vice President, each Vice President shall succeed to the duties of the President in order of rank as determined by the Board of Directors. If no such rank has been determined, then each Vice President shall succeed to the duties of the Vice President in order of date of election, the earliest date having the first rank.

 

SECTION 7. Secretary. The Secretary shall; (a) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors in one or more minute books proved for the purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the Corporation and see that the seal of the Corporation is affixed to all documents, the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized; (d) keep a register of the post office address of each Board of Directors which shall be furnished to the Secretary by such Board of Directors; and (e) in general perform all duties as from time to time may be assigned to him/her by the Director or by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 8. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall (a) have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation; (b) receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever, and deposit all such moneys in the name of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as shall be selected in accordance with the provisions of Article V of these By-Laws; and (c) in general perform all of the duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to hem/her by the Director or by the Board of Directors. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sum and with such sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine.

 

Inno Holdings, Inc.Page 8/13 

 

 

SECTION 9. Salaries. The salaries of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of the fact that he/she is also a director of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE V

INDEMNITY

 

The Corporation shall indemnify its directors, officers, and employees as follows:

 

(a)Every director, officer, or employee of the Corporation shall be indemnified by the corporation against all expenses and liabilities, including counsel fees, reasonable incurred by or imposed upon him/her in connection with any proceeding to which he/she may be made a party, or in which he/she may become involved, by reason of his/her being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or enterprise, or any settlement thereof, whether or not he/she is a director, officer, employee or agent at the time such expenses are incurred, except in such cases wherein the director, officer, or employee is adjudged guilty of willful misfeasance or malfeasance in the performance of his/her duties; provided that in the event of a settlement the indemnification herein shall apply only when the Board of Directors approves such settlement and reimbursement as being for the best interests of the Corporation.

 

(b)The Corporation shall provide to any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or enterprise, the indemnity against expenses of suit, litigation or other proceedings which is specifically permissible under applicable law.

 

Inno Holdings, Inc.Page 9/13 

 

 

(c)The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, direct the purchase of liability issuance by way of implementing the provisions of this Article V.

 

ARTICLE VI

CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

 

SECTION 1. Contract. The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agents, or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

SECTION 2. Loans. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

SECTION 3. Checks, Drafts, etc. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the Corporation, and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors. Should the issued amount be more than five thousand ($5,000.00) U.S. dollars, two signatures, President and Secretary are required.

 

SECTION 4. Deposits. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may select.

 

ARTICLE VII

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

 

SECTION 1. Certificates for Shares. Certificates representing shares of the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be determined by the Board of Directors. Such certificates shall be signed by the President and by the Secretary or by such other officers authorized by law and by the Board of Directors so to do, and sealed with the corporate seal. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name and address of the person to whom the shares represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the Corporation. All certificates surrendered to the Corporation for transfer shall be canceled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and canceled, except that in case of a lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate, a new one may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the Corporation as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

 

Inno Holdings, Inc.Page 10/13 

 

 

SECTION 2. Transfer of Shares. Transfer of shares of the Corporation shall be made only on the stock transfer books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by his legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of authority to transfer, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation, and on surrender for cancellation of the certificate for such shares. The person in whose name shares stand on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed by the Corporation to be the owner thereof for all purposes. Provided, however, that upon any action undertaken by the shareholders to elect S Corporation status pursuant to Section 1362 of the Internal Revenue Code and upon any shareholders agreement thereto restricting the transfer of said shares so as to disqualify said S Corporation status, said restriction on transfer shall be made a part of the by-laws so long as said agreement is in force and effect.

 

ARTICLE VIII

FISCAL YEAR

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the 1st day of January and end on the 31st day of December each year.

 

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

 

The Board of Directors may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and its Articles of Incorporation.

 

ARTICLE X

CORPORATE SEAL

 

The Board of Directors shall provide a corporate seal which shall be circular in form and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the state of incorporation and the words, “Corporate Seal’.

 

Inno Holdings, Inc.Page 11/13 

 

 

ARTICLE XI

WAIVER OF NOTICE

 

Unless otherwise provided by law, whenever any notice is required to be given to Director of the Corporation under the provisions of this By-Laws or under the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or under the provisions of the applicable Business Corporation Act, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

 

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

 

These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed and new By-Laws may be adopted by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

 

ARTICLE XIII

DEFINITIONS

 

As used in this By-Laws, unless the context otherwise requires, the terms:

 

(a)“Articles of incorporation” means the original or restated articles of incorporation and all amendments thereto.

 

(b)“Board of Directors” means the group of persons vested with the management of the affairs of the corporation, irrespective of the name by which such group is designated.

 

(c)“By-Laws” means the codes of rules adopted for the regulation or management of the corporation, irrespective of the name or names by which such rules are designed.

 

(d)“Corporation” means INNO HOLDINGS, INC., a corporation not for profit subject to the provisions of this By-Laws.

 

(e)“Employee” means that a person is hired to perform duties complied with instructions about when, where, and how to work on a full or part-time basis.

 

(f)“President” means the person who is the principle of the Corporation.

 

Inno Holdings, Inc.Page 12/13 

 

 

(g)“Secretary’ means that officer designated as “secretary” in this By-Laws of INNO HOLDINGS, INC. to perform the functions of secretary, irrespective of the name by which he/she, or they, may be designated.

 

(h)“Treasurer” means that officer designated as “treasurer” in this By-Laws of INNO HOLDINGS, INC. to perform the functions of a treasurer, irrespective of the name by which he/she, or they may be designated.

 

(i)“Vice President” means the person who is in charge of daily administration of the corporation; the number of administrator will be determined by the Board of Directors by necessity, irrespective of the name by which he/she, or they, may be designated.

 

(j)“Verified” means subscribed and sworn to under the sanction of an oath, or such affirmation as is by law equivalent to an oath, made before an officer authorized to administer oaths.

 

The above By-Laws are certified to have been adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation on the _____15th_______ day of Feb, 2022.

 

  /s/ Shaoren Liu
   
  Shaoren Liu
  President

 

 

Inno Holdings, Inc.Page 13/13 

 

 

Exhibit 3.5

 

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION
WITH NEW AMENDMENTS
Inno holdings INC.

File Number: 804231040

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.051 and Section 3.057 of the Texas Business Organizations Code (the “TBOC”), Inno Holdings Inc. (the “Corporation”) hereby adopts the following Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation (the “Amendment and Restated Certificate of Formation”), which accurately states the text of the Corporation’s Certificate of Formation (the “Existing Certificate”) and all amendments thereto as amended by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation as hereinafter set forth and which contains no other change in any provision thereof.

 

Article One
ENTITY INFORMATION

 

The current name of the Corporation is Inno Holdings Inc. The Corporation is a Texas for-profit corporation. The file number issued to the Corporation by the Secretary of State is 804231040. The date of formation of the Corporation is September 8, 2021.

 

Article Two
AMENDMENTS

 

The Certificate of Formation of the Corporation is amended by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation to, among other things: Articles 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 of the Existing Certificate are each amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth in Articles I [Entity Name and Type], II [Registered Agent and Registered Office], III [Directors], IV [Shares and Shareholders], V [Purpose], VI [Shareholder Action By Written Consent] and VII [Special Meeting]. The Existing Certificate is also amended by the Amended and Restated Certificate by adding new Articles VIII [Liability of Governing Person], IX [Indemnification and Insurance] and X [Amendments to Certificate of Formation].

 

Article Three
STATEMENT OF APPROVAL

 

Each new amendment has been made in accordance with the provisions of the TBOC. The amendments to the certificate of formation and the Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation have been approved in the manner required by the TBOC and by the governing documents of the entity.

 

Article Four
REQUIRED STATEMENTS

 

The Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation, which is attached to this form as Exhibit A, accurately states the text of the current Certificate of Formation of the Corporation and each amendment to the Certificate of Formation that is in effect, and as further amended by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation. The attached Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation does not contain any other change in the Certificate of Formation being amended and restated except for the information permitted to be omitted by the provisions of the TBOC applicable to the Corporation.

 

Article Five
EFFECTIVENESS OF FILING

 

This Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation becomes effective upon filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas.

 

 

 

Article Six
EXECUTION

 

The undersigned affirms that the person designated as registered agent in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation has consented to the appointment. The undersigned signs this document subject to the penalties imposed by law for the submission of a materially false or fraudulent instrument and certifies under penalty of perjury that the undersigned is authorized under the provisions of law governing the Corporation to execute the filing instrument.

 

  INNO HOLDINGS INC.
     
Date: July 14, 2023 By: /s/ Dekui Liu
  Name:  Dekui Liu
  Title: CEO, Director and Chairman

 

2

 

 

EXHIBIT A
AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION
OF
Inno holdings inc.

 

The undersigned natural person of the age of eighteen (18) years or more, acting as an officer of a corporation under the Texas Business Organizations Code (the “TBOC”), hereby adopts the following Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation for such corporation:

 

Article I
Entity Name and Type

 

Section 1.1 The name of the filing entity is Inno Holdings Inc. (the “Corporation”). The Corporation is a for-profit corporation formed and existing under the laws of the State of Texas.

 

Article II
Registered Agent and Registered Office

 

Section 2.1 The name of the registered agent is Dekui Liu. The address of the registered agent and the address of the registered office of the Corporation is 6910 Oak Lane Richmond, TX 77046.

 

Article III
Directors

 

Section 3.1 Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation, the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) shall consist of one (1) or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the bylaws of the Corporation.

 

Section 3.2 The current Board of Directors is comprised of three (3) directors, and the names and respective addresses of the individuals who are currently serving as directors are as follows:

 

Name   Mailing Address
     
Dekui Liu   2465 Farm Market 359 South
Brookshire, TX 77423
     
Ying Liu   2465 Farm Market 359 South
Brookshire, TX 77423
     
Shaoren Liu   2465 Farm Market 359 South
Brookshire, TX 77423

 

Section 3.3 Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the bylaws of the Corporation.

 

Section 3.4 Any director may be removed at any time, with cause, at any special or annual meeting of the shareholders, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation and entitled to vote for the election of such director if notice of intention to act upon such matter shall have been given in the notice calling such meeting. Such removal shall be effective immediately upon such shareholder action even if successors are not elected simultaneously. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any class or series of shares are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation, only the holders of shares of that class or series shall be entitled to vote for or against the removal of any director elected by the holders of shares of that class or series.

 

3

 

 

Section 3.5 Subject to other provisions of this Article III, any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may be filled by election at an annual or special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, though the remaining directors may constitute less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office. Any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors shall be filled by election at an annual meeting or at a special meeting of shareholders called for that purpose or may be filled by the Board of Directors for a term of office continuing only until the next election of one or more directors by the shareholders; provided, that the Board of Directors may not fill more than two (2) such directorships during the period between any two (2) successive annual meetings of shareholders.

 

Article IV
Shares and Shareholders

 

Section 4.1 The aggregate number of shares of common stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is One Hundred Million (100,000,000) shares of common stock, no par value (the “common stock”).

 

Section 4.2 A shareholder of common stock of the Corporation shall have the right to one (1) vote per share, and shall be entitled to notice of any shareholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.

 

Section 4.3 No shareholder of the Corporation shall have the right of cumulative voting at any election of directors or upon any other matter.

 

Section 4.4 No holder of securities of the Corporation shall be entitled as a matter of right, preemptive or otherwise, to subscribe for or purchase any securities of the Corporation now or hereafter authorized to be issued, or securities held in the treasury of the Corporation, whether issued or sold for cash or other consideration or as a share dividend or otherwise. Securities of the Corporation may be issued or disposed of by the Board of Directors to such persons and on such terms as in its discretion it shall deem advisable.

 

Article V
Purpose

 

Section 5.1 The purpose for which the Corporation is organized is to transact any or all lawful business for which a for-profit corporations may be organized under the TBOC.

 

Article VI
Shareholder Action By Written Consent

 

Section 6.1 Any action required to, or that may, be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holder or holders of shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to take such action at a meeting at which the holders of all shares entitled to vote on the action were present and voted.

 

Article VII
Special Meeting

 

Section 7.1 In addition to any other manner of calling a special meeting of shareholders that may be set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation, a special meeting of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by the TBOC or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation or by the Bylaws, may be called by (i) the Chairman of the Board, (ii) a majority of the Board of Directors, or (iii) the chief executive officer, and shall be called by the Chairman of the Board or Secretary at the request in writing of shareholders owning not less than twenty percent (20%) of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

4

 

 

Article VIII
Liability of Governing Person

 

Section 8.1 No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or any of its shareholders for monetary damages for an act or omission in their capacity as a director except that this Article VIII shall not authorize the elimination or limitation of liability of a director of the Corporation to the extent he or she is found liable for:

 

(a) A breach of duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its shareholders;

 

(b) An act or omission not in good faith that constitutes a breach of duty of such director to the Corporation or an act or omission that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law;

 

(c) A transaction from which such director received an improper benefit, whether or not the benefit resulted from an action taken within the scope of the director’s office; or

 

(d) An act or omission for which the liability of a director is expressly provided by an applicable statute.

 

Section 8.2 If the TBOC or any other applicable Texas statute hereafter is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors of the Corporation, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the TBOC and such other applicable Texas statute, as so amended, and such limitation of liability shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the limitation on the liability of a director of the Corporation provided by the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII.

 

Section 8.3 Any repeal of or amendment to this Article VIII shall be prospective only and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the liability of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or amendment.

 

Article IX
Indemnification and Insurance

 

Section 9.1 Right to Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law, any director or officer of the Corporation, any former director or officer of the Corporation or any “delegate” (as defined below) of the Corporation who was, is, or is threatened to be made a respondent in any “proceeding” (as defined in Section 8.001 of the TBOC) because the person is or was a director, officer or delegate of the Corporation from and against all “expenses” (as defined in Section 8.001 of the TBOC) actually incurred by such person in connection with such proceeding, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer or delegate of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section 9.1 shall be a contract right. The Corporation may, by action of the Board of Directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the Corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors, officers and delegates. For purposes of this Section 9.1, “delegate” shall mean any person who, while serving as a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving as a representative of the Corporation, at the request of the Corporation, at another enterprise (as defined in Section 8.001 of the TBOC) or another organization or to an employee benefit plan. A person is a “delegate” to an employee benefit plan if the performance of the person’s official duties to the Corporation also imposes duties on or otherwise involves service by the person to the plan or participants in or beneficiaries of the plan.

 

5

 

 

Section 9.2 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other right that any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation, the bylaws of the Corporation, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

Section 9.3 Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, delegate, employee or agent of the Corporation against any such expenses, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expenses under the TBOC.

 

Section 9.4 Amendment. Any repeal or modification of this Article IX shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any right of a person to indemnification by the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

Article X
Amendments to Certificate of Formation

 

Section 10.1 The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute; provided, that this Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation may be amended at any regular or special meeting of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter.

 

* * * * * * * * * *

 

6

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation to be executed by a duly authorized officer this 14th day of July 2023.

 

  INNO HOLDINGS INC.
     
  By: /s/ Dekui Liu
  Name:  Dekui Liu
  Title: CEO, Director and Chairman

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation]

 

 

Exhibit 3.6

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
inno holdings INC.
A TEXAS CORPORATION

As amended and restated on [●]

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
inno holdings INC.

 

Table of Contents

 

Article I - NAME AND OFFICES 1
     
  Section 1.01 Principal Office Address 1
  Section 1.02 Other Offices 1
       
Article II - SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS 1
     
  Section 2.01 Place of Meetings 1
  Section 2.02 Annual Meeting 1
  Section 2.03 Special Meetings 1
  Section 2.04 Notice 2
  Section 2.05 Quorum; Adjournments 2
  Section 2.06 Method of Voting 3
  Section 2.07 Proxies 3
  Section 2.08 Record Date 3
  Section 2.09 Voting List 3
  Section 2.10 Organization of Shareholder Meetings 4
  Section 2.11 Conduct of Shareholder Meetings 4
  Section 2.12 Shareholder Proposals 4
  Section 2.13 Nominations for Directors 5
  Section 2.14 Submission of Questionnaire, Representation and Agreements 7
  Section 2.15 Action by Written Consent of Shareholders 7
  Section 2.16 Presence at Meetings by Means of Communication Equipment 7
       
Article III - DIRECTORS 8
     
  Section 3.01 Powers 8
  Section 3.02 Number and Term of Directors 8
  Section 3.03 Resignation 8
  Section 3.04 Removal 8
  Section 3.05 Vacancies 8
  Section 3.06 Reserved 8
  Section 3.07 Meetings 8
  Section 3.08 Annual Meeting 8
  Section 3.09 Regular Meetings 8
  Section 3.10 Special Meetings 9
  Section 3.11 Quorum of Directors; Majority Vote; Adjournment 9
  Section 3.12 Presumption of Assent 9
  Section 3.13 Committees 9
  Section 3.14 Compensation 9
  Section 3.15 Action by Unanimous Consent 9
  Section 3.16 Presence at Meetings by Means of Communications Equipment 9
       
Article IV - OFFICERS 10
     
  Section 4.01 Election, Number, Qualifications 10
  Section 4.02 Terms of Offices; Removal 10
  Section 4.03 Vacancies 10
  Section 4.04 Authority and Compensation 10
  Section 4.05 Chairman of the Board 10
  Section 4.06 Chief Executive Officer 10

 

i

 

 

  Section 4.07 President 10
  Section 4.08 Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents. 11
  Section 4.09 Secretary 11
       
Article V - NOTICE 11
     
  Section 5.01 Notice 11
  Section 5.02 Electronic Notice; Consent 11
  Section 5.03 Waivers 11
       
Article VI - GENERAL PROVISIONS 11
     
  Section 6.01 Fiscal Year 11
  Section 6.02 Dividends and Reserves 11
       
Article VII - CAPITAL SHARES 12
     
  Section 7.01 Certificates for Shares and Unregistered Shares 12
  Section 7.02 Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates 12
  Section 7.03 Registration of Transfers 12
  Section 7.04 Registered Shareholders 13
       
Article VIII - Liability of Governing person 13
     
  Section 8.01 Liability of Directors 13
       
Article IX - INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE 13
     
  Section 9.01 Indemnification of Directors and Former Directors 13
  Section 9.02 Indemnification of Officers and Former Officers 13
  Section 9.03 Right to Advancement of Expenses 14
  Section 9.04 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit 14
  Section 9.05 Indemnification of Other Persons 14
  Section 9.06 Non-Exclusivity of Rights 14
  Section 9.07 Insurance and Other Arrangements 15
  Section 9.08 Amendments 15
  Section 9.09 Certain Definitions 15
  Section 9.10 Contract Rights 15
  Section 9.11 Severability 15
  Section 9.12 Federal Deposit Insurance Act 15
       
Article X - AMENDMENTS 15
     
  Section 10.01 Amendments 15
       
Article XI - EXCLUSIVE FORUM 16

 

ii

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
BYLAWS
OF
inno holdings INC.

 

Article I - NAME AND OFFICES

 

Section 1.01 Principal Office Address. The principal office and place of business of the Corporation shall be located at 2465 FM-359 South, Suite A in the City of Brookshire and County of Waller, Texas 77423. Anything in these Bylaws to the contrary notwithstanding, revision of the registered office or the registered agent of the corporation in accordance with the provisions of the Texas Business Organizations Code (the “TBOC”) shall automatically and without further action amend this Section 1.01 to name such newly adopted office or registered agent.

 

Section 1.02 Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Texas as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

 

Article II - SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

Section 2.01 Place of Meetings. Meetings of the shareholders shall be held at the principal business office of the Corporation or at any other place (within or without the State of Texas) as the Board of Directors or shareholders may from time to time select.

 

Section 2.02 Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation shall be held to elect directors and to transact such other business as may properly be brought before the annual meeting. The annual meeting shall be held on such date and at such time as may be fixed by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the annual meeting. Failure to hold any annual meeting shall not result in the winding up or termination of the Corporation.

 

Section 2.03 Special Meetings.

 

(a) Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by the TBOC or by the Certificate of Formation or by these Bylaws, may be called by (i) the Chairman of the Board, (ii) a majority of the Board of Directors, or (iii) the chief executive officer, and shall be called by the Chairman of the Board or Secretary at the request in writing of shareholders owning not less than twenty percent (20%) of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting (the “requisite percent”). Special meetings of shareholders shall be held on such date, and at such time and place, as shall be designated by the board of directors in accordance with these Bylaws. Business transacted at a special meeting shall be confined to the objects stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

(b) In order for a special meeting requested by the shareholders (a “shareholder-requested special meeting”) to be called, a written request for a special meeting signed by the shareholder(s) owning at least the requisite percent of shares entitled to vote at a meeting as of the date of the request (the “special meeting request”), must be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation.

 

A special meeting request shall:

 

(1)state the business (including the identity of nominees for election as director, if any) proposed to be acted on at the meeting;

 

(2)bear the date of the signature of each shareholder submitting the special meeting request;

 

(3)set forth the name and address of each shareholder submitting the special meeting request; and

 

(4)include documentary evidence that the requesting shareholders own the requisite percent of shares as of the date of the special meeting request.

 

1

 

 

The special meeting request shall be updated and supplemented, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such request shall be true and correct for the shareholder-requested special meeting. Such update and supplement shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting.

 

(c) After receiving a special meeting request, the Board of Directors shall determine whether the shareholder(s) requesting the special meeting have satisfied the requirements for calling a shareholder-requested special meeting, and the Corporation shall notify the requesting shareholder(s) of the Board of Directors’ determination about whether the special meeting request is valid. If the special meeting request is valid, the date, time and place of the special meeting shall be fixed by the Board of Directors, which date of the special meeting shall not be more than ninety (90) days after the date on which the Board of Directors receives the special meeting request. The record date for the special meeting shall be fixed by the Board of Directors as set forth in Section 2.08 of these Bylaws.

 

(d) A special meeting request shall not be valid, and the Corporation shall not call a special meeting if:

 

(1)the special meeting request relates to an item of business that is not a proper subject for shareholder action under, or that involves a violation of, applicable law or the Certificate of Formation of the Corporation;

 

(2)an item of business that is the same or substantially similar (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) to an item presented at a meeting of shareholders occurring within ninety (90) days preceding the earliest date of signature on the special meeting request;

 

(3)the special meeting request is delivered during the period commencing ninety (90) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting and ending on the date of the next annual meeting of shareholders; or

 

(4)the special meeting request does not comply with the requirements of these Bylaws.

 

(e) Business transacted at any shareholder-requested special meeting shall be limited to: (i) the purpose stated in the valid special meeting request received from the requisite percent, and (ii) any additional matters that the Board of Directors determines to include in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting (which the Board of Directors may revise or supplement).

 

Section 2.04 Notice. Written notice stating the place, day and hour of any shareholders’ meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board, the Secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. Notice required under this Section 2.04 may be achieved through the means described in Article V of these Bylaws.

 

Section 2.05 Quorum; Adjournments. A quorum shall be present at a meeting of shareholders if the holders of shares having a majority of the voting power represented by all of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Formation or the TBOC. Once a share is represented for any purpose at a meeting, other than for the purpose of objecting to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, it is considered present for purposes of determining whether a quorum exists, for the remainder of the meeting and for any adjournment of that meeting unless a new record date is or must be set for that adjourned meeting. If, however, a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of shareholders, the shareholders entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until such time and to such place as may be determined by the Board of Directors or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented in person or by proxy at such meeting until a quorum shall be present. At an adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

 

2

 

 

Section 2.06 Method of Voting. Where a quorum is present at any meeting of the shareholders, each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at the meeting of shareholders, except to the extent that the voting rights of the shares of any class or classes are limited or denied by the Certificate of Formation. If a quorum exists, action on any matter, including the election of directors, by a voting group shall be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast, unless the Certificate of Formation, these Bylaws or the TBOC require a greater number of affirmative votes. In the event that the number of director nominees exceeds the number of directors to be elected, the directors (not exceeding the authorized number of directors as fixed by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Formation or these Bylaws) shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, at any such meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. For purposes of this Section 2.06, a majority of the votes cast means that the number of shares voted “for” a proposal, including the election of directors, must exceed the number of shares voted “against,” or “withheld” for, that proposal, and an abstention shall not constitute a vote cast. If, for any cause, the entire Board of Directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, any vacancies may be filled by an election as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.

 

Section 2.07 Proxies. At any meeting of the shareholders, every shareholder having the right to vote may vote either in person or by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be valid after eleven (11) months from the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and unless otherwise made irrevocable by law. Each proxy shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation prior to or at the time of the meeting. Proxies shall not be withheld for the purpose of preventing the attainment of a quorum.

 

Section 2.08 Record Date. For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any distribution or share dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose (other than determining shareholders entitled to consent to action by shareholders proposed to be taken without a meeting of shareholders), the Board of Directors may provide that the share transfer records shall be closed for a stated period but not to exceed, in any case, sixty (60) days. If the share transfer records shall be closed for the purpose of determining shareholders, such record shall be closed for at least ten (10) days immediately preceding such meeting. In lieu of closing the share transfer records, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than sixty (60) days and, in the case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten (10) days, prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken. If the share transfer records are not closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a distribution (other than a distribution involving a purchase or redemption by the Corporation of any of its own shares) or share dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the Board of Directors declaring such distribution or share dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of shareholders. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof except where the determination has been made through the closing of share transfer records and the stated period of closing has expired.

 

Section 2.09 Voting List.

 

(a) The officer or agent of the Corporation having charge of the share transfer books of the Corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of shares held by each, which list, for a period of ten (10) days prior to such meeting, shall be kept on file at the registered office or principal place of business of the Corporation and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder at any time during usual business hours of the Corporation. Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original share transfer records shall be prima-facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or transfer records or to vote at any meeting of shareholders.

 

(b) Failure to comply with the requirements of this section shall not affect the validity of any action taken at such meeting.

 

3

 

 

Section 2.10 Organization of Shareholder Meetings. At each meeting of the shareholders and except as otherwise set forth by resolution of the board of directors, one of the following persons, in the order in which they are listed (and in the absence of the first, the next, and so on), shall call meetings of the shareholders to order and serve as presiding officer of the meeting: (i) the Chairman of the Board, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, (iii) the President, and (iv) any director designated by the Board of Directors for such purpose. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or if such officers shall not be present, the appointee of the presiding officer at the meeting shall act as Secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 2.11 Conduct of Shareholder Meetings.

 

(a) The Board of Directors may, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of any annual or special meeting of shareholders as the Board of Directors shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules, regulations and procedures as adopted by the Board of Directors, the presiding officer of any meeting of shareholders shall have the right, power and authority to convene and to recess or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations or procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such person, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting of shareholders.

 

(b) Such rules, regulations and procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the presiding officer of the meeting, may to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law include, without limitation, the following:

 

(1)the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting;

 

(2)rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present;

 

(3)restrictions on the entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof;

 

(4)the manner in which all persons attending the meeting may participate, including limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants;

 

(5)excluding any shareholder or its proxy from any meeting of the shareholders based upon any determination, in the presiding officer of the meeting’s sole discretion, that such person has unduly disrupted the proceedings; and

 

(6)the opening and closing of the voting polls.

 

(c) The presiding officer of any meeting of shareholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting, and if such presiding officer of the meeting should so determine, the presiding officer of the meeting shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the presiding officer of the meeting, meetings of shareholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

Section 2.12 Shareholder Proposals.

 

(a) At any annual meeting of the shareholders, only such business will be conducted or considered as is properly brought before the annual meeting (i) as specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) by the presiding officer or by or at the direction of a majority of the Board of Directors, or (iii) by any shareholder or group of shareholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting who comply with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.12.

 

4

 

 

(b) For business properly to be brought before an annual meeting by shareholder(s), the shareholder(s) must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely in connection with an annual meeting, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) nor more than one-hundred twenty (120) calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) calendar days prior to such anniversary date or delayed more than sixty (60) calendar days after such anniversary date then to be timely such notice must be received by the Corporation no later than the later of seventy (70) calendar days prior to the date of the annual meeting or the close of business on the seventh (7th) calendar day following the date on which notice of the annual meeting is first mailed by or on behalf of the Corporation. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.12(b).

 

(c) To be in proper written form, the notice to the Secretary shall set forth in writing, either in the mail or pursuant to Article V of these Bylaws, as to each matter the shareholder(s) propose to bring before the annual meeting:

 

(1)a description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting;

 

(2)the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration);

 

(3)the shareholder’s name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books;

 

(4)the class and number of shares of the Corporation and any other securities of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned by such shareholder, and any derivatives, hedged positions, synthetic and temporary ownership techniques, swaps, securities loans, timed purchases and other economic and voting interests or similar positions, securities or interests held by such shareholder with respect to the Corporation’s securities;

 

(5)any proxy (other than a revocable proxy given solely in response to a solicitation made by such shareholder to all of the Corporation’s other shareholders pursuant to a publicly disclosed proxy solicitation statement, a true and complete copy of which has previously been delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation);

 

(6)any interest of the shareholder or its proxy in such business being proposed; and

 

(7)any agreements the shareholder proposing such business has with other persons or entities in connection with such business.

 

(d) Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.12. The presiding of the meeting shall refuse to acknowledge or consider any business that is not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.12.

 

Section 2.13 Nominations for Directors.

 

(a) Subject to the rights granted to a particular class or series, nominations for the election of directors may be made (i) by or at the direction of a majority of the Board of Directors, or (ii) by any shareholder or group of shareholders entitled to vote for the election of directors who complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.13.

 

(b) All nominations for directors by shareholders shall be made pursuant to timely notice in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, such notice shall be delivered pursuant to Article V of these Bylaws, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than seventy five (75) nor more than one-hundred (100) calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) calendar days prior to such anniversary date or delayed more than sixty (60) calendar days after such anniversary date then to be timely such notice must be received by the Corporation no later than the later of seventy (70) calendar days prior to the date of the annual meeting or the close of business on the seventh (7th) calendar day following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual meeting is first mailed by or on behalf of the Corporation or the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the annual meeting.

 

5

 

 

(c) To be in proper written form, such notice to the Secretary shall set forth in writing:

 

(1)the name and address of the shareholder(s) who intends to make the nomination and of the person or persons intended to be nominated;

 

(2)the class and number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned by such shareholder(s) intending to make the nomination, and any derivatives, hedged positions, synthetic and temporary ownership techniques, swaps, securities loans, timed purchases and other economic and voting interests or similar positions, securities or interests held by such shareholder with respect to the Corporation’s securities;

 

(3)a representation that the shareholder(s) are a holder of shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice;

 

(4)a description of all arrangements or understandings between the shareholder(s) and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the shareholder;

 

(5)as to the nominee, other directorships currently held, or held during the past five (5) years, (A) at any company with a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or subject to the requirements of Section 15(d) of such Act, or (B) at any other financial institution or bank holding company, in each case, naming such company, financial institution or bank holding company;

 

(6)any significant interests in the securities of any principal competitor of the Corporation or its subsidiaries held by such nominee, or the shareholder(s) proposing the nominee, and any direct or indirect interest of such shareholder(s) or nominee, or beneficial owner of such shareholder(s) or nominees, if any, or any of their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, in any contract with any principal competitor of the corporation or its subsidiaries (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, indemnification agreement or consulting agreement);

 

(7)a completed questionnaire and a written representation and agreement signed by the nominee pursuant to Section 2.14 of these Bylaws; and

 

(8)any other information reasonably requested by the Corporation.

 

(d) No person shall be eligible for election as a director unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws. The presiding officer of the meeting may refuse to acknowledge the nomination of any person not made in compliance with the foregoing procedures.

 

6

 

 

Section 2.14 Submission of Questionnaire, Representation and Agreements. To be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Corporation, a person nominated by a shareholder pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.13 of these Bylaws must deliver to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request), and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that such person:

 

(1)is not and will not become a party to:

 

(i)any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “voting commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation; nor

 

(ii)any voting commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law;

 

(2)is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed therein; and

 

(3)in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with all applicable corporate governance, conflict of interest, resignation, confidentiality and publicly disclosed stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation publicly disclosed from time to time.

 

Section 2.15 Action by Written Consent of Shareholders.

 

(a) Subject to Section 2.15(b), any action required or permitted by the TBOC to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the action that is the subject of the consent.

 

(b) If the Certificate of Formation so provides, any action required or permitted by the TBOC to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holder or holders of shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to take such action at a meeting at which the holders of all shares entitled to vote on the action were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of any action by shareholders without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those shareholders who did not consent in writing to the action. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each shareholder who signs the consent. The consent may be in more than one counterpart so long as each shareholder signs one of the counterparts. The consent shall be placed in the minute book of the corporation. No written consent shall be effective to take the action that is the subject of the consent unless, within sixty (60) days after the date of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation as set forth below in this Section 2.15, the consent or consents signed by the holder of holders of shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to take the action that is the subject of the consent are delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the records in which proceedings of meetings of shareholders are recorded. Delivery shall be by hand or certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Delivery to the Corporation’s principal place of business shall be addressed to the Chief Executive Officer or the Chairman of the Board of the Corporation. An electronic mail message or similar transmission by a shareholder, or a photographic, photostatic, facsimile, or similar reproduction of a writing signed by a shareholder, shall be regarded as signed by the shareholder for the purposes of this Section 2.15.

 

Section 2.16 Presence at Meetings by Means of Communication Equipment. Shareholders may participate in and hold a meeting of the shareholders by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 2.16 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

7

 

 

Article III - DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.01 Powers. The property, business and affairs of the Corporation and all corporate powers shall be managed by the Board of Directors, subject to any limitation imposed by statute, the Certificate of Formation or these Bylaws.

 

Section 3.02 Number and Term of Directors. The number of directors shall be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the full Board of Directors at any annual, regular, or special meeting, provided, that any decrease in the number of directors does not shorten the time of any incumbent director, provided further, that the number of directors shall be no less than five (5) nor more than fifteen (15). Directors shall be elected by the shareholders at each annual meeting of the shareholders, except as provided in Section 3.05, and each director elected shall hold office for the term for which he is elected and until his successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be residents of the State of Texas.

 

Section 3.03 Resignation. A director may resign at any time on written notice to the Board of Directors or to the Chairman of the Board. A director’s resignation is effective when the notice is delivered unless the notice specifies a later effective date.

 

Section 3.04 Removal. Any director may be removed at any time, with or without cause, at any special or annual meeting of the shareholders, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation and entitled to vote for the election of such director if notice of intention to act upon such matter shall have been given in the notice calling such meeting. Such removal shall be effective immediately upon such shareholder action even if successors are not elected simultaneously. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any class or series of shares are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Formation, only the holders of shares of that class or series shall be entitled to vote for or against the removal of any director elected by the holders of shares of that class or series.

 

Section 3.05 Vacancies. Subject to other provisions of this Article III, any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may be filled by election at an annual or special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, though the remaining directors may constitute less than a quorum of the Board of Directors as fixed by Section 3.11. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office. Any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors shall be filled by election at an annual meeting or at a special meeting of shareholders called for that purpose or may be filled by the Board of Directors for a term of office continuing only until the next election of one or more directors by the shareholders; provided, that the Board of Directors may not fill more than two (2) such directorships during the period between any two (2) successive annual meetings of shareholders.

 

Section 3.06 Reserved.

 

Section 3.07 Meetings. Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at the principal business office of the Corporation or at any other place (inside or outside of the State of Texas) as the Chairman of the Board may from time to time select. The Chairman of the Board, and in his absence, the President or any director appointed by the Board of Directors for such purpose, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall annually appoint an officer of the Corporation to serve as secretary of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.08 Annual Meeting. The Board of Directors shall meet each year as soon as reasonably practicable after the adjournment of each annual shareholders’ meeting to elect officers and consider other business. Notice of the annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall not be required.

 

Section 3.09 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at least quarterly at such date, time and place as is designated by the Chairman of the Board, or in the absence of such designation, by any three (3) directors. Written notice of each regular meeting, setting forth the date, time and place of the regular meeting, shall be given to each director in accordance with Article V of these Bylaws.

 

8

 

 

Section 3.10 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at any time by or at the request the Chairman of the Board, and shall be called by the Secretary on the written request of any three (3) directors. Written notice of each special meeting, setting forth the date, time and place of the special meeting, shall be given to each director in accordance with Article V of these Bylaws.

 

Section 3.11 Quorum of Directors; Majority Vote; Adjournment. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the presence of a majority of the number of directors fixed in the manner provided in Section 3.02 shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. At all meetings of committees of the Board of Directors (if one or more be designated in the manner described in Section 3.13), the presence of a majority of the number of directors fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors to serve as members of such committees shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The affirmative vote of at least a majority of the directors present and entitled to vote at any meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors or the committee, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by the TBOC, the Certificate of Formation or these Bylaws. Directors with an interest in a business transaction of the Corporation and directors who are directors or officers or have a financial interest in any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization with which the Corporation is transacting business may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee of the Board of Directors to authorize such business transaction. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until such time and to such place as may be determined by such majority of directors, until a quorum shall be present.

 

Section 3.12 Presumption of Assent. A director who is present at any meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent to such action with the person acting as secretary of the meeting before the adjournment or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the Secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

 

Section 3.13 Committees. The Board of Directors may from time to time designate members of the Board of Directors to constitute committees, which shall in each case consist of such number of directors and shall have and may exercise such power, as the Board of Directors may determine and specify in the respective resolutions appointing them. A majority of all the members of any such committee may determine its action and fix the time and place of its meeting, unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to change the number, subject as aforesaid, and members of any such committee, to fill vacancies and to discharge any such committee.

 

Section 3.14 Compensation. By resolution of the Board of Directors, the directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

Section 3.15 Action by Unanimous Consent. Any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action taken, is signed by all of the members of the board of directors or the committee thereof, as the case may be, and such consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote at a meeting. Action taken under this Section 3.15 is effective when the written consents of all directors are delivered to the Corporation, unless a different effective date is specified therein.

 

Section 3.16 Presence at Meetings by Means of Communications Equipment. Members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in and hold a meeting of such Board of Directors or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.16 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

9

 

 

Article IV - OFFICERS

 

Section 4.01 Election, Number, Qualifications. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of shareholders and shall consist of a Chairman of the Board, President and a Secretary. In its discretion, the Board of Directors may also elect a Chief Executive Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents or Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and assistant officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall have such authority and exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors by resolution not inconsistent with these Bylaws. Two (2) or more offices may be held by the same person. In its sole discretion, the Board of Directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable, except that the offices of Chairman of the Board, President and Secretary shall be filled as expeditiously as possible. In the event of an officer’s absence or inability to act in his official capacity as an officer of the Corporation, the Board of Directors may delegate the duties of such officer to any other officer or director.

 

Section 4.02 Terms of Offices; Removal. The officers of the Corporation shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the Board of Directors and until their successors are elected or appointed and qualified, or until their death or until their resignation or removal from office. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion. Such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights.

 

Section 4.03 Vacancies. Subject to Section 4.01 of these Bylaws, any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.04 Authority and Compensation. Officers and agents shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the Corporation as are provided in these Bylaws or as may be determined by the Board of Directors. The compensation of officers and agents shall be as fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors or a designated committee thereof.

 

Section 4.05 Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors shall appoint a director to serve as Chairman of the Board, who may not serve as the chief executive officer of the Corporation, as determined by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, in general, supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Corporation. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board may sign, with the Secretary or any other proper officer of the Corporation thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors, certificates for shares of the Corporation, any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed or executed; and, in general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chairman of the Board and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time. Except as otherwise provided by law or directed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board may authorize the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President or other officer or agent of the Corporation to sign, execute and acknowledge such documents or instruments in his place and stead.

 

Section 4.06 Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall, if there be such an officer, have general powers of oversight, supervision and management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the principal executive officer of the Corporation and shall report to the Board of Directors. In the absence of the President, the Chief Executive Officer shall also exercise the powers and perform the duties of the President. The Chief Executive Officer may sign, with the Secretary or any other proper officer of the Corporation thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors, certificates for shares of the Corporation, any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed or executed; and, in general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time. Except as otherwise provided by law or directed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer may authorize the President, any Vice President or other officer or agent of the Corporation to sign, execute and acknowledge such documents or instruments in his place and stead. The Chief Executive Officer is not required to be a director of the Corporation.

 

Section 4.07 President. The President, if any, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors.

 

10

 

 

Section 4.08 Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents. Each Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President, if any, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 4.09 Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of shareholders and record all of the proceedings of the meetings of the Board of Directors and of the shareholders in a minute book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and special and regular meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall also (a) sign all certificates of shares, (b) keep a share book of the Corporation, together with any and all other books, records, and papers belonging to the Corporation or pertaining to the business thereof, and (c) in general, perform all of the duties which are incident to the office of Secretary of the Corporation, subject to the Board of Directors. The Secretary may also attest contracts, bonds, deeds, leases or conveyances executed by the Corporation.

 

Article V - NOTICE

 

Section 5.01 Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given to any director or shareholder, whether pursuant to the TBOC or the Certificate of Formation or these Bylaws, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but any such notice may be given (i) in writing, by mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the director or shareholder at the address appearing on the books of the Corporation, (ii) by electronic transmission (if consented to by the director or shareholder pursuant to Section 5.02), or (iii) in any other method permitted by law. Any notice required or permitted to be given by mail shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the shareholder or the director at his address as it appears on the books of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

 

Section 5.02 Electronic Notice; Consent. On consent of a shareholder or director, notice from the Corporation required to be given pursuant to the TBOC, the Certificate of Formation or these Bylaws may be provided to such shareholder or director by electronic transmission. The shareholder or director may specify the form of electronic transmission to be used to communicate such notice (e.g., by electronic mail, or “e-mail”). A shareholder or director may revoke their consent to receive notice by electronic transmission at any time by providing written notice to the Corporation. The consent is considered revoked if the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices, and the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or transfer agent of the Corporation, or another person responsible for delivering notice on behalf of the Corporation, knows that delivery of those two electronic transmissions was unsuccessful. Inadvertent failure to treat the unsuccessful transmissions as a revocation of the consent does not affect the validity of a meeting or other action.

 

Section 5.03 Waivers.

 

(a) Whenever by the TBOC or the Certificate of Formation or these Bylaws notice is required to be given to any shareholder or director, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated in such notice, shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the shareholders or the directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver of electronic transmission unless so required by the TBOC, the Certificate of Formation or these Bylaws.

 

(b) Attendance of a shareholder or director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a shareholder or director attends for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

Article VI - GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 6.01 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6.02 Dividends and Reserves.

 

(a) Subject to the TBOC and the Certificate of Formation, dividends may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation. The declaration and payment shall be at the discretion of the Board of Directors. The determination of shareholders entitled to receive payment of any distribution or dividend shall be made in accordance with Section 2.08.

 

(b) By resolution the Board of Directors may create such reserve or reserves out of the earned surplus of the Corporation for any proper purpose or purposes and may abolish any such reserve in the same manner. Earned surplus to the extent so reserved shall not be available for the payment of dividends or other distributions by the Corporation except as expressly permitted by law.

 

11

 

 

Article VII - CAPITAL SHARES

 

Section 7.01 Certificates for Shares and Unregistered Shares.

 

(a) The shares of the Corporation, or any class or series thereof, shall be represented by certificates, shall be uncertificated shares that may be evidenced by book-entry system maintained by the registrar of such shares, or a combination of both, as provided under the TBOC. To the extent that shares are represented by certificates, such certificates, whenever authorized by the Board of Directors, shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall send the registered owner thereof a written notice of all information that would appear on a certificate. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated shares shall be identical to those of the holders of certificates representing shares of the same class and series.

 

(b) The certificates representing shares of each class shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Executive Vice President/Chief Financial Officer, and by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary. Any or all such signatures may be facsimiles if countersigned by a transfer agent or registrar. Although any officer, transfer agent or registrar whose manual or facsimile signature is affixed to such a certificate ceases to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate has been issued, it may nevertheless be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were still such at the date of its issue.

 

(c) The share ledger and blank share certificates shall be kept by the Secretary or by a transfer agent or by a registrar or by any other officer or agent designated by the Board of Directors.

 

(d) The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer clerks, and one or more registrars, at times and places that the requirements of the Corporation may necessitate and the Board of Directors may designate.

 

(e) A person in whose name shares of the Corporation stand on the books of the Corporation will be deemed the owner of the shares, provided that whenever any transfer of shares will be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, and written notice of the transfer is given to the Secretary or the transfer agent, that fact will be stated in the entry of the transfer.

 

(f) When a transfer of shares is requested and there is reasonable doubt as to the right of the person seeking the transfer, the Corporation or its transfer agent, before recording the transfer of the shares on its books or issuing any certificate for the shares, may require from the person seeking the transfer reasonable proof of that person’s right to the transfer. If there is a reasonable doubt of the right to the transfer, the Corporation may refuse a transfer unless the person gives adequate security or a bond of indemnity executed by a corporate surety or by two individual sureties satisfactory to the Corporation as to form, amount, and responsibility of sureties. The bond will be conditioned to protect the Corporation, its officers, transfer agents, and registrars, or any of them, against any loss, damage, expense, or other liability to the owner of the shares by reason of the recordation of the transfer or the issuance of a new certificate for shares.

 

Section 7.02 Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates. The holder of any certificate representing any shares of the Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of such certificate. The Corporation may issue to such holder a new certificate or certificates for shares, upon the surrender of the mutilated certificate or, in the case of loss, theft or destruction of the certificate, upon satisfactory proof of such loss, theft or destruction. The Board of Directors, or a committee designated thereby, or the transfer agents and registrars for the shares of the Corporation, may, in their discretion, require the owner of the lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed certificate, or such person’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as they may direct to indemnify the Corporation and said transfer agents and registrars against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, theft, mutilation or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate. Any such new certificate shall be plainly marked “DUPLICATE” on its face.

 

Section 7.03 Registration of Transfers. No transfer of shares shall be valid as against the Corporation, its shareholders and creditors for any purpose, except to render the transferee liable for the debts of the Corporation to the extent provided by law, until it shall have been entered in the share records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred. Upon surrender to the Corporation or a transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, a new certificate shall be issued to the person entitled thereto and the old certificate canceled and the transaction recorded upon the books of the Corporation.

 

12

 

 

Section 7.04 Registered Shareholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Texas. Each shareholder shall designate to the Secretary or transfer agent of the Corporation an address at which notices of meetings and all other corporate notices may be given to such person, and, if any shareholder shall fail to designate such address, corporate notices may be given to such person by mail directed to such person at such person’s post office address, if any, as the same appears on the share record books of the Corporation or at such person’s last known post office address.

 

Article VIII - Liability of Governing person

 

Section 8.01 Liability of Directors. No director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or any of its shareholders for monetary damages for an act or omission in their capacity as a director except that this Article VIII shall not authorize the elimination or limitation of liability of a director of the Corporation to the extent he or she is found liable for:

 

(a) A breach of duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its shareholders;

 

(b) An act or omission not in good faith that constitutes a breach of duty of such director to the Corporation or an act or omission that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law;

 

(c) A transaction from which such director received an improper benefit, whether or not the benefit resulted from an action taken within the scope of the director’s office; or

 

(d) An act or omission for which the liability of a director is expressly provided by an applicable statute.

 

Article IX - INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE

 

Section 9.01 Indemnification of Directors and Former Directors. Each person who was or is a respondent or defendant or is threatened to be made a respondent or defendant, or testifies or otherwise participates, in any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative, any appeal in such an action, suit or proceeding, or any inquiry or investigation that could lead to such an action, suit, or proceeding (any of the foregoing hereinafter called a “proceeding”), whether or not by or in the right of the Corporation, because such person is or was a director of the Corporation or, while a director of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, venture, proprietor, trustee, employee, administrator, agent or similar functionary (a “representative”) of another foreign or domestic corporation, limited or general partnership, limited liability company, business trust, real estate investment trust, joint venture, joint stock company, cooperative, association, bank, insurance company, credit union, association, proprietorship, trust, employee benefit plan, other enterprise or other organization (each, an “organization”) (hereinafter a “Covered Director”) shall be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be changed, against all judgments (including arbitration awards), court costs, penalties, excise and similar taxes, fines, settlements, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other reasonable expenses (all of the foregoing hereinafter referred to as “expenses”) actually incurred by such person in connection with such proceeding and such right to indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or representative and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators. It is expressly acknowledged that the indemnification provided in this Article IX could involve indemnification for negligence or under theories of strict liability.

 

Section 9.02 Indemnification of Officers and Former Officers. The Corporation shall indemnify each person who was or is a respondent or defendant or threatened to be made a respondent or defendant, or testifies or otherwise participates, in any proceeding, whether or not by or in the right of the Corporation, because such person is or was an officer of the Corporation or, while an officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a representative of another organization (hereinafter a “Covered Officer” and together with a Covered Director, a “Covered Person”), to the same extent that the Corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to a director of the Corporation under the TBOC, and such right to indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be an officer or representative and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators.

 

13

 

 

Section 9.03 Right to Advancement of Expenses. In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 9.01 or Section 9.02, as the case may be, a Covered Person shall also have the right to be paid or reimbursed by the Corporation the reasonable expenses incurred in defending, testifying or otherwise participating in any such proceeding, in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”) and without any determination as to the person’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification; provided, however, that, an advancement of expenses incurred by a Covered Person in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of a written affirmation by such person of such person’s good faith belief that he has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification under the TBOC and a written undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall be ultimately determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter, a “final adjudication”) that the Covered Person has not met that standard or that indemnification of the Covered Person against expenses incurred by such person in connection with that proceeding is prohibited by the TBOC.

 

Section 9.04 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 9.01, Section 9.02 or Section 9.03 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim therefor has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the Covered Person may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Covered Person shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (a) any suit brought by the Covered Person to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by a Covered Person to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (b) in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Covered Person has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the TBOC. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, special legal counsel, or its shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Covered Person is proper in the circumstances because the Covered Person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the TBOC, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including a determination by its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, special legal counsel, or its shareholders) that the Covered Person has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Covered Person has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Covered Person, shall be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the Covered Person to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article IX or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

Section 9.05 Indemnification of Other Persons. This Article IX shall not limit the right of the Corporation to the extent and in the manner authorized or permitted by law to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons. Without limiting the foregoing, the Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation and to any person who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a representative of another organization to the same extent that it may indemnify and advance expenses to Covered Persons under this Article IX and to any such further extent as may be authorized or permitted by law.

 

Section 9.06 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights provided to a Covered Person pursuant to this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other right which any such person may have or hereafter acquire under any law (common or statutory), provision of the Certificate of Formation or these Bylaws, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

 

14

 

 

Section 9.07 Insurance and Other Arrangements. The Corporation may, to the extent permitted by law, purchase and maintain insurance, create a trust fund, establish any form of self-insurance (including a contract to indemnify), secure its indemnity obligation by grant of a security interest or other lien on assets of the Corporation, establish a letter of credit guaranty or security arrangement, or establish and maintain any other arrangement (any of the foregoing hereinafter called an “arrangement”) on behalf of any person who is or was serving as a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a representative of another organization against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in such a capacity or arising out of his or her status as such a person, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability. If the insurance or other arrangement involves self-insurance or is with a person or entity that is not regularly engaged in the business of providing insurance coverage, the insurance or arrangement may provide for payment of a liability with respect to which the Corporation would not have the power to indemnify the person only if the insurance or arrangement has been approved by the shareholders.

 

Section 9.08 Amendments. Any repeal or amendment of this Article IX by the Board of Directors or the shareholders of the Corporation or by changes in applicable law, or the adoption of any other provision of these Bylaws inconsistent with this Article IX, will, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in applicable law permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights on a retroactive basis than permitted prior thereto), and will not in any way diminish or adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision.

 

Section 9.09 Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Article IX, (a) the Corporation shall be deemed to have requested a director or officer of the Corporation to serve as a representative of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by such person of his or her duties to the Corporation also imposes duties on or otherwise involves services by such person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan, and (b) any action taken or omitted by a such a person with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of such person’s duties for a purpose reasonably believed by such person to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose which is “not opposed to the best interests” of the Corporation for purposes of Section 8.001 of the TBOC.

 

Section 9.10 Contract Rights. The rights provided to Covered Persons pursuant to this Article IX shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to a Covered Person who has ceased to be a director, officer, agent or employee and shall inure to the benefit of the Covered Person’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

Section 9.11 Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Article IX shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article IX shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article IX (including, without limitation, each such portion of this Article IX containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

 

Section 9.12 Federal Deposit Insurance Act. Notwithstanding any provision of this Article IX to the contrary, all indemnification payments shall be consistent with the requirements of Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the implementing regulations thereunder.

 

Article X - AMENDMENTS

 

Section 10.01 Amendments. The Board of Directors may amend or repeal these Bylaws, or adopt new Bylaws unless (a) the Certificate of Formation or the TBOC wholly or partially reserves such power exclusively to the shareholders, or (b) the shareholders in amending, repealing or adopting a particular Bylaw shall have expressly provided in such Bylaw or in this Article X that the Board of Directors may not amend or repeal that Bylaw. Unless the Certificate of Formation or a Bylaw adopted by the shareholders shall provide otherwise as to all or some portion of the Bylaws, the shareholders may amend, repeal, or adopt Bylaws even though the Bylaws may also be amended, repealed, or adopted by the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Section 3.02 of these Bylaws may not be amended without the affirmative vote of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation.

 

15

 

 

Article XI - EXCLUSIVE FORUM

 

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action for breach of duty to the Corporation or the Corporation’s shareholders by any current or former officer or other employee or agent or director of the Corporation, (iii) any action against the Corporation or any current or former director, officer or other employee or agent or director of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the TBOC, the Certificate of Formation or these Bylaws, or (iv) any action against the Corporation or any current or former officer or other employee or agent or director of the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Dallas Division, or in the event that court lacks jurisdiction to hear such action, the District Courts of the County of Dallas, Texas, unless neither court has personal jurisdiction over an indispensable party named as a defendant. Failure to enforce the foregoing provisions would cause the corporation irreparable harm and the Corporation shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific performance, to enforce the foregoing provisions. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article X. If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of this Article XI is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of Texas (a “Foreign Action”) by or in the name of any shareholder, such shareholder shall be deemed to have consented to (i) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Texas in connection with any action brought in such court to enforce the provisions of this Article XI and (ii) having service of process made upon such shareholder in any such action by service upon such shareholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such shareholder.

 

* * * * * * * * * *

 

16

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned hereby certifies that these Amended and Restated Bylaws have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of Inno Holdings Inc. at its meeting on the [●]th day of [●].

 

  /s/
   
   
  /s/
   

 

 

17

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

 

July 25, 2023

 

Inno Holdings Inc.

2465 Farm Market 359 South

Brookshire, TX 77423

 

Re:Form S-1 Registration Statement

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as special counsel to Inno Holdings Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation and filing by the Company with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) of a registration statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”), under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), including a related prospectus filed with the Registration Statement (the “Prospectus”). The Registration Statement relates to the registration of the offer and sale of up to [●] shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s common stock, no par value (including up to [●] additional Shares to cover over-allotments (the “Option Shares”)).

 

This opinion letter is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

In rendering the opinions set forth below, we have examined and relied upon such certificates, corporate records, agreements, instruments and other documents, and examined such matters of law, that we considered necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinion, including the Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas on July 14, 2023. In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to authentic original documents of all copies submitted to us as conformed, certified, or reproduced copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. In making our examination of documents executed by the parties (other than the Company), we have assumed that such parties had the power, corporate or other, to enter into and perform all obligations thereunder and have assumed the due authorization by all requisite action, corporate or other, and the execution and delivery by such parties of such documents and the validity and binding effect thereof. As to any facts material to the opinions expressed herein that we did not independently establish or verify, we have relied upon oral or written statements and representations of officers or other representatives of the Company and others.

 

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, exceptions, qualifications, and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that the Shares (including the Option Shares) have been duly authorized, and, when the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act and such Shares are delivered to the underwriters against payment of the agreed consideration therefor in accordance with the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

The opinions expressed herein are based upon and limited to the Texas Business Organizations Code, as amended, including the statutory provisions, the applicable provisions of the Texas Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting the foregoing. We express no opinion herein as to any other laws, statutes, regulations or ordinances.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name in the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement under the caption “Legal Matters”. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  /s/ Winston & Strawn LLP

Exhibit 10.1

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made as of , 20 , by and between Inno Holdings Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Company”), and (“Indemnitee”). This Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all previous agreements between the Company and Indemnitee covering the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors and officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Organizational Documents (as defined below) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the TBOC (as defined below). The Organizational Documents of the Company and the TBOC expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

 

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

 

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its shareholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

 

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

 

 

 

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Organizational Documents and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder;

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Organizational Documents and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; and

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that Indemnitee’s employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), if any, is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as may be otherwise provided in any written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), other applicable formal severance policies duly adopted by the Board or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, by the Company’s Organizational Documents and the TBOC. The foregoing notwithstanding, this Agreement shall continue in force after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as an officer and director of the Company, as provided in Section 17 hereof.

 

Section 2. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

 

(a) References to “agent” shall mean any person who is or was a director, officer or employee of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company or other person authorized by the Company to act for the Company, to include such person serving in such capacity as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or other member of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of or to represent the interests of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company.

 

(b) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

 

i. Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities unless the change in relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

2

 

 

ii. Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2(b)(i), 2(b)(iii) or 2(b)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

 

iii. Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately following such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

 

iv. Liquidation. The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

 

v. Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

 

For purposes of this Section 2(b), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(A) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

(B) “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

(C) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the shareholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

 

(D) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership or joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

 

3

 

 

(E) “Disinterested Director” shall mean a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(F) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, employee, agent or fiduciary.

 

(G) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, electronic discovery costs, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 15(d) only, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise. The parties agree that for the purposes of any advancement of Expenses for which Indemnitee has made written demand to the Company in accordance with this Agreement, all Expenses included in such demand that are certified by affidavit of Indemnitee’s counsel as being reasonable shall be presumed conclusively to be reasonable. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

(H) “Independent Counsel” shall mean a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements); or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

(I) The term “Organizational Documents” shall mean the First Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation of the Company and the First Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

4

 

 

(J) The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, legislative or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him (or a failure to take action by him) or of any action (or failure to act) on his part while acting pursuant to his Corporate Status, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement. If Indemnitee believes in good faith that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, this shall be considered a Proceeding under this paragraph.

 

(K) The term “Sarbanes-Oxley Act” shall mean the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended from time to time.

 

(L) The term “TBOC” shall mean the Texas Business Organizations Code, as amended from time to time.

 

(M) The term “Texas Court” shall mean the courts of the State of Texas located in Harris County, Texas.

 

(N) References to “other enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

 

Section 3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide to the fullest extent permitted by law for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Organizational Documents, vote of its shareholders or Disinterested Directors or applicable law.

 

5

 

 

Section 4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that a Texas Court or any other court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

 

Section 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with or related to each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter to the fullest extent permitted by law. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

Section 6. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

 

Section 7. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

Section 8. Additional Indemnification.

 

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4 or 5, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the Proceeding.

 

6

 

 

(b) For purposes of Section 8(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to:

 

i. to the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the TBOC that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the TBOC; and

 

ii.   to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the TBOC adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

 

Section 9. NOTICE OF ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITY. THE COMPANY EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE INDEMNITIES CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT REQUIRE ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITY PREDICATED ON THE NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE, OR CONDUCT RESULTING IN STRICT LIABILITY OF INDEMNITEE, AND THE COMPANY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS SECTION 9 COMPLIES WITH ANY REQUIREMENT TO EXPRESSLY STATE LIABILITY FOR NEGLIGENCE, GROSS NEGLIGENCE, OR CONDUCT RESULTING IN STRICT LIABILITY AND IS CONSPICUOUS AND AFFORDS FAIR AND ADEQUATE NOTICE.

 

Section 10. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnification payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

 

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

 

(b) for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (as defined in Section 2(b) hereof) or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act); or

 

(c) except as provided in Section 15(d) of this Agreement, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

 

Section 11. Advances of Expenses. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary (other than Section 15(d)), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) not initiated by Indemnitee, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. In accordance with Section 15(d), advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement, which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to repay the amounts advanced (without interest) to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. No other form of undertaking shall be required other than the execution of this Agreement. This Section 11 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 10.

 

Section 12. Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim.

 

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such Proceeding. The omission by Indemnitee to notify the Company hereunder will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

 

(b) The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

 

7

 

 

Section 13. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

 

(a) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 12(a), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Board, by the shareholders of the Company; and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or Expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. The Company promptly will advise Indemnitee in writing with respect to any determination that Indemnitee is or is not entitled to indemnification, including a description of any reason or basis for which indemnification has been denied.

 

(b) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 13(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 13(b). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Texas Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 12(a) hereof and the final disposition of the Proceeding, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Texas Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by such court or by such other person as such court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 13(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 15(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

8

 

 

Section 14. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

 

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 12(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

(b) Subject to Section 15(e), if the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 13 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 14(b) shall not apply (i) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the shareholders pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination the Board has resolved to submit such determination to the shareholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of shareholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat, or (ii) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement.

 

(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

(d) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 14(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

(e) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

Section 15. Remedies of Indemnitee.

 

(a) Subject to Section 15(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 13 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5, 6 or 7 or the last sentence of Section 13(a) of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3, 4 or 8 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (vi) in the event that the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 15(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

 

9

 

 

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 15 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 15 the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

 

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 13(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 15, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

(d) The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 15 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. It is the intent of the Company that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this

 

(e) Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Indemnitee hereunder. The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company if, in the case of indemnification, Indemnitee is wholly successful on the underlying claims; if Indemnitee is not wholly successful on the underlying claims, then such indemnification shall be only to the extent Indemnitee is successful on such underlying claims or otherwise as permitted by law, whichever is greater.

 

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement of Indemnitee to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

 

10

 

 

Section 16. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

 

(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Organizational Documents, any agreement, a vote of shareholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Texas law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Organizational Documents and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees or agents of the Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such claim or of the commencement of a Proceeding, as the case may be, to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

(d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

(e) The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, organization or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, organization or other enterprise.

 

11

 

 

Section 17. Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director and officer of the Company or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 15 of this Agreement relating thereto. The indemnification and advancement of Expenses rights provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

 

Section 18. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

Section 19. Enforcement.

 

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

 

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Organizational Documents and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

Section 20. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

Section 21. Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

12

 

 

Section 22. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (d) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

 

(a) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

 

(b) If to the Company, to

 

   

Inno Holdings Inc.
2465 Farm Market 359 South
Brookshire, Texas 77423

  Attention:

Chief Executive Officer

 

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

 

Section 23. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

Section 24. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 15(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Texas Court and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Texas Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Texas Court and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Texas Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

Section 25. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

Section 26. Miscellaneous. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate. The headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

13

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

Inno Holdings Inc.   Indemnitee
 
     
Name:        Name:        
Title:     Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

 

 

14

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

DEVELOPMENT AND SUPPLY AGREEMENT

 

THIS DEVELOPMENT AND SUPPLY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of March 24, 2023 by and between Vision Opportunity Fund LP (“Client”) having an address at 50210 Bermont Rd, Punta Gorda, FL 33982 and Inno Metal Studs Corp (“Inno”) having an address at 2465 FM-359 S, Brookshire TX 77423.

 

WHEREAS Client wishes to engage Inno to develop and supply the construction of senior multi- family apartments with dimensions of approximately 110,000 sqft. located at 50210 Bermont Rd. Punta Gorda, FL 33982 (the “Project”), and Inno wishes to develop and supply the Project, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof;

 

NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.Developer & Supplier Responsibilities.

 

1.1.The Services. Inno shall:

 

1.Act as the overall project developer;

 

2.Act as the supplier of metal framing studs;

 

3.Conduct preliminary development work, including research, soil analysis, redesign, architectural planning, site work, zoning work, and surveying;

 

4.Exterior design: finalize appearance and technological development;

 

5.Pull the city permit;

 

6.Work as the project developer, coordinating with the local GC, completing certain overhead/management items, and approving payments;

 

7.Perform quality control, project budgeting, and general project supervision

 

8.The supervision and audit of all vendors’ qualifications and construction safety;

 

9.Hire professional inspectors to inspect the construction process;

 

10.Manage draw requests;

 

11.Assist Client in obtaining construction loans;

 

12.Provide structural materials with G&L product insurance;

 

13.Coordinate with the GC on the whole project through project completion; and

 

14.Detailing, design and structural engineering (collectively, the “Services”).

 

Certain identified information has been omitted from this exhibit because it is not material and would likely cause competitive harm to the registrant if publicly disclosed. [***] indicates that information has been omitted.

 

 

 

 

1.2.Commencement. Inno shall be permitted to begin the Services once receiving the down payment due as outlined in Appendix I attached hereto.

 

1.3.Completion. Exact date of completion to be determined after all applicable permits have been granted. Following the grant of all applicable approvals, the estimated duration of the Services shall be approximately 18 months.

 

1.4.Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of Inno’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

1.5.Inno shall guarantee the construction loan up to $[***] for the Project, while using the Project as the collateral.

 

1.6Inno shall be responsible to obtain all required permits and licenses.

 

2.Contract Fees and Payment.

 

2.1.Fees. Client shall pay to Inno an amount equal to a total of $15,875,800.00 plus applicable tax (“Total Fee”), to be due on certain dates due as outlined in Appendix I attached hereto. In the event that structural materials are required to be stored after [***] days following the completion date, Client shall pay a one-time fee equal to $[***].

 

2.2.Payment Schedule. Payment shall be made by Client to Inno as follows:

 

2.2.1.During the preparation period before obtaining loans and permits, Client shall make down payment equal to [***] of the Total Fee (“Down Payment”) to be due on within [***]. Down Payment is not refundable. However, if Inno fail to provide construction loan and or fail to obtain required permits and licenses, Inno needs to return the deposit.

 

2.2.2.After obtaining the loan or commencing the project officially, Inno shall provide a detailed draw request of line items with inspector’s signature by the last day of each month.

 

2.2.3.Framing studs and related structural components shall be paid-in-full prior to shipment.

 

2.2.4.Client shall response, approve, and pay the funds within days after receiving each draw request.

 

The down payment and all other progress payments are NOT Refundable, unless Inno fails to provide construction loan and or fail to obtain required permits and licenses.

 

2

 

 

2.3.Payment Method. Client shall make payment to the following account:

 

INNO METAL STUDS CORP.

Bank Name: [***]

Routing Number#: [***]

Account Number#: [***]

Bank Headquarter Address: [***]

Bank Branch Address: [***]

 

2.4.Late Payment. Client shall pay to the Inno interest at the rate of [***]% per annum on all undisputed amounts unpaid and at least [***] days past due under the Agreement.

 

3.Change Orders. Any alteration or deviation from the Services mentioned or any other contractual specifications that result in a revision of this Agreement (“Change Order”) shall be agreed to and executed by both parties and shall become a part of this Agreement.

 

4.Rights to Terminate. Unless otherwise stated under the terms of this Agreement, no party has the right to terminate this Agreement unless mutually agreed upon in writing by both parties. However, if Inno fail to provide construction loan and or fail to obtain required permits and licenses, the agreement should be terminated automatically.

 

5.Subcontracting. Inno may subcontract, either in part or in whole, any of the Services authorized under this Agreement, provided Inno obtains a written agreement from each subcontractor to be approved, in writing, in advance by Client.

 

6.Assignment. Inno shall not have the right to assign any rights under this Agreement or any part of the Services included herein, except in connection with the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of its business or in the event of a merger, consolidation or direct or indirect change in control, provided that the assignee assumes in writing and becomes directly obligated to the other party to perform all of the obligations of Inno under this Agreement. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon Inno’s employees, heirs, executors, successors, and assigns.

 

7.Indemnification. To the extent that Texas State law limits the defense or indemnity obligations of the Client to Inno, the intent hereunder is to provide the maximum defense and indemnity obligations allowed by Inno under the law. This indemnification shall extend to claims occurring after this Agreement is terminated or satisfied, as well as while it is in force.

 

8.Intellectual Property Ownership. Except as expressly set forth herein, as between the parties, each party is and shall remain the owner of all intellectual property, including design copyright owned by Inno, that it owns or controls as of the date of this Agreement or that it develops or acquires thereafter.

 

3

 

 

9.Notices.

 

9.1.All notices under this Agreement shall be in writing and sent either by secure email or at each party’s discretion by other secure delivery to the following address:

 

To Client at:

 

Vision Opportunity Fund LP

50210 Bermont Rd.

Punta Gorda, FL 33982

Attention: [***]

Telephone: [***]

Email: [***]

 

To Inno at:

 

Inno Metal Studs Corp

2465 FM-359 S

Brookshire, TX 77423

Attention: [***]

Telephone: [***]

Email: [***]

 

9.2.Addresses for notices and communications may be changed by subsequent written notice to the other party.

 

10.Resolution of Disputes, Mediation, and Arbitration. If any dispute arises concerning any provision of this Agreement, in connection with this Agreement, or regarding the performance of either party under this Agreement, the parties shall attempt to resolve that dispute by engaging in good faith, confidential negotiations within 60 days after the dispute arises through a neutral mediator, mutually agreed upon by the parties. The mediator’s fees shall be shared and paid equally by both parties. Any dispute that the parties are unable to resolve through mediation, except for any action by Inno as provided in this section, shall be resolved by confidential arbitration in Houston, Texas. Arbitration shall be conducted pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act and the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (except as otherwise agreed by the parties) before a single arbitrator with at least 10 years’ experience in matters involving residential construction who shall be appointed by mutual agreement of the parties. If an arbitrator is not appointed with 60 days of the request for arbitration, the arbitrator shall be selected in accordance with the rule of the American Arbitration Association. Any arbitration award shall be final, non-appealable, and binding on the parties, and any judgment may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the prior provisions of this section, if any dispute arises, Inno shall have the right to take any steps that may be provided by law to preserve or secure any lien on the property to secure and enforce payment of monies due at any time, including recording one or more lien certificates in the appropriate Registry of Deeds. Inno shall also have the right to commence legal action in any court of competent jurisdiction to enforce and preserve any lien or to otherwise seek any temporary or injunctive relief as provided under law, and such legal action by Inno shall not be subject to the arbitration requirements set forth above.

 

4

 

 

11.Confidential Information. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” shall mean any information or material that is proprietary to a party or designated as confidential by such party (“Disclosing Party”) and received by another party (“Receiving Party”) in direct relation to this Agreement. Further, Confidential Information may be considered any information that is conceived, originated, discovered, or developed in whole or in part by Inno in accordance with providing its Services. Confidential Information does not include (1) information that is or becomes publicly known without restriction and without breach of this Agreement, or that is employed by the trade at or after the time the Receiving Party first learns of such information; (2) generic information or knowledge which the Receiving Party would have learned in the course of similar employment or work elsewhere in the trade; (3) information the Receiving Party lawfully receives from a third party without restriction of disclosure and without breach of a nondisclosure obligation; (4) information the Receiving Party rightfully knew prior to receiving such information from the Disclosing Party to the extent such knowledge was not subject to restrictions of further disclosure; and (5) information the Receiving Party develops independent of any information originating from the Disclosing Party. Specifically, Client may submit plans, schematics, ideas, concepts, drawings, details, or other information to assist Inno with the Services to be performed herein, which shall strictly be considered Confidential Information. The final approved shop drawings/project plans (the “Plans”) as outlined in Section [_] shall remain the exclusive property of Client and shall not be disclosed, shared with or sold to any third parties without prior written consent from Client.

 

11.1.Prime Confidential Information. The following shall constitute Confidential Information of Inno and should not be disclosed to third (3rd) parties: the deliverables, discoveries, ideas, concepts, software [in various stages of development], designs, drawings, specifications, techniques, models, data, source code, source files, object code, documentation, diagrams, flow charts, research, development, processes, procedures, “know-how”, marketing techniques and materials, marketing and development plans, customer names and other information related to customers, price lists, pricing policies and financial information, this Agreement and the existence of this Agreement, the relationship between Inno and Client, and any details of the Service under this Agreement. Client agrees not to use or reference Inno and/or its name, likeness, or logos (“Identity”), unless Client receives written consent in advance. Client will not use or reference Inno or its Identity, directly or indirectly, in conjunction with any other third (3rd) parties unless Client gives written consent in advance.

 

11.2.Non-Disclosure. The parties hereby agree that during the term hereof, and at all times thereafter, and except as specifically permitted herein or in a separate writing signed by the Disclosing Party, the Receiving Party shall not use, commercialize or disclose Confidential Information to any person or entity.

 

5

 

 

12.Miscellaneous Provisions

 

12.1.Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed under the laws in the State of Texas.

 

12.2.Entire Agreement. This Agreement represents the entire agreement between Client and Inno and supersedes any prior written or oral representations.

 

12.3.Construction. The headings used in this Agreement are provided for convenience only and will not affect the meanings or interpretation of any term or condition of this Agreement. All words used in this Agreement will be construed to be of such gender or number, as the circumstances require. Whenever the words “include” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”.

 

12.4.Severability. If any term, covenant, condition, or provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated.

 

12.5.Survival. The provisions of this Agreement which by their nature should apply beyond their terms will remain in force after any termination or expiration of this Agreement including, but not limited to, provisions relating to confidentiality, indemnification, disputes and governing law.

 

12.6.Force Majeure. Inno shall not be liable for any failure to perform under this Agreement when such failure is due to causes beyond Inno’s reasonable control, including, but not limited to, acts of State or governmental authorities, acts of terrorism, natural catastrophe, fire, storm, flood, earthquakes, accident, and prolonged shortage of energy (each, a “Force Majeure Event”). Inno shall promptly advise Client of a Force Majeure Event within three (3) business days of the occurrence of the Force Majeure Event. In the event of such a delay, any date stated herein shall be extended for a period of time necessary for Inno to complete the Services, provided that Inno must diligently mitigate and prosecute a cure of such delay. If the delay remains in effect for a period of more than thirty (30) days, contrary to Section 4, Client has the right to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to Inno. Inno agrees that the fees outlined in Section 2.1 includes the costs to comply with all applicable laws, safety measures, orders, and regulations in effect as of the date of this Agreement, including those relating to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

 

12.7.Appendices. The following Appendices are attached to this Agreement and are made a part of herein.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

6

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement was signed by the parties under the hands of their duly authorized officers and made effective as of the undersigned date.

 

VISION OPPORTUNITY FUND LP  
   
/s/ Wen Hua   
Signature  
   
Wen Hua   
Name  
   
3/29/2023  
Date  
   
INNO METAL STUDS CORP  
   
/s/ Dekui Liu  
Signature  
   
Dekui Liu  
Name  
   
3/29/2023   
Date  

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

INNO HOLDINGS INC.
2023 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Section 1. General.

 

The purposes of the Inno Holdings Inc. 2023 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) are to: (a) encourage the profitability and growth of the Company through short-term and long-term incentives that are consistent with the Company’s objectives; (b) give Participants an incentive for excellence in individual performance; (c) promote teamwork among Participants; and (d) give the Company a significant advantage in attracting and retaining key Employees, Directors and Consultants. To accomplish such purposes, the Plan provides that the Company may grant (i) Options, (ii) Stock Appreciation Rights, (iii) Restricted Shares, (iv) Restricted Stock Units, (v) Performance-Based Awards (including performance-based Restricted Shares and Restricted Stock Units), (vi) Other Share-Based Awards, (vii) Other Cash-Based Awards or (viii) any combination of the foregoing.

 

Section 2. Definitions.

 

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

 

(a) “Administrator” means the Board, or, if and to the extent the Board does not administer the Plan, the Committee in accordance with Section 3 of the Plan.

 

(b) “Affiliate” means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified. An entity shall be deemed an Affiliate for purposes of this definition only for such periods as the requisite ownership or control relationship is maintained. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” or “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

 

(c) “Automatic Exercise Date” means, with respect to an Option or a Stock Appreciation Right, the last business day of the applicable term of the Option pursuant to Section 7(k) or the Stock Appreciation Right pursuant to Section 8(h).

 

(d) “Award” means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Share, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance-Based Award, Other Share-Based Award or Other Cash-Based Award granted under the Plan.

 

(e) “Award Agreement” means a written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Award granted under the Plan. Evidence of an Award may be in written or electronic form, may be limited to notation on the books and records of the Company and, with the approval of the Administrator, need not be signed by a representative of the Company or a Participant. Any Shares that become deliverable to the Participant pursuant to the Plan may be issued in certificate form in the name of the Participant or in book-entry form in the name of the Participant. Each Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(f) “Beneficial Owner” (or any variant thereof) has the meaning defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

(g) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(h) “Bylaws” means the bylaws of the Company, as may be amended and/or restated from time to time.

 

 

 

(i) “Cause” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any Company, Subsidiary or Affiliate unexpired employment, severance, or similar agreement or Award Agreement with a Participant, or if no such agreement exists or if such agreement does not define “Cause” (or a word of like import), Cause means (i) the Participant’s breach of fiduciary duty or duty of loyalty to the Company, (ii) the Participant’s conviction of or plea of nolo contendere to a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, (iii) the Participant’s failure, refusal or neglect to perform and discharge his or her duties and responsibilities on behalf of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company (other than by reason of Disability) or to comply with any lawful directive of the Board or its designee, (iv) the Participant’s breach of any written policy of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (including, without limitation, those relating to sexual harassment or the disclosure or misuse of confidential information), (v) the Participant’s breach of any agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (including, without limitation, any confidentiality, non-competition, non-solicitation or assignment of inventions agreement), (vi) the Participant’s commission of fraud, dishonesty, theft, embezzlement, self-dealing, misappropriation or other malfeasance against the business of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof, or (vii) the Participant’s commission of acts or omissions constituting gross negligence or gross misconduct in the performance of any aspect of his or her lawful duties or responsibilities, which have or may be expected to have an adverse effect on the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates. A Participant’s employment shall be deemed to have terminated for “Cause” if, on the date his or her employment terminates, facts and circumstances exist that would have justified a termination for Cause, to the extent that such facts and circumstances are discovered within three (3) months following such termination. The Administrator, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to whether a Participant has been discharged for Cause.

 

(j) “Change in Capitalization” means any (i) merger, consolidation, reclassification, recapitalization, spin-off, spin-out, repurchase or other reorganization or corporate transaction or event, (ii) extraordinary dividend (whether in the form of cash, Shares or other property), stock split or reverse stock split, (iii) combination or exchange of shares, (iv) other change in corporate structure or (v) payment of any other distribution, which, in any such case, the Administrator determines, in its sole discretion, affects the Common Stock such that an adjustment pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan is appropriate.

 

(k) “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(i)any Person, other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”), excluding any Person who becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (A) of paragraph (iii) below or any acquisition directly from the Company; or

 

(ii)the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of Directors then serving on the Board: individuals who, during any period of two (2) consecutive years, constitute the Board and any new Director (other than a Director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including, but not limited to, a consent solicitation, relating to the election of Directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the two (2) year period or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; or

 

(iii)the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation (A) that results in the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities (or such surviving entity or, if the Company or the entity surviving such merger is then a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, and (B) immediately following which the individuals who comprise the Board immediately prior thereto constitute at least a majority of the Board of the entity surviving such merger or consolidation or, if the Company or the entity surviving such merger is then a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or

 

(iv)the consummation of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than (A) a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned directly or indirectly by stockholders of the Company following the completion of such transaction in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale or (B) a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets immediately following which the individuals who comprise the Board immediately prior thereto constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the entity to which such assets are sold or disposed or, if such entity is a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof.

 

2

 

 

For each Award that constitutes deferred compensation under Code Section 409A, a Change in Control (where applicable) shall be deemed to have occurred under the Plan with respect to such Award only if a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company also constitutes a “change in control event” under Code Section 409A.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the holders of Class A Common Stock immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Company immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

 

(v) “Change in Control Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12 of the Plan.

 

(vi) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto. Any reference to a section of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(vii) “Committee” means any committee or subcommittee the Board may appoint to administer the Plan. Subject to the discretion of the Board, if required by Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or the applicable stock exchange on which the Shares are traded following an IPO, the Committee shall be composed entirely of individuals who meet the qualifications of a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and any other qualifications required by the applicable stock exchange on which the Shares are traded. If at any time or to any extent the Board shall not administer the Plan, then the functions of the Administrator specified in the Plan shall be exercised by the Committee. Except as otherwise provided in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, any action of the Committee with respect to the administration of the Plan shall be taken by a majority vote at a meeting at which a quorum is duly constituted or unanimous written consent of the Committee’s members.

 

(viii) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company (and any stock or other securities into which such shares of common stock may be converted or into which they may be exchanged).

 

(ix) “Company” means Inno Holdings Inc., a Texas corporation (or any successor corporation, except as the term “Company” is used in the definition of “Change in Control” above).

 

(x) “Consultant” means any current or prospective consultant or independent contractor of the Company or an Affiliate thereof, in each case, who is not an Employee, Executive Officer or Non-Employee Director.

 

(xi) “Director” means any individual who is a member of the Board on or after the Effective Date.

 

(xii) “Disability” means, with respect to any Participant who is an Employee, a permanent and total disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3).

 

(xiii) “Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 22 of the Plan.

 

(xiv) “Eligible Recipient” means, with respect to an Award denominated in Common Stock issued under the Plan: (i) an Employee; (ii) a Non-Employee Director; or (iii) a Consultant, in each case, who has been selected as an eligible recipient under the Plan by the Administrator; provided, that any Awards granted prior to the date an Eligible Recipient first performs services for the Company or an Affiliate thereof will not become vested or exercisable, and no Shares shall be issued or other payment made to such Eligible Recipient with respect to such Awards, prior to the date on which such Eligible Recipient first performs services for the Company or an Affiliate thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Code Section 409A, “Eligible Recipient” means: an (1) Employee; (2) a Non-Employee Director; or (3) a Consultant, in each case, of the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, who has been selected as an eligible recipient under the Plan by the Administrator.

 

3

 

 

(xv) “Employee” shall mean any current or prospective employee of the Company or an Affiliate thereof, as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h), including an Executive Officer or Director who is also treated as an employee.

 

(xvi) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

(xvii) “Executive Officer” means each Participant who is an executive officer (within the meaning of Rule 3b-7 under the Exchange Act) of the Company.

 

(xviii) “Exercise Price” means, with respect to any Award under which the holder may purchase Shares, the price per share at which a holder of such Award granted hereunder may purchase Shares issuable upon exercise of such Award, as determined by the Administrator in accordance with Code Section 409A, as applicable.

 

(xix) “Fair Market Value” as of a particular date shall mean: (i) if the Shares are listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including, without limitation, the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, the Fair Market Value shall be the closing price of a Share (or if no sales were reported, the closing price on the date immediately preceding such date) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination; (ii) if the Shares are not then listed on a national securities exchange, the average of the highest reported bid and lowest reported asked prices for a Share as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such stock in such market; or (iii) whether or not the Shares are then listed on a national securities exchange or traded in an over-the-counter market or the value of such Shares is not otherwise determinable, such value as determined by the Administrator in good faith and in a manner not inconsistent with the regulations under Code Section 409A.

 

(xx) “Free Standing Rights” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8 (a) of the Plan.

 

(xxi) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that is designated by the Committee as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and that meets the requirements set out in the Plan.

 

(xxii) “IPO” means an initial public offering of, or direct or indirect public listing of, the securities of the Company, its successors and assigns, or any of its related corporate entities.

 

(xxiii) “Non-Employee Director” means a Director who is not an Employee.

 

(xxiv) “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(xxv) “Outstanding Shares” means the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of Options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Stock.

 

(xxvi) “Option” means an option to purchase Shares granted pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan.

 

(xxvii) “Other Cash-Based Award” means a cash Award granted to a Participant under Section 11 of the Plan, including cash awarded as a bonus or upon the attainment of Performance Goals or otherwise as permitted under the Plan.

 

(xxviii) “Other Share-Based Award” means a right or other interest granted to a Participant under the Plan that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, Shares, including, but not limited to, unrestricted Shares or dividend equivalents, each of which may be subject to the attainment of Performance Goals or a period of continued employment or other terms or conditions as permitted under the Plan.

 

(xxix) “Participant” means any Eligible Recipient selected by the Administrator, pursuant to the Administrator’s authority provided for in Section 3 of the Plan, to receive an Award under the Plan, and, upon his or her death, his or her successors, heirs, executors and administrators, as the case may be, solely with respect to any Awards outstanding at the date of the Eligible Recipient’s death.

 

4

 

 

(xxx) “Performance-Based Award” means any Award granted under the Plan that is subject to one or more Performance Goals. Any dividends or dividend equivalents payable or credited to a Participant with respect to any unvested Performance-Based Award shall be subject to the same Performance Goals as the Shares or units underlying the Performance-Based Award.

 

(xxxi) “Performance Goals” means performance goals based on performance criteria selected by the Administrator, which may include, but are not limited to, any of the following: (i) earnings before interest and taxes; (ii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (iii) net operating profit after tax; (iv) cash flow; (v) revenue; (vi) net revenues; (vii) sales; (viii) days sales outstanding; (ix) income; (x) net income; (xi) operating income; (xii) net operating income; (xiii) operating margin; (xiv) earnings; (xv) earnings per share; (xvi) return on equity; (xvii) return on investment; (xviii) return on capital; (xix) return on assets; (xx) return on net assets; (xxi) total shareholder return; (xxii) economic profit; (xxiii) market share; (xxiv) appreciation in the fair market value, book value or other measure of value of the Shares; (xxv) expense or cost control; (xxvi) working capital; (xxvii) customer satisfaction; (xxviii) employee retention or employee turnover; (xxix) employee satisfaction or engagement; (xxx) environmental, health or other safety goals; (xxxi) individual performance; (xxxii) strategic objective milestones; (xxxiii) any other criteria specified by the Administrator in its sole discretion; and (xxxiv) any combination of, or a specified increase or decrease in, as applicable, any of the foregoing. Where applicable, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of attaining a specified level of the particular criteria or the attainment of a percentage increase or decrease in the particular criteria, and may be applied to one or more of the Company or an Affiliate thereof, or a division or strategic business unit of the Company, or may be applied to the performance of the Company relative to a market index, a group of other companies or a combination thereof, all as determined by the Administrator. The Performance Goals may include a threshold level of performance below which no payment shall be made (or no vesting shall occur), levels of performance at which specified payments shall be made (or specified vesting shall occur), and a maximum level of performance above which no additional payment shall be made (or at which full vesting shall occur). At the time such an Award is granted, the Administrator may specify any reasonable definition of the Performance Goals it uses. Such definitions may provide for equitable adjustments to the Performance Goals in recognition of unusual or non-recurring events affecting the Company or an Affiliate thereof or the financial statements of the Company or an Affiliate thereof, in response to changes in applicable laws or regulations, or to account for items of gain, loss or expense determined to be unusual in nature, infrequent in occurrence or unusual in nature and infrequent in occurrence or related to the disposal of a segment of a business or related to a change in accounting principles. If the Administrator determines that a change in the business, operations, corporate structure or capital structure of the Company or the manner in which the Company or an Affiliate conducts its business, or other events or circumstances render performance goals to be unsuitable, the Administrator may modify such Performance Goals in whole or in part, as the Committee deems appropriate. If a Participant is promoted, demoted or transferred to a different business unit or function during a performance period, the Administrator may determine that the Performance Goals or performance period are no longer appropriate and may (x) adjust, change or eliminate the Performance Goals or the applicable performance period as it deems appropriate to make such goals and period comparable to the initial goals and period, or (y) make a cash payment to the Participant in an amount determined by the Administrator.

 

(xxxii) “Person” shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, however, a Person shall not include (i) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities; or (iv) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

(xxxiii) “Plan” means this Inno Holdings Inc. 2023 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended and/or amended and restated from time to time.

 

(xxxiv) “Related Rights” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8 (a) of the Plan.

 

(xxxv) “Restricted Shares” means an Award of Shares granted pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan subject to certain restrictions that lapse at the end of a specified period or periods.

 

(xxxvi) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a notional account established pursuant to an Award granted to a Participant, as described in Section 10 of the Plan, that is (i) valued solely by reference to Shares, (ii) subject to restrictions specified in the Award Agreement, and (iii) payable in cash or in Shares (as specified in the Award Agreement). The Restricted Stock Units awarded to the Participant will vest according to the time-based criteria or Performance Goals, and vested Restricted Stock Units will be settled at the time(s), specified in the Award Agreement.

 

5

 

 

(xxxvii) “Restricted Period” means the period of time determined by the Administrator during which an Award or a portion thereof is subject to restrictions or, as applicable, the period of time within which performance is measured for purposes of determining whether an Award has been earned.

 

(xxxviii) “Rule 16b-3” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 (a) of the Plan.

 

(xxxix) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

 

(xl) “Share” means a share of Common Stock.

 

(xli) “Stock Appreciation Right” means the right pursuant to an Award granted under Section 8 of the Plan to receive an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value, as of the date such Award or portion thereof is surrendered, of the Shares covered by such Award or such portion thereof, over (ii) the aggregate Exercise Price of such Award or such portion thereof.

 

(xlii) “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such first Person owns or otherwise controls, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares or other similar interests or a sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such other Person. An entity shall be deemed a Subsidiary of the Company for purposes of this definition only for such periods as the requisite ownership or control relationship is maintained. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option or any determination relating to an Incentive Stock Option, “Subsidiary” means a corporation that is a subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of Code Section 424(f).

 

(xliii) “Substitute Award” shall mean an Award granted under the Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding equity awards granted by a company or other entity in connection with a corporate transaction, such as a merger, combination, consolidation, or acquisition of property or stock; provided, however, that in no event shall the term “Substitute Award” be construed to refer to an award made in connection with the cancellation and repricing of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

 

Section 3. Administration.

 

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator in accordance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act (“Rule 16b-3”), to the extent applicable.

 

(b) Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Administrator, subject, in the case of any Committee, to any restrictions on the authority delegated to it by the Board, shall have the power and authority, without limitation:

 

(i) to select those Eligible Recipients who shall be Participants;

 

(ii) to determine whether and to what extent Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Shares, Restricted Stock Units, Other Share-Based Awards, Other Cash-Based Awards or a combination of any of the foregoing, are to be granted hereunder to Participants;

 

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be made subject to each Award;

 

(iv) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of each Award granted hereunder, including, but not limited to, (A) the restrictions applicable to Awards and the conditions under which restrictions applicable to such Awards shall lapse, (B) the Performance Goals and performance periods applicable to Awards, if any, (C) the Exercise Price of each Award, (D) the vesting schedule applicable to each Award, (E) any confidentiality or restrictive covenant provisions applicable to the Award, and (F) subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A (to the extent applicable), any amendments to the terms and conditions of outstanding Awards, including, but not limited to, extending the exercise period of such Awards and accelerating the vesting schedule of such Awards;

 

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, which shall govern all Award Agreements evidencing Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Shares, Restricted Stock Units or Other Share-Based Awards, Other Cash-Based Awards or any combination of the foregoing granted hereunder;

 

(vi) to determine Fair Market Value;

 

(vii) to determine the duration and purpose of leaves of absence which may be granted to a Participant without constituting termination of the Participant’s employment for purposes of Awards granted under the Plan;

 

6

 

 

(viii) to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall from time to time deem advisable;

 

(ix) to reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in the Plan, any Award Agreement or other instrument or agreement relating to the Plan or an Award granted under the Plan; and

 

(x) to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any Award Agreement relating thereto), and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan and to exercise all powers and authorities either specifically granted under the Plan or necessary and advisable in the administration of the Plan.

 

(c) Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company may be listed or traded, the Administrator may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one (1) or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it. Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may delegate to one (1) or more officers of the Company, the authority to act on behalf of the Committee with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of, or which is allocated to, the Committee herein, and which may be so delegated as a matter of law, except for grants of Awards to Directors.

 

(d) All decisions made by the Administrator pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company and the Participants. No member of the Board or the Committee, or any officer or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof acting on behalf of the Board or the Committee, shall be personally liable for any action, omission, determination, or interpretation taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Board or the Committee and each and any officer or employee of the Company and of any Subsidiary thereof acting on their behalf shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Company in respect of any such action, omission, determination or interpretation.

 

Section 4. Shares Reserved for Issuance Under the Plan and Limitations on Awards.

 

(a) Subject to this Section 4 and to adjustment in accordance with Section 5 of the Plan, the Administrator is authorized to deliver with respect to Awards granted under the Plan an aggregate of 2,013,552 shares of Common Stock.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the maximum number of Shares subject to Awards granted during any fiscal year to any Non-Employee Director, taken together with any cash fees paid to such Non-Employee Director during the fiscal year with respect to such Director’s service as a Non-Employee Director, shall not exceed $250,000 (calculating the value of any such Awards based on the grant date Fair Market Value of such Awards for financial reporting purposes).

 

(c) Shares issued under the Plan may, in whole or in part, be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares that shall have been or may be reacquired by the Company in the open market, in private transactions or otherwise. Any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award under the Plan that, after the Effective Date, are forfeited, canceled, settled or otherwise terminated without a distribution of Shares to a Participant will thereafter be deemed to be available for Awards with respect to shares of Common Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, (A) Shares underlying Awards that are subject to the achievement of performance goals shall be counted against the Share reserve based on the target value of such Awards unless and until such time as such Awards become vested and settled in Shares, and (B) Awards that, pursuant to their terms, may be settled only in cash shall not count against the Share reserve set forth in Section 4(a).

 

(d) Substitute Awards shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan. In the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Affiliate or with which the Company or any Affiliate combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan; provided, that Awards using such available Shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employed by or providing services to the Company or its Affiliates immediately prior to such acquisition or combination.

 

7

 

 

(e) In the event that the Company or an Affiliate thereof consummates a transaction described in Code Section 424(a) (e.g., the acquisition of property or stock from an unrelated corporation), persons who become Employees or Directors in account of such transaction may be granted Substitute Awards in substitution for awards granted by their former employer, and any such substitute Options or Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted with an Exercise Price less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the grant date thereof; provided, however, the grant of such substitute Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall not constitute a “modification” as defined in Code Section 424(h)(3) and the applicable Treasury regulations.

 

Section 5. Equitable Adjustments.

 

In the event of any Change in Capitalization, including, without limitation, a Change in Control, an equitable substitution or proportionate adjustment shall be made, in each case, as may be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, in (a) the aggregate number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (b) the kind, number and Exercise Price subject to outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan; provided, however, that any such substitution or adjustment with respect to Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall occur in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A, and (c) the kind, number and purchase price of Shares subject to outstanding Restricted Shares or Other Share-Based Awards granted under the Plan, in each case as may be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion; provided, however, that any fractional Shares resulting from the adjustment shall be eliminated. Such other equitable substitutions or adjustments shall be made as may be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in connection with a Change in Capitalization, the Administrator may provide, in its sole discretion, for the cancellation of any outstanding Award granted hereunder (i) in exchange for payment in cash or other property having an aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by such Award, reduced by the aggregate Exercise Price or purchase price thereof, if any, and (ii) with respect to any Awards for which the Exercise Price or purchase price per share of Common Stock is greater than or equal to the then current Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock, for no consideration. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, any adjustment with respect to an Incentive Stock Option due to an adjustment or substitution described in this Section 5 shall comply with the rules of Code Section 424(a), and in no event shall any adjustment be made which would render any Incentive Stock Option granted hereunder to be disqualified as an incentive stock option for purposes of Code Section 422. The Administrator’s determinations pursuant to this Section 5 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

Section 6. Eligibility.

 

The Participants under the Plan shall be selected from time to time by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, from among Eligible Recipients.

 

Section 7. Options.

 

(a) General. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, grant Options to Participants. Solely with respect to Participants who are Employees, the Administrator may grant Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options or a combination of both. With respect to all other Participants, the Administrator may grant only Nonqualified Stock Options. Each Participant who is granted an Option shall enter into an Award Agreement with the Company, containing such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine, in its sole discretion, which Award Agreement shall specify whether the Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option and shall set forth, among other things, the Exercise Price of the Option, the term of the Option and provisions regarding exercisability of the Option granted thereunder. The provisions of each Option need not be the same with respect to each Participant. More than one Option may be granted to the same Participant and be outstanding concurrently hereunder. Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 7 and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. The prospective recipient of an Option shall not have any rights with respect to such Award, unless and until such recipient has received an Award Agreement and, if required by the Administrator in the Award Agreement, executed and delivered a fully executed copy thereof to the Company, within a period of sixty (60) days (or such other period as the Administrator may specify) after the award date.

 

(b) Limits on Incentive Stock Options. If the Administrator grants Incentive Stock Options, then to the extent that the aggregate fair market value of Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any individual during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company) exceeds $100,000, such Options will be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options to the extent required by Code Section 422. Subject to Section 5, the maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to Options intended to be Incentive Stock Options is 2,013,552 Shares and, for the avoidance of doubt, such share limit shall not be subject to the annual adjustment provided in Section 4(a).

 

8

 

 

(c) Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of Shares purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion at the time of grant; provided, however, that (i) in no event shall the Exercise Price of an Option be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, and (ii) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a ten percent (10%) stockholder of the Company (within the meaning of Code Section 422(b)(6)) shall have an Exercise Price per Share less than one-hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on such date.

 

(d) Option Term. The maximum term of each Option shall be fixed by the Administrator, but in no event shall (i) an Option be exercisable more than ten (10) years after the date such Option is granted, and (ii) an Incentive Stock Option granted to a ten percent (10%) stockholder of the Company (within the meaning of Code Section 422(b)(6)) be exercisable more than five (5) years after the date such Option is granted. Each Option’s term is subject to earlier expiration pursuant to the applicable provisions in the Plan and the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator shall have the authority to accelerate the exercisability of any outstanding Option at such time and under such circumstances as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Plan (including, without limitation, Section 7(h)), if, on the date an outstanding Option would expire, the exercise of the Option, including by a “net exercise” or “cashless” exercise, would violate applicable securities laws or any insider trading policy maintained by the Company from time to time, the expiration date applicable to the Option will be extended, except to the extent such extension would violate Code Section 409A, to a date that is thirty (30) calendar days after the date the exercise of the Option would no longer violate applicable securities laws or any such insider trading policy.

 

(e) Exercisability. Each Option shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions, including the attainment of pre-established Performance Goals, as shall be determined by the Administrator in the applicable Award Agreement. The Administrator may also provide that any Option shall be exercisable only in installments, and the Administrator may waive such installment exercise provisions at any time, in whole or in part, based on such factors as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, an Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

 

(f) Method of Exercise. Options may be exercised in whole or in part by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of Shares to be purchased, accompanied by payment in full of the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares so purchased in cash or its equivalent, as determined by the Administrator. As determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, with respect to any Option or category of Options, payment in whole or in part may also be made (i) by means of consideration received under any cashless exercise procedure approved by the Administrator (including the withholding of Shares otherwise issuable upon exercise), (ii) in the form of unrestricted Shares already owned by the Participant which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (iii) any other form of consideration approved by the Administrator and permitted by applicable law, or (iv) any combination of the foregoing. In determining which methods a Participant may utilize to pay the Exercise Price, the Administrator may consider such factors as it determines are appropriate; provided, however, that with respect to Incentive Stock Options, all such discretionary determinations shall be made by the Administrator at the time of grant and specified in the Award Agreement.

 

(g) Rights as Stockholder. A Participant shall have no rights to dividends or any other rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares subject to an Option until the Participant has given written notice of the exercise thereof, has paid in full for such Shares and has satisfied the requirements of Section 16 of the Plan.

 

9

 

 

(h) Termination of Employment or Service. Unless the applicable Award Agreement provides otherwise, in the event that the employment or service of a Participant with the Company and all Affiliates thereof shall terminate, the following terms and conditions shall apply:

 

(i) In the event of the termination of a Participant’s employment or service by the Company without Cause or due to a resignation by the Participant for any reason, (A) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they are exercisable at the time of such termination, shall remain exercisable until the date that is ninety (90) days after such termination (with such period being extended to one (1) year after the date of such termination in the event of the Participant’s death during such ninety (90) day period), on which date they shall expire, and (B) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were not exercisable at the time of such termination, shall expire at the close of business on the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of its term.

 

(ii) In the event of the termination of a Participant’s employment or service as a result of the Participant’s Disability or death, (A) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were exercisable at the time of such termination, shall remain exercisable until the date that is one (1) year after such termination, on which date they shall expire, and (B) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were not exercisable at the time of such termination, shall expire at the close of business on the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of its term.

 

(iii) In the event of the termination of a Participant’s employment or service for Cause, all outstanding Options granted to such Participant shall expire at the commencement of business on the date of such termination.

 

(iv) For purposes of determining which Options are exercisable upon termination of employment or service for purposes of this Section 7 (h), Options that are not exercisable solely due to a blackout period shall be considered exercisable.

 

(v) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, an Incentive Stock Option may not be exercised more than three (3) months following the date as of which a Participant ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or Disability. In the event that an Option is exercisable following the date that is three (3) months following the date as of which a Participant ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or Disability, such Option shall be deemed to be a Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

(i) Other Change in Employment Status. An Option may be affected, both with regard to vesting schedule and termination, by leaves of absence, changes from full-time to part-time employment, partial disability or other changes in the employment status or service of a Participant, as evidenced in a Participant’s Award Agreement.

 

(j) Change in Control. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon a Change in Control, all outstanding Options shall be subject to Section 12 of the Plan.

 

(k) Automatic Exercise. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator in an Award Agreement or otherwise, or as otherwise directed by the Participant in writing to the Company, each vested and exercisable Option outstanding on the Automatic Exercise Date with an Exercise Price per Share that is less than the Fair Market Value per Share as of such date shall automatically and without further action by the Participant or the Company be exercised on the Automatic Exercise Date. In the sole discretion of the Administrator, payment of the exercise price of any such Option shall be made pursuant to Section 7(f)(i) or (ii), and the Company or any Affiliate shall deduct or withhold an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes associated with such exercise in accordance with Section 16. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, this Section 7(k) shall not apply to an Option if the Participant’s employment or service has terminated on or before the Automatic Exercise Date. For the avoidance of doubt, no Option with an Exercise Price per Share that is equal to or greater the Fair Market Value per Share on the Automatic Exercise Date shall be exercised pursuant to this Section 7(k).

 

10

 

 

Section 8. Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(a) General. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted either alone (“Free Standing Rights”) or in conjunction with all or part of any Option granted under the Plan (“Related Rights”). Any Related Right that relates to a Nonqualified Stock Option may be granted at the same time the Option is granted or at any time thereafter, but before the exercise or expiration of the Option. Any Related Right that relates to an Incentive Stock Option must be granted at the same time the Incentive Stock Option is granted. The Administrator shall determine the Eligible Recipients to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of Stock Appreciation Rights shall be made, the number of Shares to be awarded, the price per Share, and all other conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Related Right may be granted for more Shares than are subject to the Option to which it relates and any Stock Appreciation Right must be granted with an Exercise Price not less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. The provisions of Stock Appreciation Rights need not be the same with respect to each Participant. Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions set forth in this Section 8 and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable, as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(b) Awards; Rights as Stockholder. The prospective recipient of a Stock Appreciation Right shall not have any rights with respect to such Award, unless and until such recipient has received an Award Agreement and, if required by the Administrator in the Award Agreement, executed and delivered a fully executed copy thereof to the Company, within a period of sixty (60) days (or such other period as the Administrator may specify) after the award date. Participants who are granted Stock Appreciation Rights shall have no rights as stockholders of the Company with respect to the grant or exercise of such rights.

 

(c) Exercisability.

 

(i) Stock Appreciation Rights that are Free Standing Rights shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Administrator in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(ii) Stock Appreciation Rights that are Related Rights shall be exercisable only at such time or times and to the extent that the Options to which they relate shall be exercisable in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 above and this Section 8 of the Plan.

 

(d) Payment Upon Exercise.

 

(i) Upon the exercise of a Free Standing Right, the Participant shall be entitled to receive up to, but not more than, that number of Shares, determined using the Fair Market Value, equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise over the price per share specified in the Free Standing Right multiplied by the number of Shares in respect of which the Free Standing Right is being exercised.

 

(ii) A Related Right may be exercised by a Participant by surrendering the applicable portion of the related Option. Upon such exercise and surrender, the Participant shall be entitled to receive up to, but not more than, that number of Shares, determined using the Fair Market Value, equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise over the Exercise Price specified in the related Option multiplied by the number of Shares in respect of which the Related Right is being exercised. Options which have been so surrendered, in whole or in part, shall no longer be exercisable to the extent the Related Rights have been so exercised.

 

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may determine to settle the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right in cash (or in any combination of Shares and cash).

 

(e) Termination of Employment or Service.

 

(i) Subject to Section 8(f), in the event of the termination of employment or service with the Company and all Affiliates thereof of a Participant who has been granted one or more Free Standing Rights, such rights shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Administrator in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(ii) Subject to Section 8(f), in the event of the termination of employment or service with the Company and all Affiliates thereof of a Participant who has been granted one or more Related Rights, such rights shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as set forth in the related Options.

 

11

 

 

(f) Term.

 

(i) The term of each Free Standing Right shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Free Standing Right shall be exercisable more than ten (10) years after the date such right is granted.

 

(ii) The term of each Related Right shall be the term of the Option to which it relates, but no Related Right shall be exercisable more than ten (10) years after the date such right is granted.

 

(g) Change in Control. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon a Change in Control, all outstanding Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to Section 12 of the Plan.

 

(h) Automatic Exercise. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator in an Award Agreement or otherwise, or as otherwise directed by the Participant in writing to the Company, each vested and exercisable Stock Appreciation Right outstanding on the Automatic Exercise Date with an Exercise Price per Share that is less than the Fair Market Value per Share as of such date shall automatically and without further action by the Participant or the Company be exercised on the Automatic Exercise Date. The Company or any Affiliate shall deduct or withhold an amount sufficient to satisfy all taxes associated with such exercise in accordance with Section 16. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, this Section 8(h) shall not apply to a Stock Appreciation Right if the Participant’s employment or service has terminated on or before the Automatic Exercise Date. For the avoidance of doubt, no Stock Appreciation Right with an Exercise Price per Share that is equal to or greater the Fair Market Value per Share on the Automatic Exercise Date shall be exercised pursuant to this Section 8(h).

 

Section 9. Restricted Shares.

 

(a) General. Each Award of Restricted Shares granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Restricted Shares may be issued either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Administrator shall determine the Eligible Recipients to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of Restricted Shares shall be made; the number of Shares to be awarded; the price, if any, to be paid by the Participant for the acquisition of Restricted Shares; the Restricted Period, if any, applicable to Restricted Shares; the Performance Goals (if any) applicable to Restricted Shares; and all other conditions of the Restricted Shares. If the restrictions, Performance Goals and/or conditions established by the Administrator are not attained, a Participant shall forfeit his or her Restricted Shares in accordance with the terms of the grant. The terms and conditions applicable to the Restricted Shares need not be the same with respect to each Participant.

 

(b) Awards and Certificates. The prospective recipient of Restricted Shares shall not have any rights with respect to any such Award, unless and until such recipient has received an Award Agreement and, if required by the Administrator in the Award Agreement, executed and delivered a fully executed copy thereof to the Company, within a period of sixty (60) days (or such other period as the Administrator may specify) after the award date. Except as otherwise provided in herein, (i) each Participant who is granted an Award of Restricted Shares may, in the Company’s sole discretion, be issued a stock certificate in respect of such Restricted Shares; and (ii) any such certificate so issued shall be registered in the name of the Participant, and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to any such Award. The Company may require that the stock certificates, if any, evidencing Restricted Shares granted hereunder be held in the custody of the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that, as a condition of any award of Restricted Shares, the Participant shall have delivered a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Shares covered by such Award. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, any Restricted Shares (whether before or after any vesting conditions have been satisfied) may, in the Company’s sole discretion, be issued in uncertificated form pursuant to the customary arrangements for issuing shares in such form.

 

12

 

 

(c) Restrictions and Conditions. The Restricted Shares granted pursuant to this Section 9 shall be subject to the following restrictions and conditions and any additional restrictions or conditions as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant or thereafter:

 

(i) The Restricted Shares shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in the Award Agreement and in the Plan.

 

(ii) The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide for the lapse of restrictions in installments and may accelerate or waive such restrictions in whole or in part based on such factors and such circumstances as the Administrator may determine, in its sole discretion, including, but not limited to, the attainment of certain Performance Goals, the Participant’s termination of employment or service as Non-Employee Director or Consultant of the Company or an Affiliate thereof, or the Participant’s death or Disability.

 

(iii) Subject to this Section 9(c)(iii), the Participant shall generally have the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to Restricted Shares during the Restricted Period. In the Administrator’s discretion and as provided in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant may be entitled to dividends or dividend equivalents on an Award of Restricted Shares, which will be payable in accordance with the terms of such grant as determined by the Administrator in accordance with Section 18 of the Plan. Certificates for unrestricted Shares may, in the Company’s sole discretion, be delivered to the Participant only after the Restricted Period has expired without forfeiture in respect of such Restricted Shares, except as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall otherwise determine.

 

(iv) The rights of Participants granted Restricted Shares upon termination of employment or service as a Non-Employee Director or Consultant of the Company or an Affiliate thereof terminates for any reason during the Restricted Period shall be set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

(d) Change in Control. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon a Change in Control, all outstanding Restricted Shares shall be subject to Section 12 of the Plan.

 

Section 10. Restricted Stock Units.

 

(a) General. Restricted Stock Units may be issued either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Administrator shall determine the Eligible Recipients to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of Restricted Stock Units shall be made; the number of Restricted Stock Units to be awarded; the Restricted Period, if any, applicable to Restricted Stock Units; the Performance Goals (if any) applicable to Restricted Stock Units; and all other conditions of the Restricted Stock Units. If the restrictions, Performance Goals and/or conditions established by the Administrator are not attained, a Participant shall forfeit his or her Restricted Stock Units in accordance with the terms of the grant. The provisions of Restricted Stock Units need not be the same with respect to each Participant.

 

(b) Award Agreement. The prospective recipient of Restricted Stock Units shall not have any rights with respect to any such Award, unless and until such recipient has received an Award Agreement and, if required by the Administrator in the Award Agreement, executed and delivered a fully executed copy thereof to the Company, within a period of sixty (60) days (or such other period as the Administrator may specify) after the award date.

 

(c) Restrictions and Conditions. The Restricted Stock Units granted pursuant to this Section 10 shall be subject to the following restrictions and conditions and any additional restrictions or conditions as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant or, subject to Code Section 409A, thereafter:

 

(i) The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide for the lapse of restrictions in installments and may accelerate or waive such restrictions in whole or in part based on such factors and such circumstances as the Administrator may determine, in its sole discretion, including, but not limited to, the attainment of certain Performance Goals, the Participant’s termination of employment or service as a Non-Employee Director or Consultant of the Company or an Affiliate thereof, or the Participant’s death or Disability.

 

(ii) Participants holding Restricted Stock Units shall have no voting rights. A Restricted Stock Unit may, at the Administrator’s discretion, carry with it a right to dividend equivalents, subject to Section 18 of the Plan. Such right would entitle the holder to be credited with an amount equal to all cash dividends paid on one Share while the Restricted Stock Unit is outstanding. The Administrator, in its discretion, may grant dividend equivalents from the date of grant or only after a Restricted Stock Unit is vested.

 

13

 

 

(iii) The rights of Participants granted Restricted Stock Units upon termination of employment or service as a Non-Employee Director or Consultant of the Company or an Affiliate thereof terminates for any reason during the Restricted Period shall be set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

(d) Settlement of Restricted Stock Units. Settlement of vested Restricted Stock Units shall be made to Participants in the form of Shares, unless the Administrator, in its sole discretion, provides for the payment of the Restricted Stock Units in cash (or partly in cash and partly in Shares) equal to the value of the Shares that would otherwise be distributed to the Participant.

 

(e) Change in Control. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon a Change in Control, all outstanding Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to Section 12 of the Plan.

 

Section 11. Other Share-Based or Cash-Based Awards.

 

(a) The Administrator is authorized to grant Awards to Participants in the form of Other Share-Based Awards or Other Cash-Based Awards, as deemed by the Administrator to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan and as evidenced by an Award Agreement. The Administrator shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards, consistent with the terms of the Plan, at the date of grant or thereafter, including any Performance Goals and performance periods. Shares or other securities or property delivered pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 11 shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods, and in such forms, including, without limitation, Shares, other Awards, notes or other property, as the Administrator shall determine, subject to any required corporate action.

 

(b) The prospective recipient of an Other Share-Based Award or Other Cash-Based Award shall not have any rights with respect to such Award, unless and until such recipient has received an Award Agreement and, if required by the Administrator in the Award Agreement, executed and delivered a fully executed copy thereof to the Company, within a period of sixty (60) days (or such other period as the Administrator may specify) after the award date.

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon a Change in Control, all outstanding Other Share-Based Awards and Other Cash-Based Awards shall be subject to Section 12 of the Plan.

 

Section 12. Change in Control.

 

The Administrator may provide in the applicable Award Agreement that an Award will vest on an accelerated basis upon the Participant’s termination of employment or service in connection with a Change in Control or upon the occurrence of any other event that the Administrator may set forth in the Award Agreement. If the Company is a party to an agreement that is reasonably likely to result in a Change in Control, such agreement may provide for: (i) the continuation of any Award by the Company, if the Company is the surviving corporation; (ii) the assumption of any Award by the surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary; (iii) the substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary of equivalent awards for any Award, provided, however, that any such substitution with respect to Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall occur in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A; or (iv) settlement of any Award for the Change in Control Price (less, to the extent applicable, the per share exercise or grant price), or, if the per share exercise or grant price equals or exceeds the Change in Control Price or if the Administrator determines that Award cannot reasonably become vested pursuant to its terms, such Award shall terminate and be canceled without consideration. To the extent that Restricted Shares, Restricted Stock Units or other Awards settle in Shares in accordance with their terms upon a Change in Control, such Shares shall be entitled to receive as a result of the Change in Control transaction the same consideration as the Shares held by stockholders of the Company as a result of the Change in Control transaction. For purposes of this Section 12, “Change in Control Price” shall mean (A) the price per Share paid to stockholders of the Company in the Change in Control transaction, or (B) the Fair Market Value of a Share upon a Change in Control, as determined by the Administrator. To the extent that the consideration paid in any such Change in Control transaction consists all or in part of securities or other non-cash consideration, the value of such securities or other non-cash consideration shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

14

 

 

Section 13. Amendment and Termination.

 

(a) The Board or the Committee may amend, alter or terminate the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, or termination shall be made that would adversely alter or impair the rights of a Participant under any Award theretofore granted without such Participant’s prior written consent.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) approval of the Company’s stockholders shall be obtained for any amendment that would require such approval in order to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422, if applicable, any rules of the stock exchange on which the Shares are traded or other applicable law, and (ii) without stockholder approval to the extent required by the rules of any applicable national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Shares are listed or quoted, except as otherwise permitted under Section 5 of the Plan, (A) no amendment or modification may reduce the Exercise Price of any Option or Stock Appreciation Right, (B) the Administrator may not cancel any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right and replace it with a new Option or Stock Appreciation Right, another Award or cash and (C) the Administrator may not take any other action that is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of the applicable securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system.

 

(c) Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and Code Section 409A, the Administrator may modify, extend or renew outstanding Awards under the Plan, or accept the surrender of outstanding Awards (to the extent not already exercised) and grant new Awards in substitution of them (to the extent not already exercised).

 

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no alteration, modification or termination of an Award will, without the prior written consent of the Participant, adversely alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Award already granted under the Plan.

 

Section 14. Unfunded Status of Plan.

 

The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. Neither the Company, the Board nor the Committee shall be required to establish any special or separate fund or to segregate any assets to assure the performance of its obligations under the Plan. With respect to any payments not yet made or Shares not yet transferred to a Participant by the Company, nothing contained herein shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

 

Section 15. Deferrals of Payment.

 

To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Shares or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award, shall be deferred. The Administrator may also, in its sole discretion, establish one or more programs under the Plan to permit selected Participants the opportunity to elect to defer receipt of any such consideration, including any applicable election procedures, the timing of such elections, the mechanisms for payments of amounts, shares or other consideration so deferred, and such other terms, conditions, rules and procedures that the Administrator deems advisable for the administration of any such deferral program. Deferrals by Participants (or deferred settlement or payment required by the Administrator) shall be made in accordance with Code Section 409A, if applicable, and any other applicable law.

 

15

 

 

Section 16. Withholding Taxes.

 

Each Participant shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award first becomes includible in the gross income of such Participant for federal, state and/or local income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator regarding payment of, any federal, state, or local taxes of any kind, domestic or foreign, required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to the Award. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on the making of such payments or arrangements, and the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to such Participant. Whenever cash is to be paid pursuant to an Award granted hereunder, the Company shall have the right to deduct therefrom an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state and local withholding tax requirements related thereto. Whenever Shares are to be delivered pursuant to an Award, the Company shall have the right to require the Participant to remit to the Company in cash an amount sufficient to satisfy any related federal, state and local taxes, domestic or foreign, to be withheld and applied to the tax obligations. With the approval of the Administrator, a Participant may satisfy the foregoing requirement by electing to have the Company withhold from delivery of Shares or by delivering already owned unrestricted Shares, in each case, having a value equal to the amount required to be withheld or other greater amount not exceeding the maximum statutory rate required to be collected on the transaction under applicable law, as applicable to the Participant, if such other greater amount would not, as determined by the Administrator, result in adverse financial accounting treatment (including in connection with the effectiveness of FASB Accounting Standards Update 2016-09). Such Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined. Fractional share amounts shall be settled in cash. Such an election may be made with respect to all or any portion of the Shares to be delivered pursuant to an Award. The Company may also use any other method of obtaining the necessary payment or proceeds, as permitted by law, to satisfy its withholding obligation with respect to any Option or other Award.

 

Section 17. Certain Forfeitures.

 

The Administrator may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain events, in addition to the applicable vesting conditions of an Award. Such events may include, without limitation, breach of any non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality, or other restrictive covenants that are contained in an Award Agreement or that are otherwise applicable to the Participant, a termination of the Participant’s employment for Cause, or other conduct by the Participant that is detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company and its Subsidiaries and/or its Affiliates.

 

Section 18. Dividends; Dividend Equivalents.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, to the extent that an Award contains a right to receive dividends or dividend equivalents while such Award remains unvested, such dividends or dividend equivalents will be accumulated and paid once and to the extent that the underlying Award vests.

 

Section 19. Non-United States Employees. 

 

Without amending the Plan, the Administrator may grant Awards to eligible persons residing in non-United States jurisdictions on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan, including the terms of any award agreement or plan, adopted by the Company or any Subsidiary thereof to comply with, or take advantage of favorable tax or other treatment available under, the laws of any non-United States jurisdiction, as may in the judgment of the Administrator be necessary or desirable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of the Plan and, in furtherance of such purposes the Administrator may make such modifications, amendments, procedures, sub-plans and the like as may be necessary or advisable to comply with provisions of laws in other countries or jurisdictions in which the Company or its Subsidiaries operates or has employees.

 

Section 20. Transfer of Awards.

 

No purported sale, assignment, mortgage, hypothecation, transfer, charge, pledge, encumbrance, gift, transfer in trust (voting or other) or other disposition of, or creation of a security interest in or lien on, any Award or any agreement or commitment to do any of the foregoing (each, a “Transfer”) by any holder thereof in violation of the provisions of the Plan or an Award Agreement will be valid, except with the prior written consent of the Administrator, which consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of the Administrator, and other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Any purported Transfer of an Award or any economic benefit or interest therein in violation of the Plan or an Award Agreement shall be null and void ab initio, and shall not create any obligation or liability of the Company, and any person purportedly acquiring any Award or any economic benefit or interest therein transferred in violation of the Plan or an Award Agreement shall not be entitled to be recognized as a holder of such Shares. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in accordance with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, an Option may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant or, during any period during which the Participant is under a legal disability, by the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. Under no circumstances will a Participant be permitted to transfer an Option or Stock Appreciation Right to a third-party financial institution without prior stockholder approval.

 

16

 

 

Section 21. Continued Employment.

 

The adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any Eligible Recipient any right to continued employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate thereof, as the case may be, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or an Affiliate thereof to terminate the employment or service of any of its Eligible Recipients at any time.

 

Section 22. Effective Date.

 

The Plan will be effective July [__], 2023 (the “Effective Date”), the date of Plan approval by the Company’s Board and stockholders. The Plan will be unlimited in duration and, in the event of Plan termination, will remain in effect as long as any Shares awarded under it are outstanding and not fully vested; provided, however, that no Awards will be made under the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

Section 23. Code Section 409A.

 

The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under the Plan be either exempt from Code Section 409A or comply with Code Section 409A to the extent subject thereto, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, the Plan shall be interpreted and be administered consistent with such intent. Any payments described in the Plan that are due within the “short-term deferral period” as defined in Code Section 409A shall not be treated as deferred compensation unless applicable law requires otherwise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Code Section 409A, amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided upon a “separation from service” to a Participant who is a “specified employee” shall be paid on the first business day after the date that is six (6) months following the Participant’s separation from service (or upon the Participant’s death, if earlier). In addition, for purposes of the Plan, each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided to the Participant pursuant to the Plan, which constitute deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A, shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Code Section 409A. Nothing contained in the Plan or an Award Agreement shall be construed as a guarantee of any particular tax effect with respect to an Award. The Company does not guarantee that any Awards provided under the Plan will be exempt from or in compliance with the provisions of Code Section 409A, and in no event will the Company be liable for any or all portion of any taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses that may be incurred by a Participant on account of any Award being subject to, but not in compliance with, Code Section 409A.

 

Section 24. Compliance with Laws.

 

(a) The obligation of the Company to settle Awards in Shares or other consideration shall be subject to (i) all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, (ii) such approvals as may be required by governmental agencies or the applicable national securities exchange on which the Shares may be admitted, and (iii) policies maintained by the Company from time to time in order to comply with applicable laws, rules, regulations and corporate governance requirements, including, without limitation, with respect to insider trading restrictions. Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell, and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling, any Shares pursuant to an Award unless such shares have been properly registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel (if the Company has requested such an opinion), satisfactory to the Company, that such Shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale under the Securities Act any of the Shares to be offered or sold under the Plan. The Administrator shall have the authority to provide that all Shares or other securities of the Company issued under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan, the applicable Award Agreement, the federal securities laws, or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or quoted and any other applicable federal, state, local or non-U.S. laws, rules, regulations and other requirements, and the Administrator may cause a legend or legends to be put on certificates representing Shares or other securities of the Company issued under the Plan to make appropriate reference to such restrictions or may cause such Shares or other securities of the Company issued under the Plan in book-entry form to be held subject to the Company’s instructions or subject to appropriate stop-transfer orders. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee reserves the right to add any additional terms or provisions to any Award granted under the Plan that it, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable in order that such Award complies with the legal requirements of any governmental entity to whose jurisdiction the Award is subject.

 

17

 

 

(b) The Administrator may cancel an Award or any portion thereof if it determines, in its sole discretion, that legal or contractual restrictions and/or blockage and/or other market considerations would make the Company’s acquisition of Shares from the public markets, the Company’s issuance of Shares to the Participant, the Participant’s acquisition of Shares from the Company and/or the Participant’s sale of Shares to the public markets, illegal, impracticable or inadvisable. If the Administrator determines to cancel all or any portion of an Award in accordance with the foregoing, the Company shall, subject to any limitations or reductions as may be necessary to comply with Code Section 409A, (i) pay to the Participant an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Award or portion thereof canceled (determined as of the applicable exercise date, or the date that the Shares would have been vested or issued, as applicable), over (B) the aggregate Exercise Price (in the case of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right) or any amount payable as a condition of issuance of Shares (in the case of any other Award), and such amount shall be delivered to the Participant as soon as practicable following the cancellation of such Award or portion thereof, or (ii) in the case of Restricted Shares, Restricted Stock Units or Other Share-Based Awards, provide the Participant with a cash payment or equity subject to deferred vesting and delivery consistent with the vesting restrictions applicable to such Restricted Shares, Restricted Stock Units or Other Share-Based Awards, or the underlying Shares in respect thereof.

 

Section 25. Erroneously Awarded Compensation.

 

The Plan and all Awards issued hereunder shall be subject to any compensation recovery and/or recoupment policy adopted by the Company to comply with applicable law, including, without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or to comport with good corporate governance practices, as such policies may be amended from time to time.

 

Section 26. Governing Law.

 

The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law of such state.

 

Section 27. Plan Document Controls.

 

The Plan and each Award Agreement together constitute the entire agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof; provided, that in the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and such Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall control.

 

 

18

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

Inno Holdings, Inc.

 

July 14, 2023

 

Tianwei Li

 

Re: Offer Letter

 

Dear Tianwei:

 

On behalf of Inno Holdings, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Company”), I am delighted to confirm our offer to you for employment in the full-time position of Chief Financial Officer of the Company (“CFO”). You will report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. In this position, you will be an executive officer of the Company, expected to provide services commensurate with those provided by CFOs of other similarly sized public companies and required to travel as needed to the Company’s Houston, Texas and Los Angeles, California offices. Your employment under this letter agreement (this “Agreement”) will be effective on July 17, 2023 (the “Effective Date”), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

In connection with your employment, you will receive the following compensation and benefits package, as approved by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) or its Compensation Committee (the “Committee”):

 

Compensation and Benefits

 

Base Salary: You will be paid a minimum base salary at an annual rate of $180,000.

 

Annual Bonuses: You will receive an annual bonus of company options worth $200,000. These options will be distributed proportionally on a monthly basis, and subject to employee stock option plan.

 

Commission & incentives: Commission and incentives are performance based.

 

One-Time Incentive Equity Awards: You will receive one-time awards of $50,000 within a week after IPO event for Pre-IPO consulting services provided.

 

Other Benefits: You will be eligible to participate in all benefit plans (including personal-time off policies) generally offered to other senior executives of the Company in similar positions and with similar responsibilities (subject to any applicable waiting periods and other restrictions and approval of the Committee, to the extent required by applicable law). [You shall be covered by the Company’s D&O policy and the Company will indemnify you for all actions taken by you in connection with or in furtherance of your employment with the Company up to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and the governing documents of the Company.]

 

Other Terms of Employment

 

Withholding: Any amount or benefit payable under this Agreement will be subject to all applicable taxes and withholding and will be paid in accordance with the payment practices of the Company then in effect.

 

Clawback Policy: To the extent required by applicable law or regulation, any applicable stock exchange listing standards or any clawback policy adopted by the Company pursuant to any such law, regulation or stock exchange listing standards, or to comport with good corporate governance practices, any incentive- based compensation granted to you (whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise) shall be subject to the provisions of any applicable clawback policies or procedures, which may provide for forfeiture and/or recoupment of such amounts paid or payable under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

 

 

Employment Term: This employment offer indicates a one-year employment agreement from July 17, 2023 to June 30, 2024. Beginning from July 17, 2024, your employment is at-will, meaning that either party can terminate your employment without cause or reason at any time.

 

Restrictive Covenant Agreement: As a condition of your employment, you will be required to review and sign an executive restrictive covenant agreement containing terms substantially similar to those applicable to CFOs at similarly sized public companies, and that may include, among other things, confidentiality, work product assignment and post-employment non-competition and non-solicitation provisions that will protect the ongoing interests of the Company and its affiliates.

 

This letter supersedes any prior oral or written agreements or understandings with the Company, its subsidiaries or their respective affiliates related to your employment and cannot be changed except in a writing signed by an authorized executive of the Company and/or the Company and you.

 

Please indicate your acceptance of this offer by signing in the space provided below and returning one copy of this letter to me at your earliest convenience.

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Dekui Liu  
By: Dekui Liu  
Title: CEO  
Inno Holdings, Inc.  
   
Accepted and agreed:  
   
/s/ Tianwei Li  
By: Tianwei Li  
     
Date: 07/14/2023  

 

 

Exhibit 14.1

 

Inno Holdings Inc.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

1.Introduction.

 

1.1. The Board of Directors of Inno Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) has adopted this Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (this “Code”) in order to:

 

(a)promote honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest;

 

(b)promote full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and in other public communications made by the Company;

 

(c)promote compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

 

(d)deter wrongdoing; and

 

(e)ensure accountability for adherence to this Code.

 

1.2. All directors, officers and employees, including principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer are required to be familiar with this Code, comply with its provisions and report any suspected violations as described below in Section 6.

 

2.Honest and Ethical Conduct.

 

2.1. The Company’s policy is to promote high standards of integrity by conducting its affairs honestly and ethically.

 

2.2. Each director, officer and employee must act with integrity and observe the highest ethical standards of business conduct in his or her dealings with the Company’s customers, suppliers, partners, service providers, competitors, employees and anyone else with whom he or she has contact in the course of performing his or her job.

 

3.Conflicts of Interest.

 

3.1. A conflict of interest occurs when an individual’s private interest (or the interest of a member of his or her family) interferes, or even appears to interfere, with the interests of the Company as a whole. A conflict of interest can arise when an employee, officer or director (or a member of his or her family) takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her work for the Company objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest also arise when an employee, officer or director (or a member of his or her family) receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position in the Company.

 

 

 

 

3.2. Loans by the Company to, or guarantees by the Company of obligations of, employees or their family members are of special concern and could constitute improper personal benefits to the recipients of such loans or guarantees, depending on the facts and circumstances. Loans by the Company to, or guarantees by the Company of obligations of, any director or executive officer are expressly prohibited.

 

3.3. Whether or not a conflict of interest exists or will exist can be unclear. Conflicts of interest should be avoided unless specifically authorized as described in Section 3.4.

 

3.4. Persons other than directors and executive officers who have questions about a potential conflict of interest or who become aware of an actual or potential conflict should discuss the matter with, and seek a determination and prior authorization or approval from, their supervisor or the Chief Compliance Officer. If the Company does not have a Chief Compliance Officer, then references in this Code to Chief Compliance Officer shall be deemed to be references to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. A supervisor may not authorize or approve conflict of interest matters or make determinations as to whether a problematic conflict of interest exists without first providing the Chief Compliance Officer with a written description of the activity and seeking the Chief Compliance Officer’s written approval. If the supervisor is himself involved in the potential or actual conflict, the matter should instead be discussed directly with the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

3.5. Directors and executive officers must seek determinations and prior authorizations or approvals of potential conflicts of interest exclusively from the Audit Committee, or the Board of Directors if no Audit Committee exists.

 

4.Compliance.

 

4.1. Employees, officers and directors should comply, both in letter and spirit, with all applicable laws, rules and regulations in the cities, states and countries in which the Company operates.

 

4.2. Although not all employees, officers and directors are expected to know the details of all applicable laws, rules and regulations, it is important to know enough to determine when to seek advice from appropriate personnel. Questions about compliance should be addressed to the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

4.3. No director, officer or employee may purchase or sell any Company securities while in possession of material non-public information regarding the Company, nor may any director, officer or employee purchase or sell another company’s securities while in possession of material non-public information regarding that company. It is against Company policies and illegal for any director, officer or employee to use material non-public information regarding the Company or any other company to (a) obtain profit for himself or herself; or (b) directly or indirectly “tip” others who might make an investment decision on the basis of that information.

 

2

 

 

5.Disclosure.

 

5.1. The Company’s periodic reports and other documents filed with the SEC, including all financial statements and other financial information, must comply with applicable federal securities laws and SEC rules.

 

5.2. Each director, officer and employee who contributes in any way to the preparation or verification of the Company’s financial statements and other financial information must ensure that the Company’s books, records and accounts are accurately maintained. Each director, officer and employee must cooperate fully with the Company’s accounting and internal audit departments, as well as the Company’s independent public accountants and counsel.

 

5.3. Each director, officer and employee who is involved in the Company’s disclosure process must: (a) be familiar with and comply with the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control over financial reporting; and (b) take all necessary steps to ensure that all filings with the SEC and all other public communications about the financial and business condition of the Company provide full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure.

 

6.Reporting.

 

6.1. Actions prohibited by this Code involving directors or executive officers must be reported to the Audit Committee, or the Board of Directors if no Audit Committee exists.

 

6.2. Actions prohibited by this Code involving any other person must be reported to the reporting person’s supervisor or the Chief Compliance Officer.

 

6.3. After receiving a report of an alleged prohibited action, the Audit Committee, or the Board of Directors if no Audit Committee exists, the relevant supervisor, or the Chief Compliance Officer must promptly take all appropriate actions necessary to investigate.

 

6.4. All directors, officers and employees are expected to cooperate in any internal investigation of misconduct.

 

7.Enforcement.

 

7.1. The Company must ensure prompt and consistent action against violations of this Code.

 

7.2. If, after investigating a report of an alleged prohibited action by a director or executive officer, the Audit Committee determines that a violation of this Code has occurred, the Audit Committee will report such determination to the full Board of Directors.

 

3

 

 

7.3. If, after investigating a report of an alleged prohibited action by any other person, the relevant supervisor or the Chief Compliance Officer determines that a violation of this Code has occurred, the supervisor or the Chief Compliance Officer will report such determination to the Chief Executive Officer or the General Counsel, if the Company has a General Counsel.

 

7.4. Upon receipt of a determination that there has been a violation of this Code, the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or General Counsel will take such preventative or disciplinary action as it deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, reassignment, demotion, dismissal and, in the event of criminal conduct or other serious violations of the law, notification of appropriate governmental authorities.

 

8.Waivers and Amendments.

 

8.1. Each of the Audit Committee or the Board of Directors if no Audit Committee exists (in the case of a violation by a director or executive officer) and the Chief Executive Officer or General Counsel (in the case of a violation by any other person) may, in its discretion, waive any violation of this Code or make any amendment of this Code.

 

8.2. Any waiver for a director or an executive officer or any amendment of this Code shall be disclosed as required by SEC rules and the applicable rules of any trading market on which the Company’s securities are listed or quoted, or on the Company’s website within four (4) business days following the date of such amendment or waiver.

 

9.Prohibition on Retaliation.

 

The Company does not tolerate acts of retaliation against any director, officer or employee who makes a good faith report of known or suspected acts of misconduct or other violations of this Code.

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors on [●].

 

 

4

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF

INNO HOLDINGS INC.

 

Subsidiaries   Jurisdiction
INNO Metal Studs Corp   Texas
Castor Building Tech LLC   Texas
INNO Research Institute LLC   Texas

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors of INNO HOLDINGS INC.:

 

We hereby consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement of INNO HOLDINGS INC. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) on Form S-1 of our report dated February 7, 2023, except for Notes 2 and 13, as to which the date is May 8, 2023; and Notes 11, 12 and 15 as to which the date is July 25, 2023, related to the Form S-1 with respect to our audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 which appears in this Registration Statement on Form S-1. Our report dated February 7, 2023, relating to the consolidated financial statements includes an emphasis paragraph relating to an uncertainty as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Registration Statement.

 

 

Diamond Bar, California

 

July 25, 2023

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

INNO HOLDINGS INC.
AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER

 

I.Purpose.

 

The Audit Committee (the “Committee”) is appointed by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Inno Holdings Inc. (the “Company”). The purpose of the Committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibility relating to (i) the integrity of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ financial statements and financial reporting process and the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ systems of internal accounting and financial controls, (ii) the performance of the internal and external audit services function, (iii) the annual independent audit of the Company’s and subsidiaries’ financial statements, the engagement of the independent auditors and the evaluation of the independent auditors’ qualifications, independence and performance, (iv) the compliance by the Company with legal and regulatory requirements, including the Company’s disclosure of controls and procedures, (v) the evaluation of enterprise risk issues, and (vi) the fulfillment of the other responsibilities set out herein.

 

The Audit Committee shall prepare the report required by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) to be included in the Company’s public filing.

 

II.Membership, Structure and Qualifications.

 

Membership and Structure. The Committee shall not consist of fewer than three (3) or more than seven (7) directors. The Committee members shall be elected annually by the Board for terms of one (1) year, or until their successors shall be duly elected and qualified.

 

Qualifications. All Committee members shall meet all applicable independence requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market and any successor thereto (“Nasdaq”) and of Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), subject to the exemptions provided in Rule 10A-3(c) under the Exchange Act, and other applicable rules and regulations of the SEC. Additionally, no member of the Committee shall have participated in the preparation of the financial statements of the Company or any current subsidiary of the Company at any time during the preceding three (3) years and all members of the Committee must be able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including a balance sheet, income statement, and cash flow statement.

 

Chairman. Unless the Chairman of the Committee (the “Chairman”) is elected by the full Board, the Committee members may designate a Chairman.

 

Resignation, Removal and Replacement. Any director may resign from the Committee at any time upon notice of such resignation to the Company. An independent director who ceases to be independent under Nasdaq requirements shall promptly resign to the extent required for the Company to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations. The Board shall have the power at any time to remove a member of the Committee with or without cause, to fill all vacancies, and to designate alternate members, upon the recommendation of the Committee, to replace any absent or disqualified members, so long as the Committee shall at all times have at least three (3) members and be composed solely of independent board members.

 

 

 

 

Financial Expert. As a matter of best practices, the Committee will endeavor to have at least one of its members with the requisite qualifications to be designated by the Board as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined by Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. The Committee shall report to the Board for further action as appropriate, including, but not limited to, a determination by the Board that the Committee membership includes or does not include one or more “audit committee financial experts” and any related disclosure to be made concerning this matter. The designation of a member of the Committee as an “audit committee financial expert” will not increase the duties, obligations or liability of the designee as compared to the duties, obligations and liability imposed on the designee as a member of the Committee and of the Board. If the Committee does not have an “audit committee financial expert,” then, in accordance with Nasdaq requirements, at least one member of the Committee must be financially sophisticated, in that he or she has past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting, or any other comparable experience or background which results in the individual’s financial sophistication, including but not limited to being or having been a chief executive officer, chief financial officer, other senior officer with financial oversight responsibilities.

 

III.Meetings and Other Actions.

 

All meetings of and other actions by the Committee shall be held and taken pursuant to the bylaws of the Company (as may be amended from time to time, the “Bylaws”), including provisions governing notice of meetings and waiver thereof, the number of Committee members required to take action at meetings and by written consent, and other related matters. The Committee may invite any director who is not a member of the Committee, management, counsel, representatives of service providers or other persons to attend meetings and provide information as the Committee, in its sole discretion, considers appropriate.

 

Unless otherwise authorized by the Board, the Committee shall not delegate any of its authority to any subcommittee.

 

IV.Goals, Responsibilities and Authority.

 

The function of the Committee is to oversee the Company’s management and independent accountants in the production of the Company’s financial statements, as well as all controls and procedures relating thereto. The Company’s management is primarily responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Company’s financial statements and for maintaining appropriate systems for accounting and financial reporting principles and policies and internal controls and procedures that provide for compliance with accounting standards and applicable laws and regulations. The Company’s independent accountants are primarily responsible for planning and carrying out a proper audit of the Company’s annual financial statements, reviewing the Company’s unaudited interim financial statements and auditing management’s assessment of effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”) and other procedures. The independent accountants are accountable to the Board and the Committee, as representatives of the Company’s stockholders. The Board and the Committee have the ultimate authority and responsibility to select, evaluate and, where appropriate, replace the Company’s independent accountants. For purposes of this Charter, the term “management” means the appropriate officers of each of the Company and its subsidiaries and the phrase “internal accounting staff” means the appropriate officers and employees of each of the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

2

 

 

In fulfilling their responsibilities hereunder, it is recognized that members of the Committee are not full-time employees of the Company or members of management and are not, and do not represent themselves to be, accountants or auditors by profession. As such, it is not the duty or the responsibility of the Committee or its members to conduct “field work” or other types of auditing or accounting reviews or procedures to determine if the financial statements are complete and accurate and whether they have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States (“GAAP”) or to set auditor independence standards.

 

Each member of the Committee shall be entitled to rely on (i) the integrity of those persons within and outside the Company and management from which it receives information, (ii) the accuracy of the financial and other information provided to the Committee absent actual knowledge to the contrary (which shall be promptly reported to the Board), and (iii) statements made by the officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries or other third parties as to any information technology, internal and external audit and other non-audit services provided by the independent accountants to the Company. In carrying out its responsibilities, the Committee’s policies and procedures shall be adapted, as appropriate, to best react to changing markets and regulatory environments.

 

Nothing in this Charter shall be interpreted as diminishing or derogating the duties, responsibilities or obligations of the Board. Subject to the requirements of the Bylaws, the Committee shall:

 

Retention of Independent Accountants and Approval of Services

 

1. Select or retain each year a firm or firms of independent accountants to audit the accounts and records of the Company and its subsidiaries, to approve the terms of compensation of such independent accountants (including negotiating and executing on behalf of the Company engagement letters) and to terminate such independent accountants as it deems appropriate.

 

2. Pre-approve any independent accountants’ engagement to render audit and/or permissible non-audit services (including the fees charged and proposed to be charged by the independent accountants), subject to the de minimus exceptions under Section 10A(i)(1)(B) of the Exchange Act, and as otherwise required by law.

 

3. The Committee may delegate its pre-approval responsibilities to one (1) or more of its members. The member(s) to whom such responsibility is delegated must report, for informational purposes only, any pre-approval decisions to the Committee at its next scheduled meeting.

 

3

 

 

Oversight of the Independent Accountants

 

4. Obtain and review a report from the independent accountants at least annually regarding:

 

(a)the independent accountants’ internal quality-control procedures;

 

(b)any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, peer review, or review by the PCAOB, of the firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities within the preceding five (5) years respecting one (1) or more independent audits carried out by the firm;

 

(c)any steps taken with regard to the issues identified in (a) or (b) above; and

 

(d)all relationships between the independent accountants and the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

5. Obtain from the independent accountants annually a formal written statement of the fees billed in each of the last two (2) fiscal years for each of the following categories of services rendered by the independent accountants:

 

(a)the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements and the reviews of the financial statements included in the Company’s quarterly reports or services that are normally provided by the independent accountants in connection with statutory or regulatory filings or engagements;

 

(b)that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the Company’s financial statements, in the aggregate and by each service;

 

(c)tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning services, in the aggregate and by each service; and

 

(d)all other products and services rendered by the independent accountants, in the aggregate and by each service.

 

6. Evaluate the qualifications, performance and independence of the independent accountants, including the following:

 

(a)evaluating the performance of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner, and the quality and depth of the professional staff assigned to the Company and its subsidiaries;

 

(b)considering whether the accountant’s quality controls are appropriate and adequate in light of the standards and requirements established by the PCAOB and under applicable law at such time; and

 

(c)considering whether the provision of permitted non-audit services is compatible with maintaining the accountant’s independence.

 

4

 

 

7. Consider the opinions of management and the internal accounting staff in connection with the foregoing responsibilities. The Committee shall present its conclusions with respect to the independent accountants to the Board.

 

8. Monitor the rotation required by Section 10A(j) of the Exchange Act of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit.

 

9. Oversee compliance with the following guidelines relating to the Company’s hiring of employees or former employees of the independent accountants:

 

(a)no member of the audit team that is auditing the Company can be hired by the Company in a financial reporting oversight role (as defined in the SEC’s Regulation S-X) for a period of one (1) year following association with that audit; and

 

(b)the Company’s Chief Financial Officer shall report annually to the Committee the profile of the preceding year’s hires from the independent accountants.

 

10. Consider the effect on the Company of:

 

(a)any changes in accounting principles or practices proposed by management or the independent accountants;

 

(b)any changes in service providers, such accountants, that could impact the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

(c)any changes in schedules (such as fiscal or tax year-end changes) or structures or transactions that require special accounting activities, services or resources.

 

11. Review any presentations or reports prepared by the independent accountants with respect to any applicable Federal tax matters.

 

12. Annually review a formal written statement from the independent accountants delineating all relationships between the independent accountants and the Company, consistent with applicable requirements and standards of the SEC and the PCAOB, and discuss with the independent accountants their methods and procedures for ensuring independence.

 

13. Evaluate the efficiency and appropriateness of the services provided by the independent accountants, including any significant difficulties with the audit or any restrictions on the scope of their activities or access to required records, data and information.

 

5

 

 

14. Interact with the independent accountants, including reviewing and, where necessary, resolving any problems or difficulties the independent accountants may have encountered in connection with the annual audit or otherwise, any management letters provided to the Committee and the Company’s responses. Such review shall address any difficulties encountered in the course of the audit work, including any restrictions on the scope of activities or access to required information, any disagreements that have arisen between management and the independent accountants regarding financial reporting.

 

15. Review with the independent accountants the effect of regulatory and accounting initiatives, as well as off-balance sheet structures, on the financial statements of the Company.

 

Financial Statements and Disclosure Matters

 

16. Review and discuss with management and the independent accountants the annual audited financial statements, including disclosures made in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, and recommend to the Board whether the audited financial statements should be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

17. Review and discuss with management and the independent accountants the Company’s quarterly financial statements, including disclosures made in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, prior to the filing of its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, including the results of the independent accountants’ reviews of the quarterly financial statements.

 

18. Review with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and independent accountants, the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting and review periodically, but in no event less frequently than quarterly, management’s conclusions about the effectiveness of such internal control over financial reporting, including any significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in, or material non-compliance with, such internal control.

 

19. Review with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and independent accountants, the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ disclosure controls and procedures and review periodically, but in no event less frequently than quarterly, management’s conclusions about the effectiveness of such disclosure controls and procedures, including any significant deficiencies in, or material non-compliance with, such controls and procedures.

 

20. Review disclosures made to the Committee by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, or persons performing similar roles, during their certification process for the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q concerning any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of disclosure controls and procedures and, when applicable, internal control over financial reporting, or material weaknesses in such control, and any fraud involving management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting.

 

6

 

 

21. Review and discuss the types of information to be disclosed and the types of presentation to be made in connection with earnings releases by the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

22. Review and discuss the types of financial and non-financial information and earning guidance to be provided to analysts and ratings agencies.

 

23. Meet with the Company’s independent accountants at least four times during each fiscal year, including private meetings, and review written materials prepared by the independent accountants, as appropriate. At these meetings, the Committee shall:

 

(a)review the arrangements for and the scope of the annual audit and any special audits or other special permissible services;

 

(b)review the Company’s financial statements and to discuss any matters of concern arising in connection with audits of such financial statements, including any adjustments to such statements recommended by the independent accountants or any other results of the audits;

 

(c)consider and review, as appropriate and in consultation with the independent accountants, the appropriateness and adequacy of the Company’s financial and accounting policies, internal control over financial reporting and, as appropriate, the internal controls of key service providers, and to review management’s responses to the independent accountants’ comments relating to those policies, procedures and controls, and to take any necessary action in light of material control deficiencies;

 

(d)review with the independent accountants their opinions as to the fairness of the financial statements; and

 

(e)review and discuss quarterly reports from the independent accountants relating to: (1) all critical accounting policies and practices to be used; (2) all alternative treatment of financial information within GAAP that have been discussed with management, ramifications of the use of such alternative disclosures and treatments and the treatment preferred by the independent accountants; and (3) other material written communications between the independent accountant and management, such as any management letter or schedule of unadjusted differences.

 

24. Prepare the report required by the SEC to be included in the Company’s public filing.

 

7

 

 

Compliance Oversight

 

25. Administer the following procedures relating to the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding questionable accounting, internal accounting controls over financial reporting or auditing matters, and the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the Company of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters:

 

(a)the Company shall forward to the Committee any complaints or concerns that it has received regarding questionable financial statement disclosures, accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters;

 

(b)the Company shall establish and publish on its website an e-mail address for receiving anonymous complaints or concerns related to questionable financial statement disclosures, accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, provided that the Company may engage the services of a third-party service provider to receive such complaints on behalf of the Company via telephone, email or other appropriate method;

 

(c)any employee of the Company may submit, on a confidential, anonymous basis if the employee so desires, any concerns regarding questionable financial statement disclosures, accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters by setting forth such concerns in writing and forwarding them in a sealed envelope to the Chairman of the Committee, such envelope to be labeled with a legend such as “To be opened by the Committee only” (employees may deposit such envelope in the Company’s internal mail system or deliver it by hand to a member of the Committee and if an employee would like to discuss any matter with the Committee, the employee should indicate this in the submission and include a telephone number at which he or she might be contacted if the Committee deems it appropriate);

 

(d)the Committee shall review and consider any such complaints and concerns that it has received and take any action that it deems appropriate in order to respond thereto;

 

(e)the Committee may request special treatment for any complaint or concern, including the retention of outside counsel or other advisors; and

 

(f)the Committee shall retain any such complaints or concerns for a period of no less than five (5) years.

 

The Committee shall annually reassess the effectiveness of the procedures described immediately above and modify them as necessary

 

26. The Committee will be designated as and serve as the Qualified Legal Compliance Committee for the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 307 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Upon receipt of a report of evidence of a material legal violation, the Committee will notify the Board of such report, investigate and recommend appropriate measure to the Board. If the Company does not appropriately respond, the Committee may take further appropriate action, including notification to the SEC.

 

8

 

 

27. Review with management or any external counsel as the Committee considers appropriate, any legal matters (including the status of pending litigation) that may have a material impact on the Company and any material reports or inquiries from regulatory or governmental agencies.

 

28. Review with management the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s procedures to ensure compliance with its legal and regulatory responsibilities.

 

29. Discuss with management, the independent accountants, outside counsel, as appropriate, and, in the judgment of the Committee, such special counsel, separate accounting firm and other consultants and advisors as the Committee deems appropriate, any correspondence with regulators or governmental agencies and any published reports which raise material issues regarding the Company’s financial statements, accounting policies or internal control over financial reporting.

 

30. Obtain reports from management, the internal or external auditor or internal or external audit service provider, as the case may be, and the independent auditor regarding compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

 

Oversight of Company’s Internal And External Audit Function

 

31. The internal and external auditor or internal and external audit service provider, as the case may be, shall report periodically to the Committee regarding any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting, material weaknesses in the internal control over financial reporting and any fraud (regardless of materiality) involving persons having a significant role in the internal control over financial reporting, as well as any significant changes in internal control over financial reporting implemented by management during the most recent reporting period of the Company.

 

32. Discuss with management, the internal and external auditor or internal and external audit service provider, as the case may be, and the independent accountant the Company’s major risk exposures (whether financial, operations or both) and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures, including the Company’s risk assessment and risk management policies.

 

33. With respect to any internal and external audit services that may be outsourced, engage, evaluate and terminate internal and external audit service providers and approve fees to be paid to such internal and external audit service providers.

 

Financial Oversight

 

34. Review and approve decisions by the Company and its subsidiaries to enter into derivative transactions (including, but limited to, swaps, put and call options or combinations thereof, caps, floors, collars, and forward or spot exchanges) and related matters, as appropriate, as well as non-cleared swaps that are exempt from the clearing and trade execution requirements established under applicable federal law, rules and regulations, including swaps that are entered into in reliance upon the “end-user exceptions” to the mandatory execution and clearing requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related regulations. The Committee may review and approve swap transactions submitted to it by management on (a) an individual transaction basis or (b) a blanket basis, with respect to all non-cleared swaps that are exempt from the federal clearing and trade execution requirements, which approval must be reviewed at least annually.

 

35. Periodically review, at least on an annual basis, or more often (particularly in the event of a material change in hedging strategy) and approve the Company’s policies for the use of swaps that are entered into in reliance upon the end-user exceptions.

 

9

 

 

Other

 

36. Prepare the disclosure required by Item 407(d)(3)(i) of Regulation S-K.

 

37. Report its activities to the Board on a regular basis and to make such recommendations with respect to the matters described above and other matters as the Committee may deem necessary or appropriate.

 

38. Perform an annual self-evaluation of the Committee’s performance and annually review and reassess the adequacy of and, if appropriate, propose to the Board, any desired changes in, this Charter.

 

39. The Committee shall have such further responsibilities as are given to it from time to time by the Board. The Committee shall consult, on an ongoing basis, with management, the independent accountants and counsel as to legal or regulatory developments affecting its responsibilities, as well as relevant tax, accounting and industry developments.

 

The foregoing list of duties is not exhaustive, and the Committee may, in addition, perform such other functions as may be necessary or appropriate for the performance of its duties.

 

V.Additional Resources.

 

The Committee shall have the right to use reasonable amounts of time of the Company’s independent accountants, outside lawyers and other internal staff and also shall have the right to hire independent experts, lawyers and other consultants to assist and advise the Committee in connection with its responsibilities. The Committee shall also be given the resources, as determined by the Committee, for payment of (i) compensation to any registered independent public accounting firm engaged for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review or attest services for the Company, (ii) compensation to any independent experts, lawyers and other consultants hired to assist and advise the Committee in connection with its responsibilities, and (iii) ordinary administrative expenses of the Committee that are necessary or appropriate in carrying out its duties. The Committee shall keep the Company’s Chief Financial Officer advised as to the general range of anticipated expenses for outside consultants, and shall obtain the concurrence of the Board in advance for any expenditures.

 

VI.Amendments.

 

Any amendments to this Charter must be approved or ratified by a majority vote of the Company’s Board, including a majority of independent directors.

 

VII.Disclosure of Charter.

 

This Charter will be made available on the Company’s website.

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors on [●].

 

 

10

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

INNO HOLDINGS INC.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE CHARTER

 

I.Purpose.

 

The Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) is established by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Inno Holdings Inc. (the “Company”). The purpose of the Committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities related to the Company’s compensation structure and compensation, including equity compensation, and other remunerations paid by the Company.

 

The Committee has overall responsibility for (i) reviewing and approving the remuneration of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and any other executive officers that serve in executive officer capacities for the Company, (ii) evaluating and making recommendations to the Board regarding the compensation of the directors of the Company; (iii) evaluating and making recommendations to the Board regarding equity-based and incentive-compensation plans, policies and programs that are subject to Board approval; and (iv) the fulfillment of the other responsibilities set out herein.

 

II.Membership, Structure and Qualifications.

 

Membership and Structure. The Committee shall consist of three (3) or more independent directors. The Committee members shall be elected annually by the Board, for terms of one (1) year, or until their successors shall be duly elected and qualified.

 

Qualifications. All Committee members shall meet all applicable independence requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market and any successor thereto (“Nasdaq”) and applicable rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). In addition, each member of the Committee also shall satisfy all requirements necessary from time to time to be “non-employee directors” under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Chairman. Unless the Chairman of the Committee (the “Chairman”) is elected by the full Board, the Committee members may designate a Chairman.

 

Resignation, Removal and Replacement. Any director may resign from the Committee at any time upon notice of such resignation to the Company. An independent director who ceases to be independent under Nasdaq requirements shall promptly resign to the extent required for the Company to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations. The Board shall have the power at any time to remove a member of the Committee with or without cause, to fill all vacancies, and to designate alternate members, upon the recommendation of the Committee, to replace any absent or disqualified members, so long as the Committee shall at all times have at least three (3) members and be composed solely of independent board members.

 

 

 

 

III.Meetings and Other Actions.

 

All meetings of and other actions by the Committee shall be held and taken pursuant to the bylaws of the Company (as may be amended from time to time, the “Bylaws”), including provisions governing notice of meetings and waiver thereof, the number of Committee members required to take action at meetings and by written consent, and other related matters. The Committee may invite any director who is not a member of the Committee, management, counsel, representatives of service providers or other persons to attend meetings and provide information as the Committee, in its sole discretion, considers appropriate.

 

Unless otherwise authorized by the Board, the Committee shall not delegate any of its authority to any subcommittee.

 

IV.Goals, Responsibilities and Authority.

 

The following are the general goals, responsibilities and authority of the Committee and are set forth only for its guidance. The Committee, however, may diverge from these responsibilities and/or may assume such other responsibilities as the Board may delegate from time to time and/or as the Committee may deem necessary or appropriate from time to time in performing its functions in accordance with the Bylaws and other governance documents of the Company and with applicable law (it being understood that the Committee may condition its approval of any compensation on Board ratification to the extent so required to comply with applicable tax law).

 

Nothing in this Charter shall be interpreted as diminishing or derogating the duties, responsibilities or obligations of the Board. Subject to the requirements of the Bylaws, the Committee shall:

 

Executive Compensation

 

1. Review from time to time, modify if necessary, and approve the Company’s corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation and the Company’s executive compensation structure and compensation range to ensure that it is designed to achieve the objectives of rewarding the Company’s executive officers appropriately for their contributions to corporate growth and profitability.

 

2. Evaluate the Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and, either as a Committee or together with the other independent directors (as directed by the Board), determine and approve the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation based on this evaluation. The Chief Executive Officer may not be present during voting or deliberations on his or her compensation.

 

3. Upon the engagement of and annually thereafter, determine and approve the compensation paid to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and any other executive officers that serve in executive officer capacities for the Company.

 

2

 

 

Director Compensation

 

4. Select peer groups of companies that shall be used for purposes of determining competitive director compensation packages.

 

5. Periodically evaluate and make recommendations to the Board concerning the reimbursement of directors’ expenses, if any, for attendance of each meeting of the Board.

 

6. Periodically evaluate and make recommendations to the Board concerning the total compensation package for directors including, without limitation, the annual retainer fee, the meeting fee, incentives, equity-based compensation and other benefits paid to directors, taking into account the compensation of directors at selected peer groups of companies. The Committee shall recommend to the Board any adjustments in director compensation that the Committee considers appropriate.

 

7. Recommend to the Board the terms and awards of any stock compensation for members of the Board.

 

Long-Term Incentive Plans

 

8. Approve all long-term incentive awards for the executive officers of the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

9. Periodically evaluate (and approve any proposed amendments to) the terms and administration of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ annual and long-term incentive plans to assure that they are structured and administered in a manner consistent with the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ goals and objectives as to participation in such plans, target annual incentive awards, corporate financial goals, actual awards paid to the executive officers of the Company’s subsidiaries, and total funds reserved for payment under the compensation plans.

 

10. Determine when it is necessary (based on advice of counsel) or otherwise desirable: (a) to modify, discontinue or supplement any such plans; or (b) to submit such amendment or adoption to a vote of the full Board and/or the Company’s stockholders to the extent required by law.

 

11. Evaluate and make recommendations to the Board concerning the adoption of any new equity-based and incentive-compensation plan.

 

12. Oversee the administration of any equity incentive plans of the Company in accordance with their terms, construe all terms, provisions, conditions and limitations of such plan and make factual determinations required for the administration of such plans. The Committee may amend or terminate such plans at any time, subject to the terms of the plans.

 

Compensation Advisers

 

13. In its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, independent legal counsel or other adviser.

 

3

 

 

14. Have the direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any compensation consultant, independent legal counsel or other adviser retained by the Committee. The Company must provide for appropriate funding, as determined by the Committee, for payment of reasonable compensation to a compensation consultant, independent or legal counsel that is not independent or any other adviser retained by the Committee.

 

15. Prior to retaining or obtaining any compensation consultant, independent legal counsel or other adviser (other than in-house legal counsel), the Committee must conduct an independence assessment of such compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser, including the consideration of all relevant factors to that person’s independence from management. Such factors include, but are not limited to, the following: (a) the provision of other services to the Company by the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser; (b) the amount of fees received from the Company by the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser, as a percentage of the total revenue of the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser; (c) the policies and procedures of the person that employs the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser that are designed to prevent conflicts of interest; (d) any business or personal relationship of the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser with a Committee member; (e) any stock of the Company owned by the compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser; and (f) any business or personal relationship of the compensation consultant, legal counsel, other adviser or the person employing the adviser with an executive officer of the Company. Only after the Committee has considered the preceding independence factors, the Committee may select or receive advice from any compensation advisor they prefer, including those who are not independent. The Committee is not required to conduct any independence assessment if, pursuant to Regulation S-K Item 407, disclosure of the engagement of such compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser is not required.

 

Other

 

16. Fulfill any disclosure, reporting or other requirements imposed on or required of the Committee by the SEC, Nasdaq or other applicable laws, rules and regulations, as the forgoing may be amended from time to time.

 

17. Review organizational and staffing matters with respect to the Company.

 

18. Prepare the disclosure required by Item 407(e)(5) of Regulation S-K.

 

19. Grant the right to receive indemnification and right to be paid by the Company the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance to its disposition, to any employees in their capacity as officer, director employee or agent of the Company, any of directors the Company and any of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ executive officers to the fullest extent of the provisions of the Bylaws.

 

20. Perform an annual self-evaluation of the Committee’s performance and annually review and reassess the adequacy of and, if appropriate, propose to the Board, any desired changes in, the Committee’s Charter.

 

4

 

 

21. Perform such other duties and responsibilities as may be assigned to the Committee, from time to time, by the Board of the Company and/or the Chairman of the Board, or as designated in plan documents.

 

22. Make regular reports to the Board and propose any necessary action to the Board. Such reports shall provide information with respect to any delegation of authority by the Committee to the Company and its subsidiaries’ executive officers or to a third party.

 

The foregoing list of duties is not exhaustive, and the Committee may, in addition, perform such other functions as may be necessary or appropriate for the performance of its duties.

 

V.Additional Resources.

 

Subject to the approval of the Board, the Committee shall have the right to use reasonable amounts of time of the Company’s independent accountants, outside lawyers and other internal staff to assist and advise the Committee in connection with its responsibilities. The Committee shall keep the Company’s Chief Financial Officer informed as to the general range of anticipated expenses for outside consultants.

 

VI.Amendments.

 

Any amendments to this Charter must be approved or ratified by a majority vote of the Company’s Board, including a majority of independent directors.

 

VII.Disclosure of Charter.

 

This Charter will be made available on the Company’s website.

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors on [●].

 

 

5

 

Exhibit 99.3

 

CONSENT OF PERSON NAMED TO BECOME A DIRECTOR

 

Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named as a director nominee and to the disclosure of the undersigned’s biographical information included in the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto, to be filed by Inno Holdings Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The undersigned further consents to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement.

 

  /s/ Xiaogang Zhang
  Name:  Xiaogang Zhang
  Date: May 8, 2023

Exhibit 99.4

 

CONSENT OF PERSON NAMED TO BECOME A DIRECTOR

 

Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named as a director nominee and to the disclosure of the undersigned’s biographical information included in the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto, to be filed by Inno Holdings Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The undersigned further consents to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement.

 

  /s/ Chen Sung
  Name: Chen Sung
  Date: May 8, 2023

 

 

Exhibit 99.5

 

CONSENT OF PERSON NAMED TO BECOME A DIRECTOR

 

Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named as a director nominee and to the disclosure of the undersigned’s biographical information included in the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and any amendments thereto, to be filed by Inno Holdings Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The undersigned further consents to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement.

 

  /s/ Richard B. Haws, PE
  Name: Richard B. Haws, PE
  Date: May 8, 2023